NOAA TR NMFS CIRC-375
A UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION NOAA Technical Report NMFS CIRC-375
V U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration National Marine Fisheries Service
Marine Biologicsl La' LIBRARY
NOV 1 6 1973
Woods Hol«, Mass.
New Polychaeta from Beaufort,
with a Key to All Species Recorded from North Carolina
JOHN H. DAY
SEAHLE, WA
JULY 1973 :
NOAA TECHNICAL REPORTS
National Marine Fisheries Service, Circulars
The major responsibilities of the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) are to monitor and assess the abundance and geographic distribution of fishery resources, to understand and predict fluctuations in the quan- tity and distribution of these resources, and to establish levels for optimum use of the resources. NMFS is also charged with the development and implementation of policies for managing national fishing grounds, develop- ment and enforcement of domestic fisheries regulations, surveillance of foreign fishing off United States coastal waters, and the development and enforcement of international fishery agreements and policies. NMFS also assists the fishing industry through marketing service and economic analysis programs, and mortgage insurance and vessel construction subsidies. It collects, analyses, and publishes statistics on various pha.ses of the industry. The NOAA Technical Report NMFS CIRC series continues a series that has been in existence since 1941. The Circulars are technical publications of general interest intended to aid conservation and management. Publica- tions that review in considerable detail and at a high technical level certain broad areas of research appear in this series. Technical papers originating in economics studies and from management investigations appear in the Circular series. NOAA Technical Reports NMFS CIRC are available free in limited numbers to governmental agencies, both Federal and State. They are also available in exchange for other scientific and technical publications in the ma- rine sciences. Individual copies may be obtained (unless otherwise noted) from NOAA Publications Section, Rock- ville, Md. 20852. Recent Circulars are
315. SjTiopsis of biological data on the chum salmon, 338. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Lab- Oncorhynchus keta (Walbaum) 1792. By Rich- oratory, Auke Bay, Alaska. By Bureau of Com- ard G. Bakkala. March 1970, iii + 89 pp., 15 mercial Fisheries. June 1970, 8 pp., 6 figs. figs., 51 tables. 339. Salmon research at Ice Harbor Dam. By Wesley 319. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Great Lakes J. Ebel. April 1970, 6 pp., 4 figs. Fishery Laboratory, Ann Arbor, Michigan. By Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. March 1970, 340. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Technological Laboratory, Gloucester, Massachusetts. 8 pp., 7 figs. By Bu- reau of Commercial Fisheries. June 1970, 8 pp., 8 figs. 330. EASTROPAC Atlas: Vols. 4, 2. Catalog No. 1 49.4:330/ (vol.) 11 vols. ($4.75 each). Avail- Fisheries able from the Superintendent of Documents, 341. Report of the Bureau of Commercial Washington, D.C. 20402. Biological Laboratory, Beaufort, N.C., for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1968. By the Lab- oratory staff. August 1970, iii 24 pp., 11 figs., 331. Guidelines for the processing of hot-smoked chub. -f- 16 tables. By H. L. Seagran, J. T. Graikoski, and J. A. Emerson. January 1970, iv + 23 pp., 8 figs., 342. Report of the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries 2 tables. Biological Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach, Florida, fiscal year 1969. By the Laboratory staff. 332. Pacific hake. (12 articles by 20 authors.) March August 1970, iii + 22 pp.," 20 figs.. 8 tables. 1970, iii 4- 152 pp., 72 figs., 47 tables. 343. Report of the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries 333. Recommended practices for vessel sanitation and Biological Laboratory, Galveston, Texas, fiscal fish handling. By Edgar W. Bowman and Alfred year 1969. By the Laboratory staff. August Larsen. March 1970, iv -|- 27 pp., 6 figs. 1970, iii -I- 39 pp., 28 figs., 9 tables.
335. Progress report of the Bureau of Commerpial 344. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Tropical Atlan- Fisheries Center for Estuarine and Menhaden tic Biological Laboratory progress in research Research, Pesticide Field Station, Gulf Breeze, 1965-69, Miami, Florida." By Ann Weeks. Oc- the Laboratory staff. Fla., fiscal year 1969. By tober 1970, iv -I- 65 pp., 53 figs. August 1970, iii + 33 pp., 29 figs., 12 tables. 346. Sportsman's guide to handling, smoking, and pre- 336. The northern fur seal. By Ralph C. Baker, Ford serving Great Lakes coho salmon. By Shearon Wilke, and C. Howard Baltzo. April 1970, iii + Dudley, J. T. Graikoski, H. L. Seagran, and Paul 19 pp., 13 figs. M. Earl. September 1970, iii + 28 pp., 15 figs.
337. Program of Division of Economic Research, 347. Synopsis of biological data on Pacific ocean perch, Bureau of Commerecial Fisheries, fiscal year Sebnstodes alutus. By Richard L. Major and 1969. By Division of Economic Research. April Herbert H. Shippen. December 1970, iii -|- 38 31 figs., 11 tables. 1970, iii -I- 29 pp., 12 figs., 7 tables. pp., Continued on inside back cover. .^VT ftTMOSp^^. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Peter Peterson, Secretary Nonn G. NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION
Robert M. White, Administrator
"'""-^^^^^^ NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES sER\licE Laboratory LIBRARY
NOV 1 6 1973
Woods Hole, Mass.
NOAA Technical Report NMFS CIRC-375
New Polychaeta from Beaufort, with a Key to All Species Recorded from North Carolina
JOHN H. DAY
SEATTLE, WA
JULY 1973
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents. U.S. Govenimt-nt Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20-402 • SI. 25 The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) does not approve, rec- ommend or endorse any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned in this publication. Xo reference shall be made to XMFS, or to this publication furnished by NMFS, in any advertising or sales pro- motion which would indicate or imply that XMFS approves, recommends or endorses any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned herein, or which has as its purpose an intent to cause directly or indirectly the advertised product to be used or purchased because of this XMFS publication. CONTENTS
Page
Introduction 1 Family Aphroditidae 4 Key to genera and sjjecies 4 Ldctnidiiicc filiroi-iiis Kinberg, 1855 4
Ajili )'(i(Iitii sp 4
Aph )()(/( II ill s]i 4 Family Polynoidae 4 Key to genera and species 4 Dricschia pclliicida Moore, li)0:} 6 Lepidoiiotiis siihlcris Verrill, IST.i 6 Li'pidiiiKitiis foridhilis Webster, 1879 6 Lcpiila nifti-ia com ni>'iif<(ilis Webster, 1879 6
LcpidnxtJicina .sp 6 Suhadytc pvUncida (Ehlers, 1864) 6 AiitiiKK'lla sarsi (Malmgren, 1865) 7
Harmathoe ( H( riiiadidii ) (icdiiclhu (Verrill, 1881) 7 Gattijdiia cin-dsd (Pallas, 1766) 7 HaniKitlidc inihricatd (Linnaeus, 1767) 7 Hdrnidthof aciilcufd Andrews, 1891 7 Harnidtlidc trinidcnldtd (Treadwell, 1924) 7 HdriHdthdv sp. A 7 HdrDiothdc sp. B 9 Family Poiyodontidae 9 Key to genera and species 9 Poljjdddiitts liipiiid (Stim])son, 1856) 9 Eupdntlialis kiiilii )(/! (Mcintosh, 1876) 9 Family Sigalionidae 10 Key to genera and .species 10 Pholdf DiiiiKfd (Fabricius, 1780) 10 Sigalidii dvoiicdld Verrill, 1879 10 L< diiivd hjistficis Ehlers, 1874 11 Ps(U)utiidijcv ctciiiddplidrd new species 11 Sthciielais boa (Johnston, 18;W) 12 Sthciielais limicola (Ehlers, 1864) 12 Stheiielais sp 12 Sthoicldis aiidciila new species 12 Family Palmyridae 14 Key to genera and species 14 Blia irai/ia goodei Web.ster, 1884 14 PdlecDiotus heteroscta Hartman, 1945 14 Family Pisionidae 14 Pixidiiv rvniotd (Southern, 1914) 14 Family Amphinomidae 15 Key to genera and species 15 Clihicitt viridis Schmarda, 1861 15 Hipponoe gaudichaiuli Audouin and Milne-Edwards, 1830 16 Amphinome rostrata (Pallas, 1776) 16 Paramphinome pulchella (Sar.s, 1872) 16 Pseudeurythoe ambigua (Monro, 1933) 16
iii Family Phyllodocidae 16 Key to genera and species 16 Liigia ivrira Uschai<()V. li)58 18 Eteone lactea Claparede. 1868 19 Eteoue heteropoda Hartman, 1951 19 Protnniystidrs bldenlata Langerlians, 1879 19 Hesio)ium elo)igata (Soutiiern, 1914) 19 Eiilalia (Ptc)-firirrHs) n/ncroro-os Grube, 1860 20
Eiilnllo (Einnidu ) sanf/idiwa (Oersted, 1843) 20 Exialia biUiieuta (Johnston, 1840) 20 Eiilalia riridifi (Linnaeus, 1767) 20 Paimiaifis kosfciioisis (Malmgren, 1867) 20 f'lnvnaitis apecioxa (Webster, 1880) 22 Pliilllodocc (Ncrcipln/llajfrai/ilis Webster, 1879 22 Plii/llodocc (Gcuctijllix) rantaiira (Marenzeller. 1879) 22 Pliilllodocc (Aiialtidcs) tmicosa Oersted, 1843 22
Plii/llodocc ( AiKiilidcs) f/i-niiilaiidica Oersted, 1848 22 Plii/llodocc (Aiiaitidcs) l()Hf/ij)cs Kinberg, 1866 2'-> Phijllodocc (Aiiiiitidcs) niadcirciisis Langerhans, 1880 2."> Phijllndocc (Aiiiiitidcs) (irciKic Webster. 1880 23
Pln/llndocc ( AiKiitidcs) paiianiciisis Treadwell, 1917 24 Family Pilargidae 24 Key to genera and species 24
Siganihra hassi ( Hai'tman. 1945) 24 Si/iii Iniis ulhiiii (Langerhans, 1881) 24 Family Hesionidae 25 Key to genera and species 25 Gjiptis riitutii Webster and Benedict, 1887 25 Opliindroniiis i)l)sciiriis (Verrill, 1873) 25 Ncrimi/ra punctata (Miiller, 1776) 25 ParaliisioiK lutrola (Webster, 1880) 25 Family Syllidae 26 Key to gent'ra and sjiecies 26 Tyj/jiiiiii'si/llla zchra (Grube, 1860) 28 SilUii< (Hapl(isnllis) spoiH/icola (Grube, 1855) 29 SuUis (jracilis (Irube, 1840 29
Sijllix ( Ijihui rhaiisia ) f( rnii/iiia Langerhans, 1881 29
Sjillis ( Laiii/crliaiisia ) coniiila Rathke, 1843 29 S!iUi^(T!ipoi
Si/IUk (Ti/posjill is) ri fiiilalu cai-dliinu new sul)species 30
Si/lli-^ (Tiipoxijllis) altcniatd Moore, 1908 30 Si/llix (Tiiposjillis) prolifcra Krohn, 1852 30 Aiiihhiosifllis fdi'iiinsii ('lai)are(le. 18()3 30 StrcptDsi/llis arciiac Webster and Benedict, 1884 30 Oil'iiitiisj/llis linif/isctd new species 32 Eiixjillis liniK llii/i ni Marion and Boliret/.ky, 1875 32 Parapioiiosi/llis loni/icln'ata (U'ebster and Benedict, 1884) 32 PiiDiiisi/llis cf. iirafia Imajima, 1966 33
E.''i>!i(>ii( i/i iiniiif( ra ( Bagenstecher, 1862) 33 Exof/niic dispai' (Webster, 1879) 33 E.iogoiic vcriigcra (('lai)arede, 1868) 34 Sphao'nsi/llis foii/iita Webster, 1879 34
IV Spliaci-Dxi/llis pirifcra C'laiiarede, 1868 34 Eurysijllis tiiberciduta Ehlers, 1864 34 BrcDiia pH!
L//ra.s^);j.s'/.s' poiitica (Bobretzky, 1872) 38 Ccvutocephale lovoii Malmgren, 1867 38 Lacouox'ix ciilvcri (Webster, 1879) 38 W(l)st(riii( rcis tridciitatd (Webster. 1880) 38 Ccrafoiicrein irrltablifi (Webster, 1879) 38 Ccrdtoiicrcis rcrsipKlatd Ehlers, 1887 39 Phitijiioris diniii rilii (Audnuin and Milne-Edwards. 1833) 39 Nereis (Nereis) lameHi>sii Ehlers. 1868 39
Nereis (Nereis) (jriiiii Pettibone. 1956 39 Nereis (Nereis) riisei Grube. 1856 39 Nereis (Nereis) falsa Quatrel'ages. 1865 41 Nereis (Nea)itlus) siieriiiea Frey and Leuckart, 1847 41 Nereis (Niaiitlic s) neii miiiala Ehlers, 1868 41 Family Nephtyidae 41 Key to subgenera and species of Nephiys 41 Nepliti/s (Iiieniiiniepliti/s) iiiermis Ehlers, 1887 42 Nephtys (Aglaopliannis) verrilli Mcintosh, 1885 42
Nephtys ( AyluitpJuiiii iis) cirriiiata Verrill, 1874 43 Nephtys picta Ehlers. 1868 43 Neplitys sqiiaDiDsa Ehlers, 1887 43 NepJitys iiicisa Malmgren, 1865 43 Nephtys hiieera Ehlers, 1868 43 Family Glyceridae 44 Key to genera and species 44 He))iipodiis roseiis Quatrefages, 1865 44 Glycera dibraucliiata Ehlers, 1868 45 Glycera anieiiraiia Leidy, 1855 45 Glycera papillasa Grube, 1857 45 Glycera rapitata Oersted, 1843 46 Glycera oxycephala Ehlers, 1887 46 Glycera tesselata Grube, 1863 46 Glycera asymmetrica new species 47 Family Goniadidae 47 Key to genera and species 47 Pi-(i
Lu nihi-iueris sp (jO Lu luhrincris alhidcutata Ehlers, 1908 GO Lu iu/}riuiris latrcilli (Audouin and Milne- p]dwards. 1833) 60 Lunibriucris cruzcusis Hartman, 1944 60 Linuhrineris hrcripcs (Mcintosh, 1903) 62 Lunibrincris fraijilis (Muller, 1776) 62 Lunibriucris jaiiuarii (Grube, 1878) 62 Linubriucris tenuis Verrill, 1873 62 Family Arabeilidae 63 Key to genera and species 63 Notocirrus spiuif] rus (Moore, 1906) 63 Driloiicreis filuni (Claparede. 1868) 63 Drilonercis louf/a Webster, 1879 63 Driloncreis manna Webster and Benedict, 1887 63 Arabella tricolor (Montagu, 1804) 64 Arabella niutuus (Chamberlin, 1919) 64 P'amily Dorvilleidae 64 Key to genera and species 64 Ophrijvtrocha puerilis Claparede and Mecznikow, 1869 64 1
Pnit(>(l<}rrillia kcfi rstcliii (Mcintosh, 1869) 64 DorrllUa nidolpiii (I)elle Chiaje, 1828) 65 Dcrrilhu soriahilis (Webster, 1879) 65 DorviUea caeca (Webster and Benedict, 1884) 65 Family Spionidae 65 Key to genera and species 65 Polj/ddi-a conntioisalis Andrews, 1891 68 Pdlychira irc/istcii Hartman, 1943 68 Poljldoni caeca (Oersted, 1843) 68 Piihjddra facialis (Schmarda. 1861) 69 Puljidova hartntaiiac Blake, 1971 69 Polj/diira c(d())iia Moore, 1907 69 Poli/doi-a teUxihraiichia Hartman, 1945 69
Polijdora liijiii Webster, 1879 69 SpiapJiaiies hninhi/.r (Claparede, 1870) 69
Spi(ij)haiies ififileiji Pettibone, 1962 6)9
''''• ScidecdU pide^ riridix ( Verrill, 1873) Dispid iniciiiata Hartman, 1951 70
Spid cf. aniltidciilutn (Rioja, 1919) 70 Spid pi tti/idiicae Foster, 1970 70 Spid setdsa Verrill, 1873 72 •> Strcblospid hciiedicfi Webster, 187!) Parapridiidspid p'nniata (Ehlers, 1901) 72 Scolelepis sqiiaaiata (Muller, 1806) 72 Aduidcs sp '>
Pfidiidspid ( Miinispid) cirrif( ra Wiren, 1883 72
Pridiiospid ( MiiHispid) cir)'
VI Cirriform ia filigera (Delle Chiaje, 1828) 81 Dodecaceria corallii (Leidy, 1855) 82 Thai-yx aiunilosiis Hartman, 1965 82 Thanjx fietif/em Hartman, 1945 82 Thary.r niario)!! (Saint-Joseph, 1894) 82 Caullericlln killariensis (Southern, 1914) 82
Cliaetoz(>>i(' gaylieadia Hartman, 1965 8:^)
Cliaetozoiie .st/o.s'o Malmgren, 1867 8:i Family Orbiniidae 88
Notes on the genera of the subfamily ()rl)iniinae 8:^> Generic definitions 87 Nai)ieriH Blainville, 1828 87 Orbhiia Quatrefages, 1865 87 Phylo Kinberg, 1866 87 Scvlopln^ Blainville, 1828 87 Haploscolopldx Monro, 1933 87 Califid Hartman, 1957 87 Key to genera and subgenera of Orbiniinae and the species recorded from North Carolina 88 Plu/lo t>rnatii!< (Verrill, 1873) 89 PIn/lofcli.c Kinberg, 1866 89 Orbiiiin anwricaita new species 89 Orbhiia ri.teri (Pettibone, 1957) new combination 90 Sro/op/o.s' (Sci>I(iplof<) capcusix (Day, 1961) new combination 90 ScoloploK (Scolaplos) cf. acnu'cepx Chamberlin, 1919 91 Scoloplos (ScoloplosjarDiir/rr (Miiller, 1776) 91 Scoloplos (Lcoda mas) rubra (Webster, 1879) 91 HaploscolopIosfDlios/is Hartman, 1951 91 Haploxcdloplos frof/Hin (Verrill, 1873) 91 Haploficoloplos )-iil)iisfiis (Verrill, 1873) 91 Family Paraonidae 92 Key to genera and species 92 Cirrophoi-iis Ijiriforniis (Annenkova, 1934) 92
Cin'(>plio)-iis brinirhiatiis Ehlers, 1908 9.3 Ariridca cirniti Laubier, 1967 93
Aricidcafdiircli Hartman, 1957 !):'>
Aricideafrafjilis Webster, 1879 !):!
Ariridca siiccica Elia.son, 1920 9;'>
Aedicira albatrasftae (Pettibone, 1957) 9:> Aedicira bch/irac (Fauvel, 1936) 94 Paraoiiis gracilis (Tauber, 1879) 94 Paraoiiis fiilgci/s (Levinsen, 1883) 94 P'amily Opheliidae 94 Key to genera and species 94 Tra risid pa rra new species 95 Ophelia dcul iniluta Verrill, 1875 95 AvDxnidia iiniciilufa (Web.ster, 1884) 95 Aniiandia tigilis (Andrews, 1891) 95 Opiii liiKi cijliiidriraiidata (Hansen, 1879) 96 Family Scalibregmidae 96 Key to genera and species 96 Scalibrcgnia infiatiini Rathke, 1843 96 HjjhoscoU'.v Itingiscta Schmarda. 18G1 96 Family Arenicolidae 98 Ai'diifola crititata Stimpsoii, 1956 98 Family Capitellidae 98 Key to genera and species 98 CapiteUa capitata (Fabricius, 1780) 99 M( (li Pctalopracfiis xacidlls Andrews. 1891 10."? Nicdiiidclu trispiiidtd Arvvidsson. 1906 103 Piv.i-illclld sp 103 CljiniciiiUd tdi-(jiidtd (Leidy. 1855) 103 Mdc)- Pi'Cti)iurid (Pictiiiarid ) goiildii VerriW, 1873 Ill Family Ampharetidae Ill Key to genera and .species Ill Mtliiuiop.sis atlantica Mcintosh, 1885 112 IX Melinna maculatu Webster, 1879 118 Isolda pulcheUa Muller, 1858 \l?> Auche)iopla.v crinita Khlers, 1887 li:} Samythella eUaso)ii new species ll.S Amage aiiricKla Malmgren, 1866 115 Aniphictcis giDuwri (Sars, 1835) 115 Ampliarete acKtifroiis Grube, 1860 115 Ampharete parvidentata new species 115 Aniphdi'ctc anicricdiKi new species 116 Family Terebellidae 116 Key to genera and species 116 TirebdUdea stroemii Sars, 1835 118 TrichobmiicJiiis glacialis Malmgren, 1866 118 Tlielepxs sctosiis (Quatrefages, 1865) 118 Amphitrite oniata (Leidy, 1855) Hi) Terebella pterochaeta Schmarda, 1861 119 Terebella lapidaria Linnaeus, 1767 119 Terebella rubra (Verrill. 1873) (Homonym) 119 Pista crhtata (Muller, 1776) 119 Piata palniala (Verrill, 1873) 119 Piiita qiiadrilobata ( Augener. 1918) 120 Loimia medusa (Savigny, 1818) 120 Loimki riridis Moore, 1903 120 Eiiopl()l>ra)iclnis saugin)ieii.'< (Verrill, 1873) 120 Lysilla alba Webster, 1879 120 Amaeaiia trilobata (Sars, 1863) 122 Aniaeaiia accraeiisis (Augener, 1918) 122 PolgcirrKS carnli)ie)i! Pdli/cirrus e.vimhiK dn/iliis new subspecies r2."'> Family Sabellidae 124 Key to genera and species 124 Branchiomma nigromaculata (Baird. 1865) 125 HypskomuH phaeotaenia (Schmarda, 1861) 125 Potamilla (Potanicthnsj spathifcnis (Ehlers, 1887) new combination 125 Potamilla reiiiformis (Leuckart, 1849) 126 Megalonima labiferinii (Ehlers, 1887) 126 Mcgalomma bioculatntn (Ehlers, 1887) 126 Sabella melauostigma Schmarda, 1861 126 Sabella microplitlialmu Verrill, 1873 127 Janmineira hilohata new species 127 ? OriopsiH sp 127 Choue uDierica iKi new species 129 F'amily Serpulidae 129 Key to genera and species 129 Filograua iniplcra Berkeley, 1828 ]:]] PoDiatoccros ainerirauiis new species 1:51 So'piila rerniinilaris grujuilosa Marenzeller, 1884 l:U Spir(>bra)iclnis giga)iteiix (Pallas, 1766) 1:'.2 Hydroidcs crurigcra Morch, 18()3 l:>2 Hi/droides parva (Treadwell, 1901) 132 Hi/droides sa)icta( cruris (Morch, 1863) 132 Htjdvoidcs diaiithns (Verrill. 187:'.) 132 Hiid r(iid( s luiclinitd ( Philip])!, 1844) l."!2 Hijd)'(iidi's protKlirida Beiietlict. 1887 llU Ml tiinrniiVm niiilt icrisfnlii (Philijiiji, 1844) 1:54 V(i-niili()j»:/s iniiniUita (Schmarila, 1861) 134 SpiriirbiK (Circci^) spirillnm Linnaeus, 1767 135 Spif(>}'hix (Jauua) cornigatiis (Montagu, 1803) 135 Literature Cited 135 F'igures Page 1. Aphfixjinia sj). a, stouter type of notoseta; b, neuroseta. (P^igure c and d omitted.) Lcpidastlniiid sj). e, slender superior neuroseta; f, inferior neuroseta. S"/"(f////( julliividu g, neuroseta. Hdrnidtliov sp A h, notoseta; i, neuroseta. Ha niiothoc sp. B j, notoseta; k, neuroseta; 1, anterior elytron. Psani undiii-i- liniidiiphinv n. sp. m, head; n, 1st ely- tron; o, 2d elytron; )), 6th elytron; q, superior falciger; r, middle falciger; s, inferior falciger; t, anterior view of parajiodium 8 2. Sthi'iiclais sp. a, anterior elytron; b, posterior elytron; c, anterior view of foot; d, simple falciger; e, pluriarticulate falciger. Sth<'}ivlais aiioc- iiUi n. sp. f, elytron; g, head; h, short-bladed falciger; i, pluriarticulate falciger; j. anterior view of foot. Pisimic irmota k, 3d foot; 1, anterior end; m, stout superior seta; n, slender superior seta; o, inferior seta. . 13 3. Pfdtdiiu/stidvs hidciitdtd a, anterior end; b, foot; c, superior view of shaft-head with blade removed; d, lateral view of shaft -head; e, infer- ior seta; f, superior seta. Ln<;id )'di'icd g, anterior end; h, foot; i, shaft- head of seta; j, seta. Hcsldinirii i Idin/dtd k, anterior end; 1. foot; m, seta. PhijlUiddvc pa ihuih iisi>: n, foot; o, shaft-head of seta; ]), anterior .' end . . 21 4. Siillls regiiUitn cdndiinir n. subsp. a, head; b, aciculum; c, posterior com- pound seta; d, superior simple seta; e, inferior simple seta; f, foot. Oddiitdsi/Uis ldii(jix(td n. sp. g, head; h, pharynx slit dorsally and flattened to show teeth; i, foot; j, seta. Pioiidsyllis cf. invf/a k, foot with longer dorsal cirrus; 1, superior .seta; m, inferior seta. Sullix (L(nif/('yliau:^i(t ) fcrnifiiiid n, posterior foot; o, inferior seta of an an- terior foot; p, inferior seta of a posterior foot; q, superior seta 31 5. Wrhsteriiifreis trideiitatd a, head; b and c, dorsal and ventral views of proboscis; d, anterior foot; e, posterior falciger; f, posterior foot of juvenile. Nereis i-iisci g and h, dorsal and ventral views of proboscis; i, anterior foot; j, notopodial falciger. Nereis laniellosa k and 1, dorsal and ventral views of proboscis; m, anterior foot; n, notopodial falci- ger; o, posterior foot. Nepliti/s (Agkidphamiis) eirciiuitd p, anterior end ; q, anterior view of foot 40 6. Hemipddiis rosens a, jaw and support (black); b, proboscideal papillae; c, posterior view of foot. Glycera asynn)ietrica n. sp. d, jaw and sup- ports (black); e, proboscideal papillae; f, posterior view of anterior foot; g, posterior view of posterior foot 46 7. Gdiiiadides caroliiiae n. sp. a, head with proboscis partly extruded; b, posterior view of anterior foot; c, posterior view of posterior foot; d, end of proboscis with jaws; e, hooked posterior notoseta; f, spiniger- ous seta; g, falcigerous seta; h, section of proboscis with papillae. XI Glyci)ide )K>rd»ia)i)ii i, anterior foot; j. posterior foot; k, acicular notoseta. Goniada teres \, proboscideal papilla; m, posterior view of anterior foot; n, posterior view of posterior foot 50 8. Rhamphobracliuini atlaiiticuni n. sp. a, lateral view of anterior end; b, posterior view of 1st foot; c, posterior view of 40th foot; d, comb-seta; e, winged capillary seta; f, tip of enlarged aciculum of 2d foot; g, pseudocompound seta of 2d foot; h, bidentate acicular seta 56 9. Lii nihriiieris enizeiisis a, anterior end; b, maxillae; c, mandibles; d, compound hook; e, simple hook; f, winged capillary seta; g, anterior view of anterior foot; h. anterior view of middle foot; i, anterior view of far posterior foot Gl 10. Pdlydora caeca a, enlarged hook of setiger 5; b, winged capillaiy seta; c. posterior notopodial spine; d, hooded hook. Spiaphaiie.s irir/h i/i e, tridentate hooded hook from setiger Hi; f, bidentate hooded hook from a posterior foot; Pridimspio cirrohrinicliiata g, anterior end; h, 8th foot; j, 40th foot; k, hooded hook. Priimospio daiji 1, anterior end; m. hooded hook; n, 5th foot with 4th gill; o, posterior foot; Mio-ospio pigmeiitata p, dorsal view of anterior end; q, ventral view of anterior end; r, anterior view of 8th foot; s, anterior view of posterior foot; t, hooded hook 71 11. Slpitt pc tti/)<)ii('(U' a and b, dorsal and ventral view of anterior end; c. anterior view of anterior foot; d. hooded hook. Neriiiides iniidciitata n. sp. e, anterior end; f, anterior view of 6th foot; g, anterior view t)f 18th foot; h, inferior sabre seta; j, hooded hook. Mafplima jxipiUi- canris k, head; 1, anterior view of 6th foot; m, anterior view of abdomi- nal foot; n, special seta from setiger 9; o and p, face view and i)rofile of abdominal hook. Mar/cloiia plnjsilldc q, head; r, anterior view of 6th foot; s, anterior view of abdominal foot; t, setae from setiger 9; u and v, face view and profile of abdominal hook. Manchiiia sp. w, head; x, anterior \iew of 5th foot; y, anterior \iew of alxlnminal foot: z, face view of abdominal hook 75 12. Dddecacevia corallii a, anterior end; b, spoon-shaped hook. Orhinia anicricaiia n. sp. c, anterior end; d. posterior view of 10th foot; e, thoracic hook; f, flail-seta from abdominal neuropodium; g, 6th ab- dominal foot. Orl>iiiia )'ise)'i h, anterior end; i, posterior view of 18th foot; j, thoracic hook; k, flail-seta from abdominal neuropodium: 1. posterior abdominal foot. Scoloplos capoisis m, anterior end; n. posterior view of 10th th(n-acic foot; o, thoracic hook; p, flail-seta from abdominal neuropodium; q, 5th abdominal foot 85 K3. Aricidea faiireli a, specialized posterior neuroseta. Aricidea cerrntii b, specialized postericn- neuroseta. Cirvoplioriis bnnicluatus c, special- ized notoseta; Trarisla parra n. sp. d, anterior segment; e, two pos- terior segments; f, lateral view of binly. Opiieluia cijl'Didricaudata g. posterior end. Hiihoscole.r hnif/isefa h, head; i, parapodium. L(i()- clnide.s jxtllidinr j and k, face view and profile of hook. Xatoniastus ameiicaiiHs n. sp. 1, cross-section of abdominal segment; ni and n. face view and profile of hook 97 14. Nicomaclie trispiiKtta a, posterior end. Asi/chis cariiliiiae n. sp. b. head; c. posterior end; d. hook from setiger 2; e and f, profile and face view of posterior hook. I'licniso (hh i:si n. sp. g, lateral view of entire worm; h, lateral view of 8th segment showing papillae; i. neuropodial hook from . . . 10(5 middle segment ; j, elongated luniropodial hook from setiger 4 15. I>:(>ld(t piilrhclhi a, lateral view of anterior end; b, dorsal view of bran- chial region with gills cut short; c, notopodial hook of segment 4; d, neuroseta of segment .">; e and f, edge-on and lateral views of thoracic uncinus. SonnitlicUa clld^niii n. sp. g, anterior end; h, thoracic capil- lary; i and j, edge-on and lateral view of thoracic uncinus; k, palea; 1, edge-on view of abdominal uncinus; m, posterior thoracic para- podium. A))iplun-< t( jxirridoitata n. sp. n and o, edge-on and lateral views of thoracic uncinus; p, abdominal uncinigerous pinnule; (] and r. edge-on and lateral views of abdominal uncinus; s, anterior end. Anipluu'ctc unici-iaiiKt n. sp. t, anterior end; u and v, edge-on and lateral view of thoracic uncinus; vv and .\, edge-on and laterial \iew of abdominal uncinus 114 16. P/.s-/(/ (iimdrilobaUi a, anterior end; b and c, edge-on and lateral views of uncinus from first row. Aiiiatdiid trihtlnttu d. thoracic capillary seta; e, abdominal acicular seta; f, ventrolateral view of entire worm. Amaecuni accrdcnsis g, plumose capillary .seta. P h, ventral view of anterior end; i and j, edge-on and lateral view of uncinus; k and 1. longer and shorter capillary setae. Pdh/cin-n^ ctir- (>li)U)is/s n. sp. m and n. edge-on and lateral views of uncinus; o. longer, smooth-bladed cai)illary; shorter jilumose un\)\\\iivy . Pdljicirnis I'.riiiiliis (lii/iiiis n. subsp. ([. jtrortle of uncinus 1-1 17. CIkihc anicficdim n. sp. a. dorsal view of entire worm; a', ])osterior end of juvenile; b, ventral view of collar and lips; c and d, lateral and edge-on views of thoracic hooks; e and f, edge-on and laterial view of abdominal uncini; g, thoracic winged capillary; h, thoracic palea; j, thoracic tapered capillary; k, winged capillary from anterior abdo- men; 1, slender capillary fi-om jiosterior abdomen. JusniiiK li-(i lillo- hata n. sp. m and n, lateral and edge-on views of thoracic hook; o, thoracic palea; p, thoracic winged capillary; q, abdominal capillai'y; r, dorsal view of collar; s, ventral view of collar overlying ventral lips; t, lateral view of woi'm; u and v, edge-on and lateral views of abdomi- nal uncinus 128 18. Piiniatoccros (nHcrirtuiiis n. sj). a. tube; b, tlat form of operculum; c and d, lateral and dorsal views of conical form of operculum; e, abdominal neuroseta; f, thoracic uncinus. St)'piil operculum. Hi/droitli s nuciiidtd h, operculum; i. lateral view of a spine from the crown. M< tn rt i-nn lin ninUicfixidtd j, dorsal view of anterior end; k, operculum; 1, thoracic winged capillary; m, "seta of Aponidt lis" : n and o, edge-on and lateral views of thoracic uncinus; V?,'^ ]), abdominal geniculate seta; q, edge-on view of abdominal uncinus . . Table Page 1. The environmental conditions at each station along the Beaufort Shelf Transect 3 NEW POLYCHAETA FROM BEAUFORT, WITH A KEY TO ALL SPECIES RECORDED FROM NORTH CAROLINA By JOHN H. DAY Zodld^y Heiiartim-nt. University of Cape Town Roiulelioscli. South Africa ABSTRACT ()\er (i.lMIO polMhacle worms helcinuinj; lo 22M species were collected on a Iransecl running from the san and from srah samples in 100. (iOO, and :!.020 m off North ( arolina. The whole collection includes 19 new species. 2 new suhspecies. and It) new records lor the I niled States. These have heen descrihed. An examination of the literature revealed that a further M species had heen recorded hy earlier workers so that a total of '.i'l'.i species of polychaele worms are now known from North Carolina, keys have heen constructed to co\er the whole fauna, all oriKinal records have heen listed, and references lo >;ood descriptions of each species are siven. During Ihe course of the work se\eral type specimens were examined and this has resulted in certain changes in nomenclature and Ihe redelinition of certain fjenera in Ihe families Orhiniidae. I'lal>elli«eridae. and Ampharetidae. INTRODUCTION to 229 species. In order to identify,' them, all the species that had previously been recorded Thi.s study is based on material collected in from North Carolina were li.sted and the litera- 1965 while workingat the Duke University Marine ture was searched for good diagnostic descrip- Laboratory in Beaufort, N.C. The aim of the tions. It was soon found that more than half main research work was to find the most suitable the species from the transect were new to North method for analysing distribution patterns across Carolina and quite a number of them were new the continental .shelf of North Carolina. The species. The new species and new records results have since been published by Day, P^ield, were added to the list as they were identified and Montgomery (1971). The data for the analysis and eventually keys were constructed to cover were obtained by sampling the benthic inverte- the whole fauna. As there is no comprehensive brates along a line of 10 stations called the work covering the warm water fauna of the Beaufort Shelf Transect, which ran from the Atlantic coast of the United States, it is hoped shore to 200 m on the continental slope. Over that this account of the fauna of North Carolina 15,000 specimens belonging to 619 species may be of use to other workers. were collected in this way and among them A numbered list of papers containing original were about 6,000 polychaete worms belonging records of Polvchaeta from North Carolina is given below and full references to these and other papers consulted during the course of the work will be found at the end of this report. For the benefit of later workers it may be men- tioned that several papers were found to be particularly useful. An early paper by Andrews (1891a) describes several new species. Hartman (1945) de.scribes many new species and gives keys and ecological notes of these and the other species recorded by earlier workers. In all she deals with 104 species found on the intertidal banks and shallow waters around Beaufort. Hartman (1951), in her account of the fauna of the Gulf of Mexico, describes a few more species which occur in North Carolina. Pettibone (196:;a). in an account of the families Aphroditidae through Trochochaetidae of New England, lists several records from deeper waters off North Carolina, and hei- keys and descriptions are most useful. Most of the other papers give lists of species without descriptions. C'lirimoldiiiral list i>t /xipi is cuiitii i in in/ iini/niid nfiiicis lit I'lihlchiii til fniiii Xiiilli I'll I iiliiiii 1. the open sea and between different depth zones 120 and 200 m the commonest polychaetes were on the continental shelf. In the shallow sounds Iji ni/)ri iicris crn :i')isis, Scolaplax Cdpciisis, ai'ound licaufort. the Ijottoni \aries from mud ('li(i(t(i.:iiiii s(l(is(i. and Xiit(ini(islti.-< luto'icc us. to sand, there is little wave action and the Many scientists have heljied me during the estuarine waters are more productive than those course of this research. A])art from those that of the open sea. The i)olychaete faun;i of the I have mentioned eai'liei-, I would like to thank sounds includes many subtropical species which Dr. C. G. Bookhout. the Director of the Duke occur at much tleei)er knels on the continental University Marine Laboratoi'y during 1965. my shelf; more than half of them are I'estricted assistant Mrs. Mary Potts Montgomery, and to 10 m ov more but here the sjjecimens are many other fi'iends in the laboratory. My jiar- much smaller. It was at first thought that the ticular thanks are due to Dr. Marian Pettibone small s])t'cimens on the continental shelf were for ad\'ice during the writing of this rejjort and juveniles but when ovigerous females of the for the loan of many re])rints and specimens same size were found, it was realized that the from the U.S. National Museum. ])olychaete fauna of the continental shelf is Dr. Nancy Foster gave me helpful advice in stunted. Whether this ajiiilies to other groups advance of her ])ublications on the Spionidae beside the Polychaeta is uncertain but one and Dr. Olga Hartman sent me many specimens gains the im])ression that the water owrlying foi- comparison. Further specimens were sent the continental shelf is not very producti\e. by Dr. David George of the British Museum and The distribution at different depths was ob- tained by an analysis of the records along the Talile 1. — Till' unvii'onnu-iital i-undition.-i at each station Beaufort Shelf Transect. The 10 stations of alcinu tlu' Meaufoit Slu-lf Transect. the transect were all sited on sand or sandy mud at increasing dejith intervals and I'un in a straight line from the shore at Lookout Light- house to the continental slope some 40 miles out to sea. The environmental conditions at each station are given in Table 1 anil may be used to supplement the de])th I'ange of the various species marked with an asterisk in the .systema- tic section. Polychaete worms represented 40'f of the whole benthic fauna. While a few species, such as S'l plitjin jiictd were found at most of the stations, the majority of the species are groupetl in well- marked zones at different depth intei-vals. Depth itself is not thought to be the limiting factor but rather the changes in other factors which are correlated with dei)th. There is a well defined but poor fauna on the o))en sandy shore; Scolc- Icpi^ stjiKi 1)1(1 t(i is the dominant polychaete and does not occur elsewhere either on the shel- tered sand banks in the sounds or at deej^er levels in the open sea. The fauna of the Turbu- lent Zone between 3 and 20 m included several very common polychaetes such as PalcaiKitiis hctci'osi t(t . (hiiiindkU's carolhiai', Miif/clniKi papillic Key to genera and species Harpoon-shaped notosetae present. [Neurosetae spurred and longer prong feathered on inner margin. Felt poorly devel- ()l)e(l. (Lin'tmoinci ). Fifteen pairs of elyti'a) L. filiroriiis No harjjoon setae 2 Neurosetae stout, acicular, not spurred. Felt well developed Xphrmlitn sj). Neurosetae long and spurred, often with spines on longer prong. Felt poorly developed. [Stouter notosetae not flat- \]>h nif/ciiia sp. tened and serrated | Laetmonice fiUconiis Kinberg. 18.55 Aphrogenia sp. Fi^TJic la, I) Laet moil ice /!7/n>r»/.s-.-Fauvel, 192.'5: ,36, Fig. 12 a-f. - Pettibone, 1963a: 11, Fig. 1. - Day, long, broadly oval. l<)63b: 3.55. Description. — Body 2 mm Dorsal felt poorly developed. No eyes, no ocular series; very Reconh.—On Beaufort in 120-200 m (17, peduncles. Notosetae in a graded cylindrical forms 21, *). fine ones forming felt, stouter (P^igure la) tapered to fine tips with a double Di- distinguishes it from both H( I'moiiia and Poiito- Apltrodito sp. g(iii(i. It appears to be close to Aplirogi iiia alhu Kinberg, recorded from St. Thomas Island Rcnuirks. The two juveniles collected may — in the West Indies, but it lacks the stout belong to Aphvodita liastata Moore, reported by notosetae with strongly curved tips figured Pettibone (1963a) from the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Kinberg (1858) for a 15-mm specimen. to Chesapeake Bay in 4-2,000 m. Record. —One juvenile off Beaufort in 200 m /?rrorf/.s'.— Off Beaufort in 200 m (*). (*). FAMILY POLYNOIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Lateral antennae inserted terminally at .same level as median. Presetal and postsetal lips of neuropodia subeiiual 1' Lateral antennae inserted ventrally below level of meilian. Presetal lip of neuropodia longer than post.setal. [Fifteen pairs of elytra covering most of short body] 2 Planktonic and probably a larval form. Cirrophores of dorsal cirri elongated {D)ifscln(t) U. pvlliicidu 2' Benthonic forms. Cirrophores not elongated :5 3 Body with about 26 segments and 12 pairs of elytra. Notosetae numerous {L( pidoiiotiis} 4 'V Body with more than 50 segments and 18 or move ])airs of elytra. Notosetae few or absent 5 4 Margins of elytra fringed and surface with minute rounded microtubercles only L. xnlihris 4' Margins of elytra fringed and surface with both macrotubercles bearing 3-5 blunt projections ami numerous microtubercles L. raridhiHx 5 A few fine notosetae. Neurosetae of middle segments include 1-2 giant setae. Elytra mottled, with a white central spot and irregularly arranged on posterior segments Lcpida iiiitria cnnnHciisdlis 5' No notosetae at all. Neurosetae include fine blunt forms superiorly and stouter bidentate forms inferiorly. but no giant setae. Elytra half brown, half white Lcpichi^tJiciiift sp. 6 Neurosetae with a large s]Mnous pocket at base of blade. [{Snbadijtc). Notosetae stout with coar.se serrations] S. pi Uncidn 6' Neurosetae with basal serration smaller than distal ones . . .T 7 7 All neurosetae with unidentate tips 8 7' Most neurosetae with bidentate tijxs 10 8 Neurosetae mostly tapered to fine hairlike tips. [Body with less than 40 segments (AntimxlUi). Anterior pair of eyes larger than posterior pair] A. xaisi 8' Neurosetae with strong, often curved tips 9 it Body with 50-80 segments. Few (4-10) .stout notosetae. Elytra translucent, not fringed, but covered with conical micro- tubercles H(n-iiHith 10 Elytra with a well developed marginal fringe 11 10' Elytra without a marginal fringe or with merely a few small marginal papillae. [Surface covered with numerous microtubercles and a few ovoid macrotubercles at posterior mai'gin. Hiirniiitliin im/iriciita Eyes anteroventral 1 11 Elytron surface divided into polygonal areas bearing lai'ge pointed tubercles Hiii'ninllioi (iciiliuta ir Elytron surface not divided into polygonal areas and bears only microtubercles. [Notosetae few and stout.] Harnioflior tn'Diarnlatd 5 Drieschia pelliicida Moore, 1903 Lepidasthenia sp. Lh-ieschia pelhtcida Moore, 1903: 794, pi. 55: FifTure le, f Fig. 1-12. - Pettibone, 1963a: 22, Fig. 5h-j. Description. — Lateral antennae about equal to median and 1.7 times prostomial length. Records. — Planktonic in tiie Gulf Stream (17). flap with smooth mar- DistribHtioii. —Gulf Stream from Bermuda Occipital semicircular a half brown and half pale, to Massachusetts; 0-1,800 m. gin. Elytra smooth, not large enough to cover middle of dorsum. Notosetae absent. Superior neuro.setae (Figure Lepidonotus sublevis Verrill, 1873 le) slender, ending in blunt tips; inferior neuro- setae (Figure If) stout and bidentate with a of LcpidoiiotKs sublevis. - Hartman, 1942a: 22. small .secondary tooth. Ventral margins para- Fig. 7-12. - Pettibone, 1963a: 18, Fig. 3 e. podia without pajiillae. Remarks. — Only a single incomplete speci- Records. — Several records between and men with 23 segments was obtained. It resem- Africa in the 100 m off North Carolina (5, 11, 15, 17, 18, 21, *). bles L. I)rnnnea Day. from South Distribution. — Massachusetts to Florida and pigment pattern on the elytra, in the absence the Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to 100 m. Often of notosetae and in the shape of the neurosetae. commensal with hermit crabs. It differs in having a well-developed occii)ital flap and the lack of a row of papillae on the ventral margins of the neuropodia. It may be Lepidonotus variabilis Webster, 1879 noted that Lepidametria brunneu Knox. (1960: 91. Fig. 58-63) is also similar. The description Lcpidoiiofiis rdj'ia/iilis Webster, 1879: 205. - of Knox's species was published later than that Hartman, 1951: 18 (notes). of Day. Records. —Off Beaufort in 120 m; one speci- Remarks. —This species is close to L. tomi- men (*). setosus Gravier from the Red Sea. Records. —Many records from the shore to Subadyle pellucida (Ehlers, 1864) 18 m off North Carolina (3, 5, 11. 13. 15, 18. 20). Distribution. —Virginia to the West Indies; Figure Ifj intertidal to a few meters. Scalisetosus pellucidus. - Fauvel. 1923: 74. Fig. 27 a-f. Lepidametria commensalis Webster, 1879 Scalisitosns frat/ilis. - Dav. 1967: 59, Fig. 1.7. g-k. Lepidametriti roniniensdlis. - Seidler. 1924: 148. Snbadytc pelhtcida. - Pettibone, 1969: Fig. 4a-e. - Hartman. 1945: 10; 1951: 17. - Pettibone. 196.3a: 19. Fig. 4 k. Description. — Body 8-15 mm long with about 45 segments, very fragile and mottled with Ri uiiirh-s.^ln Day (1962: 634) 1 gave my greenish grey. Prostomium bilobed but without reasons for regarding Lepidametria as a .syno- anterolateral peaks. Lateral antennae inserted nym of Lepidastlieiiia. Dr. Pettibone, who is ventrally at a lower level than median. All three making an intensive .study of the Polynoidae, antennae much longer than prostomium. Fif- informs me that Lepidametria is a valid genus teen pairs of large, delicate and deciduous elytra and in deference to her opinion I have not covering entire body. Individual elytra with changed the name of Lepidametria commoisulis. minute marginal papillae and conical micro- Records. — Many records from the shore to tubercles scattered over surface. Dor.sal cirri 24 m off North Carolina (3, 5, 11, 13. 15. 17, 18). long with slender tips. Noto.setae fairly .stout Distribution. — Ma.ssachusetts to Florida and with a few coarse serrations and blunt tips. the Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to 24 m. Neurosetae (Figure Ig) long and very trans- parent with an enlarged serration forming a Harmothoe imbricato (Linnaeus. 17(i7) pocket at base of blade, numerous faint serra- tions along its length and a hooked tij) with a H(int)()th Aiilinoella sar.si (Malmgren. lS(i,>) Harmothoe acnleala Andrews, 1891 Aiiti)i(H'lla Kcnsi. - Pettibone, IDBl'a; 30, Fig. H Harmothoe (Hermadiott) acanelloe (Verrili. 1S81) Harmothoe trimaculata (Treadwell. 1924) H(i niHitlioi ffliHacHluid 1924: 6. - PiiljiiiiK' (iciukIUk . — Hartman. 1942a; 27, Fig. Treadwell. 27-31. Hartman. 1938; 118, Fig. 38 a, 39 a, b; - Hiiriiiotlitir ( H( rinadidi/ ) accnicUin . Pettibone, 1951; 19. 196:ia; 28, Fig. 6 1, m. Records. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- Rccdi-ds. — North Carolina, ? depth (17). tidal to 70 m (18, 19). Distributidii. — North Atlantic from Denmark Distrihiitioii. — North Carolina and West In- to West Greenland and south to North Carolina dies; 0-70 m. in 4-2.000 m associated with the coral Acaiiclla tnirnuuii. Harmothoe sp. A Gattyana cirrosa (Pallas, 1766) P'iKUif 111, i Gattj/uHa cirrosa. - Fauvel, 1923: 49, Fig. 17 a-f. Description. — Body 3-4 mm long, with 21-23 Pettibone, 1963a: 28, Fig. 5 b-d. .segments and 10 pairs of elytra. Pigmentation characteristic with dark brown blotches on Records. — Beaufort, intertidal (5). cirrophores of setigers 6 and 10. Prostomium Distribiitio)!. —Arctic; North Atlantic from bilobed but without cephalic peaks and anterior Norway to France and Hud.son Bay to South eyes well forward and ventral. Median antenna Carolina; Pacific from the North Japan Sea three times prostomial length, laterals ventral and Bering Straits to Washington; intertidal in origin and shorter than prostomium. An- to 1,153 m. tennae and cirri not visibly papillose. Elytra Fiuure l.~Al>liri,(/,„i(i sp. a. stouter l>. typt- of iiotoseta; iieurosota. (Fiuure c and \ elytron; )), Gth elyti-on; q. superior faU-iner; r, middle faleiser; s, inferior falcig-er; t, anterior view of parapodiuni. delicate, without marginal fringes and surface of elytra. Prostomium with small cephalic peaks with only a few weak tubercles bearing four and anterior pair of eyes lateral. Lateral an- to six spinules. Notosetae deciduous leaving tennae half as long as prostomium. Antennae only a stout aciculum in the notopodia; when and dorsal cirri with short clavate papillae. present, notosetae very fine and serrated to Elytra (Figure 11) mottled gray-green with a their hairlike tips (Figure Ih). Neurosetae central dark spot, not fringed but with a few (Figure li) slender, slightly stouter than noto- soft papillae and a scattering of hemispherical setae and bearing long blades ending in naked weakly chitinized microtubercles on surface. tips with two subequal teeth. Notosetae (Figure Ij), stout and strongly ser- Remarks. —The size and number of segments rated to their blunt, grooved ends. Neurosetae shows that all specimens are juveniles. The very (Figure Ik), more slender than notosetae and all fine setae and pigmentation are quite distinctive. with bidentate tijjs. Rcroi-ds. — Off Beaufort in 85 m (*). R< iiKirks. — These juvenile specimens may be H(i niiolliiH (ltd rhonil Pettibone, but the neuro- setae have a much longer secondary tooth and Harmothoe sp. B the body lacks a iiisty red coloration. FiyTjiu lj-1 Reroi'ds. — Six juveniles off Beaufort in 35 m DcsciiptioiL —Body pale in alcohol, 4.5 mm Distributinu. — (of H. dvurbitDii). On Surgan- long with less than 25 setigers and 8-11 pairs siini weed floating off Massachusetts. FAMILY POLYODONTIDAE Key to genera and species Anterior pair of eyes large and mounted on stalks. Three antennae. Branchial vesicles between anterior parapodia. Superior neurosetae not jienieillate (paintbrush shaped) tPtlll/odoiltcs) P. llipilKI 1' Anterior jiair of eyes sessile like posterior jiair. Three an- tennae. No branchial vesicles. Superior neurosetae not ])eni- cillate (Eiip(uitli((lls) E. h'iiiht i-f/i Foli/ocioiiles lupina (Stimpson, ISofi) Eupanlhalis kinbergi (Mcintosh, 1876) Polj/iiddiitcs liipiiia. —Hartman, 1945: 10; 1951: EnarvJiv tnhifcx Ehlers, 1887: 54, pi. 12: Fig. 19. 1-7, pi. 13: Fig. 1. E>ipu,itli(tlis kliihcrgi. - Fauvel, 1923: 100, Fig. R(C())-ds. — Beaufort, intertidal to 160 m (1, 38 i-q. - Day, 1967: 94, Fig. 1.17. a-f. 5, 11, 13, *). Dislri/iiilldii. — North Carolina: South Caro- Rtcards. —One sjiecimen from 450 m off lina; Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to 160 m. Beaufort (*). Uistrihittiim. —Gulf of Mexico; North Atlan- tic (Adventure Bank); off Angola: Mediterra- nean; 64-1,000 m. FAMILY SIGALIONIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Body seldom loiigor than 10 mm. No cirriform branchiae on elytrophores (Pholoe). [Elytra without concentric growth lines, p-orty-five segments or more] P. »ii)iiifa 1' Body up to 200 mm long. Cirriform branchiae on elytrophores after first few segments 2 2 No median antenna; lateral antennae papilliform (Sif/alidii). [Elytra with 8-13 branching papillae on outer margin; one stylode on notopodium and two on neuropodium) S. aroiicola 2' Median antenna present; lateral antennae indistinct and fused to base of tentacular segment 3 3 Com])ound neurosetae spinigerous with laddered blades ending in pointed tips. [Median antenna without ctenidia (Lcan'n-a). No eyes, no simjjle neurosetae; elytra without marginal papillae or lateral indentations] L. Iiijstricia 3'' Compound neurosetae mainly or entirely falcigerous with sim])le or multiarticulate blades ending in bidentate tips 4 4 Median antenna with a large ceratophore. Elytra and dor- sum encrusted with saiul (Psaiii nioli/ci ). [Ctenidia on cera- to])h()re of median antenna] P. ctcitidophoiv 4' Median antenna with a short ceratophore. Elytra not en- crusted with sand iStliiiicIdis) 5 5 Eyes present. Usually a few sim])le bi]iectinate setae at superior edge of neurojiodium 6 5' Eyes absent. No simple neurosetae. [Elytra without markings] S. inioculu 6 External margins of elytra fringed with simple papillae, never notched S. boa 6' External margins of anterior elytra with a few irregular ])ai)illae and jjosterior ones with a notch S. linncohi Pholoe minuta (Fabricius. 1780) Sigalion arenicola Verrill. 1879 PIkiIoc niiiiiita. - Fauvel, 1923: 120, Fig. 44 a-h. Si -Pettiijone, l!)63a: 46. Fig. 10 f, g. - Day, 11 a. b. - Nonato and Luna, 1970a: 72, 1%7: 100, Fig. 1. 18. a-f. pi. 4: Fig. 46-48. Records. —One specimen from 160 m off R, cords. —Three specimens from 20 m off Beaufort (*). Beaufort (*). Di-tfrihiitioii. —Cosmopolitan; intertidal to Distrihatio)!. — Massachusetts to Georgia; 2.295 m. Brazil: intertidal to ;)7 m in sand. 10 Leanira hystricis Ehlers. 1874 bands of long slender papillae alternating with narrower bands of small hemispherical papillae. Lnniird li i/sti-icis. - Fauvel, 1928: 118. Fig. Prostomium (F"ignre Im) rounded but sunken 4.S h-m. - Pettibone. 1970a: 8. Fig. 4. between anterior parapodia and dominated by the large swollen ceratophore of median an- D>i Dist)-il)H t i(i)i. — (According to Pettibone, with scattered squat ])aiiillae and groups of long 1970a) northeastern Atlantic; Iceland, United filiform papillae; three groups around neuro- Kingdom, Azores; 957-2,640 m. setae and fourth group at base of ventral cirrus. Notosetae slender and minutely serrated, many directed downwards between parapodia. Neuro- Psanimolyce ctenidophora New Species setae of three types; a superior group of stout falcigers with well serrated shaft-heads (Figure Figure Im-t Iq) and small blades with an indication of a secondary tooth; a middle group of stout falci- H(./o/;/;;(.— USNM 43117. gers with almost smooth shaft-heads (Figure Description. — Body incomplete with only 28 Ir); an inferior group of slender falcigers with segments measuring 25 mm by 8 mm. Dorsum serrated shaft-heads and long bidentate blades covered with coarse sand or shell fragments (Figure Is). attached to elytra and mid-dorsum by branch- Remarks. —Species of the genus Psa)>u)!olyce ing adhesive papillae (Figure Im). Ventrum and have been distinguished mainly on the shape of parapodial bases densely covered with segmental the elytra, some of which are incised while 11 others have long projecting lobes. As Willey (1923). In particular, there are no bipectinate (1905) and Potts (1909) have remarked, these simple setae in the neuropodia. The anterior features are variable for the elytra may change elytra (Figure 2a) have no attached sand grains along the length of the body in a single speci- but bear a few conical microtubercles on the men. For this reason, P. ctmndupliora is named .surface and a few sim])le i)ai)illae on the external as a new species with hesitation. However, it margin. Posterior elytra (Figure 2b) have a does not agree with the species described by small excision on the external margin. The feet Fauvel (1923) from Europe, or those described (Figure 2c) and the compound neurosetae (Fig- by Mcintosh (1885), Treadwell (1902), Augener ure 2d, e) are identical with those of S. limicola. (1906), Hartman (1939), Hartman (1942b) or According to Fauvel, S. Diiiior lacks simple Hartman (1965a) from the West Indies. The bipectinate neurosetae and the excision in the presence of ctenidial flaps on the peduncle of posterior elytra, both of which are character- the median antenna of P. ctoiidophora appears istic of S. li}»icola. More material is required to be unique and the large pedunculate facial to decide whether these American specimens tubercle has not been noted on any other species. represent a new species or whether S. mi}i(>r Recordti. —One specimen off Beaufort on rock is a synonym of S. li»ucola. and sand in 20 m (*). Records. —Ten specimens off Beaufort in 20-80 m (*). Sihenelais boa (Johnston, 1833) Sthenelais anocula New Species Sthoielais hint. - Fauvel, 1923: 110, Fig. 41 a-1. FiRure 2f-j -Pettibone, 1963a: 50, Fig. 10 a-d. - Day, 1967: 109, Fig. 1.20.f-l. Stliciiclni.^ (iiiocida Day, Field, and Montgomery, 1971: 113 (Nomen nudum) Records. —Several records between Cape Hat- teras and Beaufort from the shore to 100 m Holotijpc. —VSNM 43128; 9 paratypes, 11, 17, 18). (5,7, 13, USNM 43129. Di.'itributio)!. —Cosmopolitan in temperate Dc.'^criptioH. — Body up to 35 mm long with and tropical seas: intertidal to 150 m. about 60 .segments and uniformly pale in alcohol. Prostomium (Figure 2g) rounded and without Sthenelais limicola (Ehlers, 1864) eyes. Median antenna with a pair of small bracts or ctenidia on ceratophore and an elon- Sthenelai.s limicola. - Fauvel, 1923: 113, Fig. gated ceratostyle tapering to a slender terminal 42 a-g. - Pettibone, 1963a: 51, Fig. 11 c-e. - filament. Lateral antennae not distinguished Day, 1967: 111, Fig. 1.20. m-r. but presumably fused to base of tentacular segment which bears a ciliated cu.shion similar Record.'^. —Common off Beaufort in 20-80 m to those on later notopodia. Superior tentacular (17. *). cirrus as long as median antenna but inferior Dii 9 . . . , and alternate segments to 27th and all Figure '1 a-e subsequent segments. Small cirriform branchiae on all elytrophores and dorsal tubercles from Noteft. —Apart from the typical specimens of segment 4. Elytra broadly oval (Figure 2f), S. limicola recorded above, 10 aberrant speci- with few cushion-shaped papillae on surface, mens were obtained which are closer to S. nii)ior and about 15 simple digitiform marginal papil- Pruvot and Racovitza as described bv F'auvel lae; no external notch even on posterior elytra. 12 FiKure 2.—Sth('iiclrily sp. a. anterior elytron; h. posterior elytron; c. anterior view of foot: d. simple falciuvr; e. pluriarticulate falci^er. Slliriirlais- ,ii,o,;iU< n. sp. f. elytron; k. head; h. sliort-hladed faldKer; i. pluriartieui'ate falciKer; anterior view of foot. Pixiu,,,' rriiiula j, k. .'id foot; 1. anterior end; ni, .stout superior seta; n. slender superior seta; o, inferior seta. 13 Notopodia (Figure 2j) with three ciliated cush- compound, simple bipectinate setae being ions dorsally, three terminal stylodes on first absent. Compound setae (Figure 2h, i) all with few feet but only one stylode from 10th foot. smooth shaft-heads; a few with short bidentate Neuropodia with three small perisetal bracts; blades, many with long multiarticulate blades. one superior with an apical stylode, one antero- Remarks. — S. aiiociila is generally similar inferior without a stylode and one postero- to S. limicola but is distinguished from the inferior with an apical stylode. Third stylode latter by the lack of eyes, the lack of simple at apex of setigerous lobe. Sides of parapodia bipectinate neurosetae and the absence of an without long papillae. incision on the posterior elytra. Notosetae as long, simple capillaries, mi- Records. — Fifteen specimens on sandy mud nutely serrated on one margin. Neurosetae all 80-200 m off Beaufort (21, *). FAMILY PALMRIDAE Key to genera and species Body elongate, completely covered by transverse rows of paleae. Prostomium concealed under a fold of skin (Bliairn- ina). Paleae with about 20 ribs including 5 major beaded ones B. ijaadci 1' Body rectangular with right and left groups of paleae distinct. Prostomium visible between paleae (Palcaiiotiis). Paleae with about 20 subequal beaded ribs P. Ik Urosctu Bhawania goodei Webster, 1884 Paleanotus heteroseta Hartman. 194.5 BlnnrauKi goodd Webster, 1884: 308, pi. 7: Fig. PaleanotJis heteroseta Hartman, 1945: 12, pi. 1: 10-1.5. - Day. 1967: 118, Fig. 2.1. a-f. Fig. 1-6. Records. —Common on corals in .5-20 m off Records. —Common off Beaufort on sand at North Carolina (14, 20, ' ). 4-20 m (11,21, *). Distrihiitio)!. — Circumtropical; intertidal to Distribution. — North Carolina in 4-20 m. .'50 m in rock crevices and coral. FAMILY PISIONIDAE Only one genus and species known from with slender bodies and long projecting para- North Carolina. podia. Prostomium (Figure 21) inconspicuous and embedded in large peristome between bases Pisione remota (Southern. 1914) of long, forwai"dly directed palps. Above them, two pairs of biarticulate tentacular cirri; inner, Fiuuic 'Ik-u ventral pair minute and ])apilliforni, outer dor- P)Xie(/eiia remota Southern. 1914: 61, pi. 7, sal pair long and slender. Peristomial acicula pi. 8: Fig. 15 a-k. - Fauvel, 1923: 124, long and stout, their flanged ends projecting Fig. 45 a-g. in front of mouth as suiiernumary jaws. Pro- Pisione remota. - Hartman, 1968: 181, Fig. 1-5. boscis eversible with 14 marginal pai)illae and 2 pairs of weakly chitinized true jaws normally Defscriptioii. —Juveniles up to 15 mm long retracted back to setiger 4. Two fused pairs of 14 subdermal eyes at level of setiger 2. Setiger 1 Rt'UHirks. — P. rcmolu differs from the type with a small papilliform dorsal cirrus, a setig- species P. m rslcdi Cirube in lacking an elongate erous lobe and a long ventral cirrus directed dorsal cirrus on setiger 2 and differs from P. forwards. Dorsal cirrus of setiger 2 not en- (tf)icaiin Day in having all blades of the com- larged. Each normal foot (Figure 2k) with a pound setae short. minute biarticulate dor.sal cirrus, a long .setig- erous lobe with two ])resetal lii)s ami a ventral Rccards. —Juveniles common off Beaufort in cirrus similar to donsal one but more distal 10-20 m (21, *). This is a new record for the in origin. Setae of three types; superior one Atlantic coast of the United States. (Figure 2m) stout, simple, and obliquely trun- cate; second (Figure 2n) simple, with a slightly curved and pointed end; below this three com- Distrihiifiiiii. — Ireland; English Channel; pound setae (Figure 2o) with short falcigerous Mediterranean; southern California; Pacific blades. coast of Mexico; in 10-200 m. FAMILY AMPHINOMIDAE Key to genera and species Notosetae in transverse i)alisades across tlorsum. [Body stout and oval. Caruncle linear (En i>hni^iiii )] No N.C. record Notosetae in comjiact tufts 2 Branchiae with regular bi])innate branches. [Body oval with about oO segments. Caruncle broad with pleated margins iC'lildi ill). Conspicuous red bars on dorsum when adult] C. rii-idis Branchiae as iri'egularly branching tufts 3 3 Neuropodium small and .suckerlike with few short, hooked setae (Hippoiidc) H. (jandirhundi 3' Neuropodium well develojjed; setae numerous, not hooked 4 4 Neurosetae stout and acicular. Body large, stout, almost quadrangular in section (Anipliiininic). Caruncle small, cordate A. )-<}stixttu Neurosetae normal, spurred. Body small, less than 30 mm. Ventrum flattened. Caruncle small or absent. [Branchiae not present on posterior segments] 5 Notosetae of setiger 1 include stout hooks (not easily seen). (Pai-ampJiiniiiiie piilcln Ila) No N.C. record Noto.setae of setiger 1 without hooks. {Psaideariithoc). [Car- uncle rudimentary. Branchiae from setiger 3] P. amliiynu Chloea viridis Schmarda, 1861 Notes. —Body up to 117 mm long with 36-39 segments. Dorsum with a median dorsal stripe Chlofia atglocliis Ehlers, 1887: 18, pi. 1: Fig. 1, in juveniles changing to violet brown segmental 2, pi. 2: Fig. 1-8, pi. 3: Fig. 1-4. bars in adults. Chloeia viridis. - Hartman, 1951: 29. - Nonato Records. —Cape Hatteras area on Sargassiini and Luna, 1970b: 65, Fig. 1, 2. and off Beaufort in 40-120 m ( 18, *). 15 Distribution. — North Carolina; West Indies; Paramphinome pulchella (Sars, 1872) Gulf of Mexico: Brazil; low tide to 120 m. ParamphiiKiiiie pulchella. - Pettibone, 1963a: 61, Fig. 13 f, g (with synonymy). Hipponoe gaiidichaudi Audouin and Parampliinomc jeffrei/sii. - Hartman, 1965a: Milne-Edwards, 1830 58, pi. 1: Fig.b, c. Hipponoe gaiidichaudi. - Fauvel, 1923: 132. Records. —No North Carolina record, but Fig. 47 1-p. - Pettibone, 1963a: 57, Fig. known from south of Long Island and the Gulf 13 a. b. of Mexico. (17). Distribution. — North Atlantic from Norway Records. —Two specimens on driftwood with to Denmark and Iceland to the Gulf of Mexico; Lepas, off Beaufort (*). from 37 to 5,500 m. Distribution. —Cosmopolitan in warm and tropical seas. PHeudeitrifthoe ambigiia (Monro, 1933) Eurytlioe ambii(/ua. - Hartman. 1945: 12. Anipliiiiome palliisii. - Fauvel, 1923: 127, Fig. Reiuarlx's. — Pa reu i-i/tliDeGusteit'^onandPscud- 46. eui-j/tliiK P'auvel ai"e very close. The main dis- Amphinome rostrata. - Hartman, 1951: 22, tinction is that in Pareurytlioe the gills con- pi. 4: Fig. 1. - Pettibone, 1963a: 59, Fig. tinue to the end of the body while in Pseudeunj- 13 d, e. - Day, 1967: 123, Fig. 3.1. f-k. thoe they are limited to anterior segments. This, however, may be a function of size and Records. — Several records from driftwood mo.st species of the Pseudeurythoe are small. cast ashore in North Carolina (5, 7, 11, 13, 17, Records. — Beaufort, intertidal, and common 18, *). at 20 m (11,21, *). t ion. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan in warm anil Distril>u — Pacific coast of Panama ; North tropical seas. Carolina; intertidal to 20 m. FAMILY PHYLLODOCIDAE Key to genera and species NOTE. — In the tentacular formula used below, the symbol 1 = tapered tentacular cinois; N = normal lamellar cirrus; = absent (no cirrus or no setae); S = setae. 1 Two pairs of tentacular cirri. Only 4 antennae 2 1' Three pairs of tentacular cirri. Only 4 antennae 5 1" Four pairs of tentacular cirri. Four or 5 antennae 6 2 Two tentacular cirri on first segment. Prostomium tlattened and body usually white (Eteone) 3 2' One tentacular cirrus on first segment and one on second which also bears setae. Prostomium not flattened and body usually greenish (Lugia). [No dorsal cirrus on segment 3; formula: 1 + S — + S —] L. rarica N N 16 — 8 Setae present on segment 2; formula: 0— \- S — 4 3' No setae on .segment 2; formula: 0— + 0—. [Dorsal cirri asymmetrical and broader than long] Eteone tactea 4 Dorsal tentacular cirrus shorter than ventral one. Posterior dorsal cirri asymmetrical, longer than broad Etcoiie lieteropvda 4' Dorsal tentacular cirrus as long as ventral one. Dorsal cirri almost symmetrical and as broad as long (£. Uniga) No N.C. record 5 Three tentacular cirri on three segments with setae from .second; formula: 1 + S—-+ S — . {Fruliiiin/stifhs}. Dorsal N N cirri long and hastate P. bidnitata 5' Three tentacular cirri on two segments with setae from third; formula: 1 + 0--+ S-rr- {Hf^iomini). Dorsal cirri fusi- 1 N form and much shorter than ventrals H. cUmgata 6 Four frontal antennae and a similar middorsal one (£""/«//«) 7 6' Four frontal antennae but no middorsal one, a minute occipital papilla sometimes present 10 7 Setae on both second and third tentacular segments; formula: 1 + S— + S — . Setigerous lobe bluntly rounded apically 8 7' 0— No .setae on any tentacular segment; formula: 1 + —h — . Setigerous lobe with a pointed superior projection apically . . . . E. (Ptwocirrux) mncrocernfi 8 First tentacular segment not visible dorsally, second and third distinct (subgenus Ernnida). Proboscis almost smooth E. (Enniidd ) snugiiiiiva 8' All three tentacular .segments di.stinct and separate (subgenus E/ilalia). Proboscis den.sely covered with papillae 9 9 Dor.sum yellow with a pair of lateral stripes. Dorsal cirri bluntly oval E. (Enhtlkij hU'mcata 9' Dorsum uniformly green. Dorsal cirri hastate, pointed E. (Enlaliu) rlridis 10 Prostomium with a median posterior projection embraced by broad "shoulders" formed of fused first and second tenta- cular segments. [Setae from third tentacular segment; formula: 1 + 0^+ S-hr(Panuiaitis)] 11 1 N 10' Prostomium truncate or notched posteriorly. Fir.st and second tentacular segments not forming broad "shoulders". {Pln/l- lodoce) 12 11 Dorsal cirri reniform P(tm)iii/tis knstrrioisis ir Dorsal cirri asymmetrically oval PtiraiiaiHx spceiasa 17 12 Prostomium truncate posteriorly without an occipital papilla. Tentacular segments 1 and 2 fused; setae from second; formula: 1 + S-j-+ Sr^ . [Dorsal cirri cordate] 13 12' Prostomium notched posteriorly with a minute occipital papilla. Tentacular segments all separate though finst obscure dor- sally; no .setae on any tentacular segment; formula: 1 + O-7-+ O^r 14 1 N 13 Body and dorsal cirri greenish yellow. Dorsal tentacular cirri of second and third segments questionably flattened in section P>^- (Ncrclplii/lluJfmyiliK 13' Body and dorsal cirri red. All tentacular cirri rounded in section P^i- ((r< iilijllis) rastanea 14 Ventral cirri long and tapered to points. Dorsum greenish brown in adults and barred with brown in juveniles PIi. (Aii blue Pli- (Amu't ides ) (irooilaudica 15 Setigerous lobe pointed. "Neck" dusky. [Ventral cirri long, slender, and pointed] Ph. (Ana it ides) loiu/ipes 15' Setigerous lobe blunt. "Neck" not dusky 16 16 Ventral cirri long and tapered. Base of proboscis with numer- ous ])ai)illae 17 16' Ventral cirri oval with blunt tips anteriorly, becoming abruptly pointed posteriorly. Base of proboscis with six regular rows of lateral papillae PI'- ( AiKtilidcs) niadrirciisi.s 17 Dorsum green with dark intersegmental cross bars Ph. ( AHuilidis) arcuae 17' Dorsum green with median dark stripe Ph. ( Aitnitidi s) pumnnciisis Liigia rarica Uschakov, 1958 8h) all oval l)ut slightly longer po.steriorly. Setig- erous lobes blunt; ventral cirri similar to dor- Figure liR-j .sal ones but smaller. Setae (Figure 3i, j) with long, almost smooth blades and denticulate Liiijia IV rial Uschakov, 1958: 204, P'ig. 1 A-(' shaft-heads bearing a curved tooth on one side. RtnnirkK. —Two specimens were obtained, Dcscyiptioii —Body vermiform. 18 mm long the larger being an ovigerous female. As com- by 1.5 mm wide for 84 segments. Eggs green; pared with Ushakov's original figures, the pro- dorsal cirri faintly red in alcohol. Prostomium stomium is shorter and the second tentacular (Figure 8g) as broad as long, rounded in front, cirrus (D-i) is shorter. Again Ushakov's Figure with small lateral eyes but no occipital papilla. 1 C shows a seta with a more coarsely -ser- Proboscis diffusely papillo.se. Tentacular seg- rated blade and no tooth on the shaft-head. ments well developed and separate. Tentacular — However, this feature is only visible under oil- formula 1 -I- S + S , there being ten- :rrN N immersion and the lack of a dorsal cirrus on tacular cirri on .segments 1 and 2 but none on the third .segment is characteristic and im- the 3. V2 and V:i both lamellar but Vo larger than V.). mediately seinxrates L. mrica from type Dorsal cirri of normal body segments (Figure species L. ptrropJiora (Ehlers). 18 RiTord.'^. —Two specimens from muddy sand (Figure 3c, d) symmetrical and serrated; blades in 200 m off Beaufort {*). This is a new record (Figure 3e, f) grading in length. for the United States. Remarks. —As Southern (1914) has remarked, Di>'trihiiti(>ii. — Kamchatka in 5,070 m. the fact that ti'ntacular cirrus \'2 is longer and more tapeied than \':, makes it difficult to sepa- rate Protomystides from Phyllodoce. Eteone lactea Claparede, 1868 R( cords. —One specimen off Beaufort in 200 m (*). EteoiH- lactea. - Fauvel. 1923: 175. Fig. 6.3 a-d. Dist riltiitiou. —Warm North and tropical At- -Pettibone, 1963a: 70, Fig. 16 a-c. lantic; Mediterranean; in 10-4,950 m. Records. —Off North Carolina: intertidal to 28 m (11, 13, 17, 18). Hesionura elongata (Southern, 1914) Dist)-ihi/ti(i)i. —Atlantic from the Shetland Is- lands to the North Sea and the (kilf of St. Figure :ik-ni Lawrence to Florida; Mediterranean; intertidal to 200 m. Mystides (Mesomystides) elongata Southern, 1914: 74, pi. 5: Fig. 12. Mystides (Psendoniystides) elongata. - Fauvel, Eteone heteropoda Hartman. 1951 1923: 182, Fig. 66 d-g. Mystides elongata. - Renaud, 1956: 10. EtcDiic luttrpoda Hartman, 1951: pi. 9: 31, Eteonides elongata. - Hartmann-Schroder, 1963: Fig. 1-8. - Pettibone, 1963a: 72, Fig. 16 d. 216. Fig. 21-23. Hesio)iura elongata. - Hartman, 1965b: 18 (cata- Rtcordx.—Ofi Beaufort in 10-200 m (15, *). logue). Distribution. —Maine to Noilh Carolina and the Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to 18 m. Descrijitioii. —Body threadlike, very slender, brownish green, about 15 mm long. Prostomium Protomystides bidentata Langerhans, 1879 (Figure 3k) about twice as long as broad, with two pairs of frontal antennae and indistinct brown eyespots. No median antenna. Proboscis with numerous dark brown papillae. Three pairs Mj/stidcs (Pr 1 + Srr. First tentacular cirrus cylindri--^ Descriptio)t. —Body threadlike, greeni.sh yel- N cal and tapered, about 1.5 times segmental low, about 12 mm long by 0.1 mm. Prostomium breadth, second dorsal cirrus (D2) similar but (Figure 3a) elongate, slightly broader at trun- slightly longer, second ventral cirrus short, cate posterior end. Four tapered and subequal (V2) only slightly longer than ventral cirri of subse- antennae, a pair of indistinct eyes, no occipital quent segments. Normal parapodia (Figure 31) papilla. Proboscis diffusely papillose. Three with short, fusiform dorsal cirri, bluntly conical well -developed and separate tentacular seg- setigerous lobes longer than dorsal cirri but ments bearing three tentacular cirri and setae shorter than the very long fusiform ventral cirri. 4- from second. Formula 1 S —r + S — . Ventral N N Setae (Figure 3m) four or five in number with cirrus of second segment iV-,) lamellar but bifid or even trifid shaft-heads and short, knife- tapered distally and longer than V3. Normal shaped blades with deeply serrated edges. Pygid- parapodia (Figure 3b) with a long, blunt, setig- ium with two very long slender anal cirri. erous t9.^, aii eliDigated oral do)'sal ci)'rns Remarks. —The blades of the setae fall off and a similar but smaller ventral cirrus. About easily and this has given rise to Southern's eight spinigerous setae per foot; shaft-heads statement, repeated by Fauvel, that simple setae 19 - are present. Hartmann-Schroder ( 1963) reviewed Hatteras and Beaufort from the shore to 40 m the synonymy of the genus My^tidts and its (3, 11, 13, 15, 17, 18.20,21, *). subgenera and showed that these names could Distribiitio)!. —Cosmopolitan from cold tem- not be used for Southern's species. She re- perate to .subtropical seas; intertidal to 600 m. ferred it to a Et('o)iides Hartmann-Schroder but this in turn is a synonym ofHeaioiiu ra Hartmann- Schroder. Eulalia bilineata (Johnston. 1840) Records. —Eleven specimens from 10 to 200 m off Beaufort (*). Eiihilid hiliiHdia. - Fauvel. 1923: 162, Fig. 58 Dif 20 — Figure 3. Protoinyst idix hiilnitiild a. anterior end; b. foot; c. superior view of shaft-liead with blade i-emoved; d, lateral of e, view shaft-head; inferior seta; f, superior seta. Lngia mrirti k, anterior end; h. foot; i. shaft-head of seta; j, seta. Hcsio)iitr(( clungata k, anterior end; 1, foot; m, seta. Phylludoce paiiaiiieiisia n, foot; o. shaft -head of seta; p, anterior end. 21 Paranaitis speciosa (Webster, 1880) Remarks. —As noted above, Genetyllis has cylindrical tapered tentacular cirri. In compari- Paraiiaitis speciosa. - Pettibone, 1963a: 75, son with the closely related Ph. (N.) fragilis, Fig. 17 a. Ph. (G.) eastanea has a shorter, broader body which is orange, not yellowish green and the Records. —One small specimen from 20 m dorsal cirri are red. The tentacular cirri are off Beaufort (*). shorter and stouter and the dorsal cirri, though Distrihiitioti. —Maine to Chesapeake Bay; in- cordate, are more pointed. Possibly the record tertidal to 183 m. by Hartman (1951) oi' No'eiphylla fragilis from Florida and the Gulf of Mexico with clavate to cirriform tentacular cirri and dorsal cirri deep purple when preserved should be referred to Phyllodoce (Nereiphylla) fragilis Webster, 1879 Ph. (G.) casta)U'a. Records. Two specimens from coral in 20 m Pliyllodicc [sic] /ra(7///.s Webster, 1879: 14, pi. 3: — off Beaufort (*). Fig. 32-37. Distributio)!. In warm and tropical waters Pluillodocefnifjills. - Hartman. 1942b: 111. — of all oceans; intertidal to 30 m. Nereipln/Un fragilis. - Hartman, 1945: 14, pi. 2: Fig. 1-4. [N'oh] Nereiphnllafrai/ili-^. - Hartman. 1951: 34. Phyllodoce (Anaitides) mucosa Oersted, 184.'] R(i)iarks. —According to Bergstrom (1914: 102),M'r<'/p/ii///aBlainvilleandGt'He^!///;sMalm- Pliyllodoce (Anaitides) mucosa. - Fauvel, 1923: gi-en are very similar, the main distinction being 152, Fig. 54 a-e. - Pettibone, 1963a: 81, that in Nereiphylla the dorsal tentacular cirri Fig. 18 f-g. of segments 2 and 3 are not rounded in section Anaitides niiicn.-^a. -Hartman, 1968: 235, Fig. 1,2. as they are in Goietyllis but definitely flattened so as to form slender lancetlike blades. When Note. —The eight specimens from Beaufort describing Pit. (Nereiphylla) fragilis, neither are all juveniles less than 30 mm long. They Webster nor Hartman mention that any of the agree with the descriptions of Fauvel and Petti- tentacular cirri are flattened and give the im- bone in all respects except that the papillae base of the proboscis are more numerous pression that they are cirriform. While I do at the each not feel that this character, which may be due with approximately 10 irregular rows on to the method of preservation, is worthy of side instead of 6. Records. Off Beaufoil and North Carolina generic status, I feel that further changes in — the name should be avoided until fresh or in 80-160 m (*). pi'eferably living specimens are examined. Dist)-ibiiti()ii. — Arctic and the North Atlantic Rf cords. —Many records from the shore to from Denmark to West Africa and Hudson Bay 40 m between Cape Hatteras and South Carolina to Mexico; California; intertidal to 400 m. (3,5. 11, 14, 15, 18. 19.20). Distribxtiou. —Virginia to South Carolina; in- tertidal to 40 m. Phyllodoce (Anaitides) groenlandica Oersted, 1843 Phyllodoce (Genetyllis) eastanea Pliyllodoce (Anaitides) groeiiluiidica. - Fauvel, (Marenzeller, 1879) 1923; 153. Fig. 54 f-i. - Pettibone, 1963a; 80, Fig. 18 e. Genetyllis castoiea. - Bergstrom, 1914: 158, Fig. 53. - Hartman, 1968: 281, Fig. 1, 2. Records. — Off North Carolina; intertidal to [?) Nereiphylla fragilix. - Hartman, 1951: 34. 1,585 m (17). Phyllodoce (G( ix ti/llis) eastanea. - Day, 1967: Distribution. — Arctic; North Atlantic from 149 (»o» Fig. 5.3. d). Norway to the Knglish Channel and HiuLson 22 Bay to North Carolina; North Pacific from the papillae per row. Sometimes a median row of four Bering Sea to northern Ja])an and southern or five. Distal part of ])roboscis with six lumpy California; intertidal to 1.700 m. ridges. First tentacular segment not visible dorsally, second and third di.stinct and separate. Four long, cylindrical tentacular cirri; tentacu Pfiyllodoce (Anaitides) longipes Kinberg. 1866 lar formula: 1 + 4" + TT • Dorsal cirri 1 N hastate anteriorly, becoming rhomboidal on Plujllodoci (Anaitides) lonc/ipis. - Day, iy63a: middle segments. Setigerous lobes apically 394, Fig. 3 d-f; 1967: 144. Fig. 5.2. a-c. blunt. Ventral cirri oval with blunt tips anteriorly A>iaitidc.'< hmgipes. - Hartman, 1968: 229. Fig. but pointed tips posteriorly. Setae with strongly 1-3. serrated shaft-heads. Re»ini-ks. —The description of PhijUodoce Dc.'<(Tiptio)i. Body about 25 mm long; color — ocitlata by Ehlers (1887: 135. pi. 40: Fig. 4-6) greenish ; a distinctive dusky "neck" immediately from Florida suggests that this species is a behind the tentacular cirri and three rows of synonym of Ph. iH(ulei)'ensis. The only doubtful fainter spots on subsequent .segments. Pro- point is whether Ph. ociilata lacks setae on the stomium elongate-cordate with four frontal an- third tentacular segment. Augener (1925), who papilla. pair tennae and a minute occipital One re-examined the type of Lopudiirhijnchns ery- of dark eyes. First tentacular segment not tJirophijUtis Schmarda, from Jamaica, states visible dorsally, second and third distinct and that it is identical with Ph. ocidata although I separate though without setae. Four pairs of feel that the color as described and figured long cylindrical tentacular cirri; tentacular for- by Schmarda is quite different from that of mula: 1 + — -h 0—-. Dorsal cirri broadly Pli. ociilatu or Ph. niddeiiriisis. If the three 1 N species are really identical, Schmarda's oval, almost circular anteriorly. Setigerous lobes name would have priority. A reexamination of the long, superior part of presetai lip pointed and types is required. projecting well below inferior part. Ventral cirri Records. specimens from coral in 10 long, slender and pointed. Setae with shaft- —Two m off Beaufort (*). heads minutely striated. Dist)ibiitio)i. Cosmopolitan in warm and Records. —Eight specimens on sand in 20-40 — tropical seas; intertidal to 200 m. m off Beaufort (21, *). This is a new record for the Atlantic coast of the United States. Distributio)i. — North Carolina; South Africa; California; Chile; intertidal to 40 m. Phyllodoce (Anaitides) arenae Webster, 1880 Phyllodoce uroiae Webster, 1880; 105; 1886: 133, pi. 5: Fig. 10-12. Phyllodoce (Anaitides) madeirensis Phyllodoce (A)iaitides) arenae. - Pettibone, Langerhans, 1880 1963a: 82, Fig. 18 a-c. Phyllodoce (Anaitides) madeirensis. - Fauvel, Remarks. —This species is common in the 1923; 150, Fig. 23 d-h. - Day, 1967: 145, cold New England waters and is close to Ph. Fig. 5.2. d-g. pa)iame)isis from warmer waters farther south. Anaitides niadeire>isis. - Nonato and Luna, Both have ventral cirri pointed and longer than 1970b: 66, Fig. 5-8. the setigerous lobes but differ in the pigment pattern; Ph. (A.) arenae has spindle-shaped Description. —Body up to 100 mm long; bright intersegmental crossbars while Ph. pa)uune>i- gi'een when alive but fading in alcohol. Pro- sis has a dor.sal stripe. stomium cordate with a deep posterior notch Records. —Six specimens in 20-200 m off and an occipital papilla. Four frontal antennae Beaufort (*). and a pair of dark eyes. Base of proboscis Distrihntio)!. —Maine to New Jersey; inter- with six lateral rows of papillae with about 11 tidal to 194 m. 23 Phyllodoce (Anaitides) panamensis and separate. Four pairs of long cylindrical Treadwell. 1917 tentacular cirri but no setae; tentacular formula: Figui-e :in-p 1 + Oy +' O'j^T- Dorsal cirri (Figure 3n) large Phyllodoce (Anaitides) panann-iisis. Monro, and oval; setigerous lobes blunt; ventral cirri 1933b: 24, Fig. 11a, b. slender and pointed, far longer than setigerous lobes. Setae (Figure 3o) with faintly striated Description. — Body slender, up to 107 mm shaft-heads. long; color greenish with a dark median dorsal Rcniarkn. — Ph. paiiaiHciisis is very close to stripe and a faint ventral one. Prostomium (Fig- Pli. a)-(')utc differing mainly in the color pattern; ure 3p) cordate with four frontal antennae and possibly it is no more than a subspecies of a minute occipital papilla. Base of proboscis Ph. areiKic. completely covered with compressed papillae Rero)-ds. —Two specimens from 80 to 120 m irregularly arranged. First tentacular segment off Beaufort (*). not visible dorsally, second and third distinct Dii FAMILY PILARGIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Prostomium with three antennae. Notosetae always repre- sented by a stout acicular seta 2 1' Prostomium with two antennae. Notosetae either absent or represented by a stout hook 3 2 Notopodial acicular seta in the form of a hook. Antennae long. (Sigatnbm). [Notopodial hook appearing on setiger 14-25] S. bassi 2' Notopodial acicular seta straight. Antennae short (Syiwlnii.^). [Dorsal cirrus of first setiger twice as long as subsequent ones] S. albiiii 8 Notosetae absent. (Pilargi.'<) No N.C. record 3' Notosetae represented by a stout hook. [Dorsal and ventral cirri small or absent (Cabira)] No N.C. record Sigambra bassi (Hartman, 1945) Synelmis albini (Langerhans, 1881) Ancistro.^ylli.-< ba.s.^i Hartman, 1945: 15; 1947b: Aiicistrosyllis rigida. - Fauvel, 1919: 337, Fig. 501, pi. 61: Fig. 1-7: 1951: 36.pl. 11: Fig. 1- 1 a-e. - Hartman, 1947b: 498, pi. 62: Fig. 6. 1-7. -Day, 1967: 215. Sigambra />«.s.s/.-Pettibone, 1966: 186, Fig. 16.- Synelmi.^ albini. - Pettibone, 1966: 191, Fig. Hartman, 1968: 389, Fig. 1-5. 19-21. - Hartman, 1968: 393, Fig. 1-5. - Nonato and Luna. 1970b: 68, Fig. 10-14. Records. — Beaufort Sound, intertidal to a few meters (11, 12, 13, 18). Records. —One juvenile off Beaufort in 80 m Distribiitio)i. — North Carolina to Florida; central to southern California; intertidal to Distribittion. —Circumtropical and extends 33 m. from Brazil to North Carolina; southern Cali- fornia; intertidal to 2,200 m. 24 , FAMILY HESIONIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Eight pairs of tentacular cirri; [3 antennae. Proboscis with marginal papillae but no jaws. Notopodium vestigial with few setae (Gjipti!^)] G. vittata r Six pairs of tentacular cirri 2 2 A median and two lateral antennae. [Proboscis with marginal papillae {Opltiodrannis)] O. oh.scunts 2' No median antenna, only two laterals 3 3 Palps biarticulate. Notopodium reduced to an aciculum in dorsal cirrophore and usually a few setae (Nereimyra) N. pimrtata 3' Palps not articulated. Notopodium a small but distinct lobe on dorsal cirrophore bearing several setae (Pamhesiouc lu tenia ) No. N.C. record Gyptis vittata Webster and Benedict, 1887 Reconl.'<. —Many records between Cape Hat- teras and Beaufort; intertidal to 40 m (5, 11, Gyptis vittata. - Pettibone. 1963a: 106, Fig. 28 13, 15, 17, 18,20, *) c, d. Dixtribtitio)!. — Massachusetts to the West In- dies and the Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to 840 m. Records. —Cape Hatteras area, intertidal; off Beaufort in 10-20 m (18, *). DlstrU)iitii>ii. — Maine to North Carolina; inter- tidal to 55 m. Nereimyra punctata (Miiller. 1776) Ca.^talia punctata. - Fauvel, 1923: 24, Fig. 89 f-k. Nereimyra punctata. - Pettibone, 1963a: 107, Ophiodromus obscurus (Verrill, 1873) Fig. 28 e. Podurke oh.'iciira. - Pettibone, 1963a: 104, Fig. Records. — Off Chesapeake Bay and off North 28 a. b. Carolina, ? depth ( 17). Distrihiitioii. — Arctic, North Atlantic from Reniai-k.^. — Dr. Pettibone, in a personal com- Norway to France and Hudson Bay to North munication, maintains that Podarke Ehlers Carolina; Azores; Bering Sea; intertidal to should not be regarded as a synonym of Opliio- 2.350 m. rfro/»».s Sars since the type species of Podarke, (P. agilis) has nearly uniramous parapodia, while the type species of Ophiodronm.^, {O. vit- tatiis Sars = O. Jle.vuousitfi Delia Chiaje) has parapodia equally biramous. However both Parahesione luteola (Webster. 1880) genera have three antennae and six pairs of tentacular cirri in contrast to Gyptis, Nereimyra Parahesioiie luteola. - Pettibone. 1956: 281, and ParaIie.^io)ie and, as noted earlier (Day, Fig. 1 a-e; 1963a: 108, Fig. 29 a-c. 1967), I agree with Dr. Hartman that Podarke is a synonym of Opitiodronni.'i. The number of Records. — No record from North Carolina. setae in the notopodia is. I feel, of specific but Distributio)i. — Massachusetts to New Jersey not generic importance. and Geoi-gia to the Gulf of Mexico; intertidal. 25 FAMILY SYLLIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Ventral cirri distinct. Palps either separate or fused. Pharynx straight, seldom coiled 2 1' Ventral cirri completely fused to setigerous lobes and in- distinguishable. Palps completely fused. Pharynx long and coiled. (Subfamily Autolytiime) 23 2 Palps quite .separate. Always two pairs of tentacular cirri. Antennae and dorsal cirri articulated. (Subfamily Sylliitae) 3 2' Palps fused basally. One or two pairs of tentacular cirri. Antennae and dorsal cirri seldom articulated (Subfamily EiiKyUiiiae) 11 2" Palps fused for more than half their length. One or two pairs of tentacular cirri. Antennae and dorsal cirri not articulated and often small (Subfamily E.vogoiiiiiae) 16 3 Margin of phai-ynx with a circle of chitinous teeth (trepan) and a small dorsal tooth as well. Body flattened (Trypcuio- sijllis). [Trepan with 10 teeth. Blades of setae bidentate. Never more than one se.xual .stolon] T. zebra 3' Margin of pharynx with a single anterior dorsal tooth {Sulli^) 4 4 Setae of anterior feet compound but setae of middle feet may lose their blades and appear simple 5 4' All setae simple (subgenus Huplosylli.^). [Setae .shaped like boathooks with a boss preceding the curved and bifid tip. Dorsal cirri with 20-30 joints] S. (H.J spongicola 5 Setae of middle segments reduced to two large simple setae with bluntly Y-shaped ends. [Dorsal cirri fusiform with about 10 joints] S. gracilis 5' Setae of middle segments fairly numerous and normally com- pound 6 6 Two or three superior setae of middle segments with very long tapered blades; inferior setae with much shorter fal- cigerous blades (subgenus Laugcrhausia) 7 6' All .setae of middle segments with falcigerous blades graded in length (subgenus Typosyllis) 8 7 Dorsal cirri of posterior feet smooth or indistinctly articulated. Blades of posterior setae with secondary tooth stouter than apical one S. (L.)ferrugina T Dorsal cirri of posterior feet distinctly articulated. Blades of posterior setae with secondary tooth finer than apical one S. (L.) cornuta 26 8 Dorsal cirri of middle feet short and fusiform with about 15 joints. Setae obviously bidentate S. (T.) hyalinu 8' Dorsal cirri of middle feet at least as long as segmental breadth with more than 15 joints. Setae strongly bidentate 9 9 Setae of posterior feet with secondary tooth stronger than apical one. Dorsal cirri with 25-40 joints S. (T.) nguhita caroUnae 9' Setae of posterior feet with secondary tooth not stronger than apical one 10 10 Dorsal cirri of middle segments alternately with 15 or 20 joints. Proventriculus extending over 7 to 9 segments S. (T.) alternata 10' Dorsal cirri of middle segments alternately with about 30 and 87 joints. Proventriculus extending over 5 to 6 segments S. (T.) proUfera 11 Pharynx coiled. Body short with about 13 setigers. Large nuchal epaulettes (Antblyoaylli^^). [Six triscuspid marginal teeth] A.formosa ir Pharynx straight. Body long with many .setigers. No nuchal epaulettes 12 12 Large knobbed acicula projecting from anterior feet. Pharynx without teeth (Streptosifllis). [Setae with flanged shaft- heads and blades] S. arenae 12' Acicula normal, not exposed. Pharynx with one or more teeth 13 1.3 A large occipital flap. Pharynx with a ventr' 1 semicircle of teeth halfway back {Odoutosyllis). [Setal blades very long and strongly bidentate] 0. loiigiseta 13' Occipital flap small or absent. Pharynx with a single anterior dorsal tooth and a smooth or denticulate margin 14 14 Margin of pharynx denticulate iEusyllis). [Dorsal cirri ex- tremely long and first pair of ventral cirri lamellar] E. lumelUgera 14' Margin of pharynx smooth 15 15 One pair of tentacular cirri (Parapio)iot 16 One pair of tentacular cirri 17 16' Two pairs of tentacular cirri 21 17 Dorsal cirri ovoid, minute; body surface without sticky papillae or adherent silt. (E.vogoiie) 18 17' Dorsal cirri bottle-shaped or onion-shaped; body surface with sticky papillae and adherent silt {Sphaerot 18 Dorsal cirri on all setigers including second 19 18' No dorsal cirinis on setiger 2. [Median antenna hardly longer than laterals] E. gemmifera 27 19 Median antenna much longer than laterals E. dispar 19' Median and lateral antennae all equally short E. verugera 20 Dorsal cirri on all setigers including second. No internal capsules above parapodia [S.fortintu) No N.C. record 20' No dorsal cirrus on setiger 2. No internal capsules above parapodia S. pirifera 21 Dorsum with six rows of large globular papillae across each segment; antennae also globular (Enrysj/Ilis) E. tiiberculata 21' Dorsum without rows of globular papillae; [embryos carried on backs of females (Brania)] 22 22 Dorsal cirri abruptly ti-uncate and containing fibrillar struc- tures. Setae with unidentate blades B. pusilla 22' Dorsal cirri normally tapered and lacking fibrillar structures. Setae with bidentate blades B. ciavata 23 Superior simple setae with shafts as stout as those of com- pound setae. Segments without ciliated bands. Reproduc- tion by anterior scissiparity (Proceraea) 24 23' Superior simple setae with shafts more slender than those of compound setae. Segments with ciliated bands. Reproduc- tion by posterior scissiparity, gemmiparity or epigamy (Aiito- hjtu><) 25 24 Body colorless or with a pair of faint dorsolateral bands when fresh. Nuchal epaulettes rudimentary. [Trepan with 18 teeth] P. coniuta 24' Body with reddish bars on alternate segments when fresh. Nuchal epaulettes reach setiger 1 P.fasciata 25 Nuchal epaulettes reach setiger 3-4. [Trepan with 30 teeth including large laterals and small teeth in the dorsal and ventral arcs. Body colorless or segments faintly banded when fresh] A. dottalius 25' Nuchal epaulettes not reaching setiger 3 26 26 A chain of 2-8 sexual buds when mature. No color pattern. Trepan with 24-36 subequal teeth A. prolifer 26' Sexual buds formed singly. Anterior segments with four red -spots when fresh. Trepan with 30-40 subequal teeth A. mbropiDictatus TrypanosyHis zebra ((Jrube, 1860) stomium broader than long, with large palps well separated basally and two pairs of eyes. TrypuiiosylliH zebra. - Fauvel, 1923: 269, Fig. Two pairs of tentacular cirri. Antennae and 101 a-e. - Day, 1967: 256, Fig. 12.6. a, b. dorsal cirri stout, with numerous (over 30) well- marked joints. Margin of pharynx (trepan) with DeNCriptiou. —Body markedly flattened, up to 10 equal teeth and a small dorsal tooth as well. 60 mm long, with two narrow purple lines across Setae all compound with bidentate blades, the anterior segments and purple dorsal cirri. Pro- two teeth being subequal and close together 28 at tip of blade. No cluster of sexual buds below basally; two pairs of eyes. Antennae and an- pygidium. terior dorsal cirri with 17-25 distinct joints; Records. —Common on coral in 6.5-18 m off posterior dorsal cirri (Figure 4n) with very in- Beaufort (20, *). This is a new record for the distinct joints. Setae all compound including United States. two or three superior ones with very long taper- Dixtrlhnt/o)/. — English Channel; Mediterran- ing blades (Figure 4q) and several inferior ean; Indian Ocean; intertidal to 30 m. ones with bidentate blades of normal length (Figure 4o). Po.sterior setae (Figure 4p) with secondary tooth larger than apical one. Records. One specimen from 120 off Syllis (Haplosyllis) spongicola (Grube. 1855) — m Beaufort (*). Distrihntio)!. — Eastern Atlantic from Ireland Syllii^ (Haplosyllis) spongicola. - Fauvel, 1923: and the Canary Islands to Angola and South 257, Fig. 38 a-h. - Day, 1967: 240, Fig. 12.1. Africa; intertidal to 30 m. e-i. Haplosyllis spi))igicola. - Imajima, 1966d; 220, Fig. 38 a-h. - Hartman, 1968: 433. Fig. 1-4. Syllis (Langerhansia) cornuta Rathke, 1843 Records. —Common from Cape Hatteras to Syllis (Ehlersia) cor)uita. - Fauvel, 1923: 267, Beaufort; intertidal to 30 m (5, 11, 13, 15, 18, Fig. 100. 20, *). Sl////.s-corHHfo.- Pettibone. 1963a: 118, Fig.31 i,j. Distribution. —Cosmopolitan in warm and La)igerhausia connita. - Imajima, 1966e: 256, tropical seas; intertidal to 100 m. Fig. 51 a-o. Syllis ( Laiigerliaiisia) cornuta. - Day. 1967: 244, Fig. 12.2. s-u. Syllis gracilis Grube. 1840 Records. —Common from the Cape Hatteras area to Beaufort ; intertidal to 7 m (11, 17, 18,20). Syllis gracilis. - Fauvel, 1923: 259, Fig. 96 f, i. - Distribution. Cosmopolitan from the Arctic Pettibone, 1963a: 116, Fig. 32. - Imajima, — to the Antarctic; 1966d: 248, Fig. 49 a-h. intertidal to over 2,000 m. Syllis (Syllis) gracilis. - Day, 1967: 241, Fig. 12.1. m-p. Syllis (Typosyllis) hyalina Grube. 1863 Records. —Common from Cape Hatteras to Syllis (Typosyllis) liyalina.-Fim\-e\. 1923: 262. intertidal Beaufort; to 20 m (3, 11. 13, 17. 18, Fig. 98 a, b. - Day, 1967: 246, Fig. 12.2. 20, *). v-x. Distrihi(tio)i. —Cosmopolitan in temperate and Typosyllis ////o//(/(/.- Hartman, 1968: 487, Fig. 1- tropical seas; intertidal to 200 m. 3. Description. — Length 10-35 mm. Prostomium Syllis (Langerhansia) ferrugina with palps .separate basally; three antennae, Langerhans, 1881 two pairs of eyes, and anterior ocular specks. Two pairs of tentacular cirri. Pharynx long with Figrure 4n-q anterior dorsal tooth. Antennae and dorsal cirri distinctly jointed; dorsal cirri short and fusi- Syllis (Ehlersia) ferrugina. - Fauvel, 1923: 269, form, those of middle segments having about Fig. 100 k-u. 8-15 joints. Setae all compound with obviously Syllis (Langerhansia) fernigi)ia. - Day, 1967: bidentate blades. 244. Fig. 12.2. o-r." Records. —Two specimens from 20 and 160 m off Beaufort (*). Description. — Body about 10 mm long, with- Distribution. —Cosmopolitan in temperate and out color markings. Palps large and separate tropical seas; intertidal to shallow depths. 29 Syllis (Typosyllis) regulata carolinae whose ends are truncate to bilobed instead of New Subspecies pointed. These differences are small and do not warrant more than subspecific rank. Figure 4a-f Records. — Off Beaufort in 20 m on shelly sand (*). Holotype. —USNM 43146; five paratypes, USNM 43147. Description. —Body 20 mm long, very slender Syllis (Typosyllis) alternata Moore, 1908 with rounded segments and long many-jointed Typosyllis alteniata. - Imajima, 1966e: 273, Fig. dorsal cirri. No color markings. Prostomium (Figure 4a) broader than long with four small 58 a-1. eyes and elongate palps separated basally. Median antenna much longer than laterals Records. —Common on corals in 18 m off and inserted between eyes. Pharynx extending Beaufort (20). through 11 segments with a large anterior dorsal Distrihiitioii. — Alaska to California; Japan tooth. Proventriculus with 32 rows of points and northwest Japan Sea; intertidal to 350 m. and extending through 5 or 6 segments. Dorsal cirri alternating in length; longer ones of middle Syllis (Typosyllis) prolifera Krohn, 1852 segments (Figure 40 exceeding twice segmental breadth and having about 40 joints, shorter Syllis (Typosyllis) prolifera. - Fauvel, 1923: 261, ones equalling segmental breadth and having Fig. 97 a-g. - Day, 1967: 248, Fig. 12.3. g-i. about 25 joints. Setigerous lobes long and Typo.^yllis prolifera. - Imajima, 1966e: 292, Fig. conical, ventral cirri slender and pointed. Com- 65 a-n. pound setae similar throughout, with long spi- nules on cutting edge of blade and strongly Records. —On corals in 18 m off Beaufort (20). the secondary tooth becoming bidentate ends, Distribution. — English Channel; Mediterran- than apical one in posterior feet (Figure stronger ean; Indo-west-Pacific from South Africa to simple setae in posterior feet; superior 4c). Two Japan; Brazil; intertidal to 30 m. one (Figure 4d) truncate or emarginate and inferior one (Figure 4e) with a definitely bi- dentate tip. Amblyosyllis formosa Claparede. 1863 Remarks. —Imajima (1966e) described Typo- syllis regulata from Seto, Japan, and compared Pterosyllis f>n)!o.^a. - Fauvel, 1923: 280, Fig. it with Typosyllis trioicata Haswell from Aus- 105 h-m. tralia and ri/p(».s-7///(.s /(«*•// Berkeley and Berkeley Amblyosyllis formosa. - Day, 1967: 259, Fig. from Vancouver. All agree in having slender 12.6. m-p. bodies, long many-jointed dorsal cirri and strongly bidentate compound setae, but differ Records. — On corals in 18 m off Beaufort (20). in the length of the proventriculus and details Distribution. — North Atlantic from Plymouth of the acicula and posterior simple setae. Like to Senegal; Mediterranean; intertidal to 30 m. T. truncuta, the Carolinean specimens have the proventriculus extending through five or six segments, but they differ in having biden- Streptosyllis arenae tate inferior simple setae and not pointed ones. Webster and Benedict. 1884 Like T. regulata the Carolinean specimens differ from T. harti in having slightly knobbed acicula Streptosyllis arenae Webster and Benedict, (Figure 4b) and setae with a strong secondary 1884: 711, pi. 2: Fig. 17-21, pi. 3: Fig. 22, tooth and long serrations on the cutting edge 23. - Pettibone, 1963a: 127, Fig. 31 1, m. of the blade. The Carolinean specimens differ from T. regulalu in having a shorter proventric- Records. —Two specimens from 5 to 10 m ulus, which extends through 5-6 segments and off Beaufort (*). not 11 and in having superior simple .setae Distribution. — Massachu.setts; intertidal. 30 — Figure 4. Syllis rcynlata carolhiae n. subsp. a, head; b, aciculum; c, posterior compound seta; d, superior simple seta; e. inferior simple seta; f, foot. Odoiitoni/lliK lunyixvta n. sp. g, head; h. pharynx slit dorsally and flattened to show teeth; i, foot; j, seta. Pioiioni/llis cf. niaya k, foot with longer dorsal cirrus; 1, superior seta; m, inferior seta. Syllis (Ldnycrlnnisid) fciruyimi n, posterior foot; o, inferior seta of an anterior foot; p, inferior seta of a posterior foot ; q. superior seta. 31 Odontosifllis longiseta. New Species da) and Pharyngeovalvata natalensh Day. Both also possess an occipital flap so that the two K inure 4(1:-]. genera are related although Pliarynf/eovalvata lacks chitinous teeth. OdontosyUis n. sp. Day, Field, and Montgomery, In Od(>)itosyllis lo)igiscta the occipital flap 1971: 121. appears to arise from the first setiger but this is Holotupv.—VSNM 43120; 100+ paratypes, due to the fact that the dorsal part of the ten- USNM 43121. tacular segment is fused to the first setiger. Dencriptiou. —Numerous specimens obtained In other species, where these two segments are but all broken. Complete specimen probably separate, the occipital flap definitely arises from 15-20 mm long by 1.5 mm wide for 60-70 seg- the tentacular segment. ments. Body stout, strongly arched dorsally 0. lonqiseta is easily distinguished by the but flattened ventrally. No color pattern and long, strongly bidentate blades of the setae, whole worm uniformly flesh pink in alcohol. short dorsal cirri and the large occipital flap. Prostomium (Figure 4g) much broader than In O. fitlgiDxuis Claparede, recorded by Petti- long and separated from tentacular segment bone (1963a) from New England, the setal blades by a deep groove. Palps broad and flattened, are short, the dorsal cirri are about equal to fused basally and bent ventrally. Two pairs of the segmental breadth and the occipital flap is large red eyes, three rather short antennae, and small. In O. ctoiostuma Claparede, (). polycera a pair of curved nuchal ridges almost encircling (Schmarda), and O. dugesia)ia Claparede the posterior pair of eyes. Tentacular segment very setal blades are all short; in O. gibba Claparede short and fused dorsally to setiger 1, the large the blades are long but unidentate. circular occipital flap appearing to arise from R( cords. —Common off Beaufort in 20-200 m the latter. Two pairs of tentacular cirri slightly (21 *). longer than antennae. Mouth with well defined lateral lips; buccal cavity with an internal dor- projection entrance to pharynx. Pharynx sal at Eusyllis lamelligera strongly chitinized with a ven- short, broad and Marion and Bobretzky, 1875 tral arc of six recurved teeth and a cutting plate on either side (Figure 4h). Pharynx ex- Eusyllis lamelligera. - Fauvel, 1923: 294, Fig. tending from setiger 8 to 10 and followed by a 113 a-e. - Pettibone, 1963a: 120, Fig. 33, long muscular proventriculus with 60 rows of 34a-d. points extending from setiger 10 to 18. Antennae, tentacular cirri, and dorsal cirri Records. — North Carolina in 7 m (3, 17). all smooth, tapered, and relatively short. An- Distribution. — North Atlantic from Massa- terior dorsal cirri barely three-quarters seg- chusetts to North Carolina and the English mental breadth, those of middle segments alter- Channel to Spain; Mediterranean; 7-37 m. nately longer and equal to half segmental breadth or shorter and equal to one third seg- mental breadth. Parapodia (Figure 4i) with setigerous lobes stout and obviously bilabiate Parapionosyllis longicinata with the setae issuing from a slit; ventral cirri (Webster and Benedict. 1884) stout with pointed tips. Setae (Figure 4j) all compound, with shaft-heads well serrated and Pioiiosyllis miuiita. - Fauvel, 1923: 292, Fig. blades unusually long and strongly bidentate; lllf. secondary tooth as large as apical one. No simple Parapionosyllis lotigicirrata. - Pettibone, 1963a: setae even in posterior feet. 132, Fig. 35 e, f. Remarks. —As noted earlier, the buccal cavity has an internal dorsal ridge which extends back Ri cords. —Thirteen specimens in 10-20 m off and becomes a digitiform lobe at the entrance Beaufort (21, *). of the pharynx. A similar structure was noted Distrihutio)!. — Massachusetts; Mediterran- by Day (1967) in Odontosyllis polycera (Schmar- ean; intertidal to 20 m. 32 Pionosyllis cf. uraga Imajima. 1966 and three antennae, the median just longer than the laterals. Palps short, completely fused and FigTJre 4k-ni rounded anteriorly. Pharynx with an anterior dorsal tooth. Proventriculus extending through Desc)ipti())i. —Body incomplete, with only 35 two segments. One pair of small tentacular segments measuring 3 mm. No color markings. cirri. Dorsal cirri small and ovoid and present Prostomium with two pairs of eyes and three on all segments except setiger 2. Ventral cirri slender antennae; the median arising far back distinct. Setae including a superior simple seta and twice as long as laterals. Palps broad, with an obliquely ti^uncate tip, one or two com- flattened, bent downwards, quite separate ba- pound setae with long, daggerlike blades and sally. Pharynx long with a smooth margin and four or five compound setae with swollen serrate a small dorsal tooth a quarter the way back. shaft-heads and minute bidentate blades with Proventriculus as long as pharynx with 30 rows the secondary tooth larger than the terminal of points. Parapodia with stout, blunt setigerous one. An inferior simple setae in posterior seg- lobes bearing broad ventral cirri mainly fused ments. Mature females carrying developing em- to ventral margin. Dorsal cirri alternately very bryos ventral ly. long and slender (Figure 4k), up to 1.5 times RcDKD'ks. —The description of E.i'ocjom nai- segmental breadth or short and only half seg- diiui Oersted given by Pettibone (1954) agrees mental breadth. Setae characteristic and of perfectly with that of E. gem itiifiro which she two types, 3 to 5 superior ones (Figure 41) with includes in the synonymy of E. naidliia. How- very long blades tapering to fine tips and 7 to ever. Fauvel and more recent workers do not 10 inferior ones (Figure 4m) with broad, bi- regard the two as synonymous and until the dentate chopper-shaped blades without mar- types have been examined, I prefer to use the ginal spinules. Apical tooth small and incon- better known name. spicuous, secondary tooth larger and hooked. Records.—OK Beaufort in 18-40 m (20, *). Acicula with faintly knobbed tips. This is a new record for the Atlantic coast of ReiHarks. —The long tapered blades of the the United States. superior setae are remini.scent of the subgenus Distribiitii))). —Arctic Seas; North Atlantic Lai/f/crhanKia but the latter has articulated from France to North Carolina; Mediterranean; dorsal cirri and here they are all quite smooth. South Africa; North Pacific from the Bering This single broken specimen from North Caro- Sea to Mexico and Japan to the Yellow Sea; lina closely resembles PidiKixyllis tiragu as de- intertidal to 225 m. scribed by Imajima, (1966c: 114, Fig. 37 a-g) from Japan. However, the blades of the setae lack spinules, the shaft-heads are not serrated Exogone dispar (Webster. 1879) and the heads of the acicula lack a band of microscopic spinules. More material is required E.rogoiie dispar. - Hartman, 1945: 16, pi. 2: before the identification can be confirmed. Fig. 7, 9, 10. - Pettibone, 1963a: 130, Fig. Records. —One specimen from 120 m off 35 d. Beaufort (*). Exogone clarator Ehlers, 1913: 485, pi. 33: Fig. 1-6. - Day, 1967: 272, Fig. 12.10. a-f. Exogone unifon)iis Hartman, 1961: 73, pi. 6: Exogone gemmifera (Pagenstecher, 1862) Fig. 1, pi. 7: Fig. 1-4. - Imajima, 1966a: 400, Fig. 4 a-j. - McCloskey, 1970: 24. Exogone geiuDiifcra. - Fauvel, 1923: 305, Fig. 117 a-d. - Imajima, 1966a: 397, Fig. 2 a-h. - Remarks. —A direct comparison of specimens Day, 1967: 274, Fig. 12.10. p-u. of E. clavator from South Africa with specimens Exogo)ie )iai(liua. - Pettibone, 1954: 258, Fig. of E. dispar from North Carolina showed that 28 e. the two are identical. Imajima states that E. uiiifo)'niis differs from E. dispar in having fal- Dc! 33 number of teeth varies from anterior to poste- with short unidentate blades and, from setiger rior feet and all other characters agree with 2 onwards, one superior simple seta with a E. dispar. It is suspected that E. lourei Berkeley smooth curved tip. is another synonym of £". dispar. Remarks. —The specimen from Beaufort Records. —Common on sand and coral from agrees with Fauvel's description except that low tide to 20 m off North Carolina (3, 5, 11. the palps are shorter and the dorsal cirri are 13,21. *). smaller than the setigerous lobes. Distribution. —Maine to Florida; Alaska to Records. —One specimen from 20 m off Beau- the Pacific coast of Mexico; South Japan; South fort (*). This is a new record for the Atlantic Africa; intertidal to 130 m. coast of the United States. Distribution. —Mediterranean; British Co- lumbia to southern California; 0-10 m. Exogone verugera (Claparede, 1868) E.roc/oiie verugera. - Fauvel, 1923: Fig. 117 Eiirysgllis tuberculata Ehlers. 1864 m-r. - Pettibone, 1963a: 129, Fig. 31 a-d. - Imajima, 1966a: 399, Fig. 3 a-h. - Day, Eurysyllis tuberculata. Fauvel, 1923: 271, 1967: 272, Fig. 12.10. g-1. - Hartman, 1968: Fig. 101 i-o. 429, Fig. 1-4. Description. Body 3 mm long with about Records. —Three specimens in 10-20 m off — 50 segments. Dorsum flattened and covered Beaufort (*). with six rows of globular papillae, the outer- Distribi(tio)>. —Cosmopolitan in temperate most pair on each segment representing dorsal seas; intertidal to 1.50 m. cirri. Prostomium broader than long with three globular antennae and four eyes. Palps bent and united basally forming a hood in front of Sphaerosyllis fortuifa Webster. 1879 mouth. Peristome with two globular papillae and two pairs of globular tentacular cirri. Spliaerosyllis fortiiila Webster, 1879: 221, pi. Pharynx with a trepan of 10 marginal teeth 4: Fig. 44-48. plus a dor.sal tooth. Proventriculus globular. Parapodia each with a globular dorsal cirrus Records. — No record from North Carolina. and a short ventral cirrus separated from the Distribution. —Virginia; in to 10 m. blunt setigerous lobe (not fused to it, as stated by Fauvel). Setae compound and falcigerous with unidentate blades of medium length; acic- uIm with swollen ends. pirifera Claparede, 1868 Sphaerosgllis Records. —One specimen off Beaufort in 40 m (*). This is a new record for the United States. Spliacrosijllis pirifera. - Fauvel, 1923: 301, Fig. Disti-iliiition. — Mediterranean; Madeira: En- 115 1-p. glish Channel; intertidal to a few meters. Description. —Body 3 mm long with 36 seg- ments. Surface with a few scattered adhesive papillae. Prostomium with fu.sed palps, four eyes and three subequal bottleshaped antennae, Bronia piisilla (Dujardin, 1839) the median one inserted between posterior pair of eyes. One pair of tentacular cirri. Dorsal cirri Grubca pnsilhi. - Fauvel, 1923: 299, Fig. 115 a-f. similar to antennae and tentacular cirri and Brania pusilla. - Day, 1967: 267, Fig. 12.9. d-f. present on all setigers except .second. Setigerous lobes bluntly conical. No sign of internal cap- Records. —Abundant on corals off Beaufort, sules above parapodia. Five compound .setae, all in 6.5-18 m (20). 34 to Caribbean; Distribiitiou. — North Atlantic from the Eng- Dixtrihiifiim. — Massachusetts lish Channel to Morocco; Mediterranean; South intertidal to 83 m. Africa; intertidal to 30 m. Aiiiolytus prolifer (Muller. 1784) Brunia claiota (Ciaparede. lS(i8) Aiiti>lytii.s prolifer. - Fauvel, 1923: 311, Fig. Gnihva rUivata. - Fauvel. 1923: 296, Fig. 114 119. - .' Pettibone, 1963a: 145, Fig. 40. - a-e. ? Day, 1967: 284, Fig. 12.13. f-k. - Gidholm. clnvata. - Hartman, 1944c: 338, pi. 24: Bixuihi 1967: 186. Fig. 14, 15, 7A,8. Fig. 5-8, pi. 25: Fig. 2. - Pettibone, 1963a: 35 b. - Imajima, 1966a: 393, 133, Fig. Note. — According to Gidholm (1967), many Fig. 1 a-g. of the earlier records of this species are doubtful. Nonetheless, it should be noted that A. prolifer on corals in 18 m off RccfDxl.^. —Common has been reported from Beaufort Sound and on Beaufort (20). corals in 6-18 m by several workers (5, 8, 11, Di! Proceraea cornitta (Agassiz. 1863) Aiitolytiis rubropiinctatiis (Grube, 1840) Aiitoli/tns c Fig. 37 e. - Imajima, 1966b: 49, Fig. 13 a-i. - 283. McCloskey. 1970: 24. Aiitolytu.^ riibropti iielatiis. - Fauvel, 1923: 314, Proceraea coniuta. - Gidholm, 1967: 205, Fig. Fig. 120 e-i. 13 e, f, 28 a-c. Recoreh. — Bogue Sound (5); Andrews gives Record.'^. — Beaufort, intertidal to a few meters no description and his specimens may belong (3,7,20). to Proceraea fasciata reported by many other Di!^tribHtioii. —Arctic; Atlantic from Labra- workers. dor to Chesapeake Bay and Norway to English Di.^t)-ibiitioii. — English Channel; Madeira; Channel; Japan; intertidal to 140 m. Mediterranean; intertidal to 30 m. Proceraea fasciata (Bosc, 1802) Autolytus (lentalius Imajima, 1966 Proceraea tardie/racla Webster, 1879: 27. - An- Adtolytiis ale.randri. - Hartman, 1945: 17, pi. 2: drews, 1891a: 282. Fig. 11. (Hon Malmgren). Autolyt)!.^ /«.st/o///.s-. - Pettibone, 1963a: 141, Aiitolytiis deiitalins Imajima, 1966b: 36. Fig. Fig. 37 a, b. 38, 39. 7i-l. Proceraea fasciata. - Gidholm, 1967: 203 (note only). Records. — Beaufort Sound, intertidal to a few meters (11). Records. — Beaufort sound, intertidal to a Distribiitioi. — North Carolina; central Ja- few meters (3, 5, 7. 8, 11, 17). pan; intertidal to 10 m. 35 FAMILY SPHAERODORIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Setae compound and falcigerous (EphesicUa) 2 1' Setae simple, hooked (SphaerodonnH) No N.C. record 2 Only large 6 papillae across dorsum of each segment £. rlaporvdii 2' Ten to twelve large papillae across dorsum of each segment mi,ii,tum) (E. No N.C. record Ephesiella claparedii {(Jreeff, 1866) Remarks. —The single specimen obtained was a female containing large eggs. It agrees very Sphaerodoi^im claparedii. - Fauvel, 1923: :}79, well with Fauvel's de.scription except it lacked Fig. 149 d, e. the small irregularly arranged papillae among the large dorsal ones. According to Hartman Dcfcriptinu. stout — Body and ovoid, 2 mm (1965b), this species should be referred to Spliae- long, with 18 segments. Prostomium indistinct, rodoridiiini Liitzen, but according to Pettibone papillose. Each segment with a transverse row (1963a), it should be referred to Ephcsiella of six large papillae across dor.sum and a band Chamberlin of which Sphaerodoridiinu is a of smaller papillae across ventrum. No small synonym. papillae among large dorsal ones. Parapodia Records. —One specimen from 200 m off uniramous and cylindrical with three oval pa- Beaufort (*). This is a new record for the pillae distally. About 10 falcigerous compound United States. setae per foot; blades faintly curved and uni- Distributio)!. — English Channel and Ireland; dentate. intertidal to a few meters. FAMILY NEREIDAE Key to genera and species Parapodia essentially uniramous throughout with one bundle of .setae. Proboscis without chitinous paragnaths or soft papillae. Three pairs of tentacular cirri. (L//rfl.s^()/).s/,s) No N.C. record 1' Parapodia biramous after first two with 4-5 parapodial lobes and two bundles of setae. Proboscis with chitinous parag- naths or soft papillae. Four i)airs of tentacular cirri 2 Parapodia with two ventral cirri. No falcigerous setae. [Pro- boscis with soft papillae only. (Ceratocepliale). Dorsal cirri very long. Prostomium incised] C. luvetii 2' Parapodia with one ventral cirrus. Falcigerous setae present in neuropodia at least 3 Probiscis with .soft papillae, a few on basal ring sometimes brown and lightly chitinized. No falcigerous setae in pos- terior notopodia 4 3' Proboscis with black chitinous paragnaths. Falcigerous setae sometimes present in posterior notopodia 5 36 4 Proboscis with tufts of soft papillae on maxillary ring {Laeo- )iereis). Anterior parapodia with three notopodial lobes L. culvert 4' Proboscis with one row of soft or lightly chitinized papillae on oral ring. (Wcbstcrincri'ts) Anterior parapodia with three notopodial lobes. [Posterior parapodia with neuropodial lobes well separated from notopodial lobes. No simple anky- losed neurosetae] W. trideutata 5 Chitinous paragnaths restricted to maxillary ring (Cerata- //rrc/.s). [No notopodial falcigers] 6 5' Chitinous paragnaths present on both basal and maxillary rings 7 6 Anterior feet with two notopodial lobes. [Dorsal cirrus shorter than superior lobe] C. irritahiUn 6' Anterior feet with three notopodial lobes C. versipedata 7 Paragnaths on group VI as one or more conical points (Nereis) 8 7' Paragnaths on group VI as one or more plain transverse bars (Perinereis) No N.C. record 7" Paragnaths on group VI as one or two small comblike bars (PlatipierciN). [Notopodial falcigers of posterior feet with a minute terminal knob] P. dumerilii 8 Posterior notosetae include one or more falcigers (subgenus Nereis) 9 8' Posterior notosetae all spinigerous (subgenus Neaiithes). [An- terior feet with three notopodial lobes] 11 9 Anterior feet with three notopodial lobes. [Proboscis with groups VII and VIII forming a band of three to four rows. Notopodial falcigers with long, lightly serrated blades] N. (Nereis) IciDiellosn 9' Anterior feet with two notopodial lobes 10 10 Group VI with a close-set group of 3-4 paragnaths; groups VII and VIII with none. Notopodial falcigers of posterior feet with short oval blades. [Dorsal cirri very short] N. (Nereis) graiji 10' Group VI with 4 paragnaths in a close-set group and groups VII and VIII with 3-7 points in a single row. Notopodial falcigers of posterior feet with long blades. [Two rows of brown spots on anterior segments] N. (Nereis) riisei 10" Group VI with 4-6 paragnaths and groups VII and VIII with numerous paragnaths in two to three irregular rows A^. (Ne)-eis) falsa 11 Paragnaths on basal ring of proboscis in distinct groups: V = 1-4; VI = 6-8; VII and VIII = two or three irregular rows. [Superior lobe of posterior feet lamellar] N. (Neaittlns) siireiind ir Paragnaths on basal ring of proboscis forming a broad and continuous band of points N. (Neaiithes) neii iiiiiiata 37 . Lycastopsis pontica (Bobretzky, 1872) of palps and brown spots above parapodia. Prostomium (Figure 5a) oval with a slight Lycastopsis tecolutlensis. - Hartman, 1951: 44. groove between antennae. Tentacular cirri very Lycastopsis pontica. - Pettibone, 1963a: 150, short, seldom reaching setiger 1. Proboscis Fig. 41. (Figure 5b, c) without paragnaths or soft papil- lae on maxillary ring but with soft papillae on Records. —No North Carolina record. basal ring; area VI with one papilla; areas Distribiitiou. — Massacliusetts to Virginia and VII and VIII with one row of seven minute Mexico; West Indies and Brazil; Mediterranean papillae, the middle three often chitinized and and Black Sea; Japan; central California; inter- brown. Anterior feet (Figure 5d) with three tidal and estuarine. notopodial lobes and a slightly longer dorsal cirrus. Setigerous lobe of neuropodium with well marked presetal and postsetal lips. Pos- Ceratocephale loveni Malmgren, 1867 terior feet (Figure 5f) with all lobes more pointed and dorsal cirrus small in juveniles but Chau)io)iiy}ichns lovoii. - Hartman, 1942a: 49, longer than superior lobe in adults. Notosetae Fig. 83-84. as homogomph spinigers in all feet. Neurosetae Ceratocephale loveni - Pettibone, 1963a: 152, include homogomph and heterogomph spinigers Fig. 42 a-b. and heterogomph falcigers. Blades of anterior falcigers fairly long, almost rectangular with R(ci)rds. — Five specimens from 40 m off longer spinules distally; blades of posterior Beaufort { * ) falcigers (Figure 5e) shorter and more hooked Distrihiitioii. — North Atlantic from Norway with tip attached back by a tendon. to the North Sea and Iceland to Virginia; Remarks. —The generic position of this spe- Okhotsk Sea: from 40 to 2,000 m. cies has caused considerable difficulty. The pa- pillae on the basal ring of the proboscis are Laeonereis culveri (Webster. 1879) very small; in some specimens the whole pro- boscis appears smooth; in others the three Nereis culveri. - Webster, 1886: pi. 6.: Fig. papillae on area VII are brown and chitinized 25-30. pi. 7: Fig. 31-32. like small paragnaths. Such specimens might Laeo)iereis culveri. - Hartman, 1945: 21. - Petti- be refered to En nereis except that they lack bone, 1971: 14, Fig. 5-7. notopodial falcigers on posterior feet. A further discussion will be found in Pettibone (1971:20) Records. —On the shores of Beaufort Sound who erected the genus Websterinereis with W. (8, 11, 13, 18). tride))ta as the type-species. Distributio)!. —Connecticut to Gulf of Mexico, /?rc(-rf/.s-.— Off Beaufort in 3-40 m (11, 13. 14. Florida, West Indies, Brazil and Uraguay ; inter- 18.20, *) tidal and estuarine in muddy sand. Distribution. —New Jersey to Florida and the Gulf of Mexico; 3-40 m. Websterinereis trident ata (Webster. 1880) Ceratonereis irritablis (Webster. 1879) Nereis trideutata Webster, 18S0: 113; 1886: 142, Nereis irritabilis Webster, 1879: 231, pi. 5: Fig. pi. 7: Fig. 33-40. 56-64; pi. 6: Fig. 65-69. Ceratonereis trideiitata. - Hartman, 1945: 21, Cerato)iereis irritabilis. - Hartman, 1945: 20, pi. 3: Fig. 3. 4. pi. 3: Fig. 7-9. Laeonereis n. sp. - McCloskey, 1970: 26. Websterinereis Iridentatu. - Pettibone, 1971: 21, Records. —Common off the shores of Beaufort Fig. 8, 9. Sound and offshore in 10-80 m (3, 5. 11, 13, 18, 19.21, '). Description. — Body slender, 20-30 mm long, Distribution. —Virginia to North Carolina; mainly pale but with brown marks at origin intertidal to 80 m. 38 Ceratonereis versipedata Ehlers. 1887 Rci»ark.'<. —Nereis (Nereis) lamello.^a and Nereis (Neaiitlies) succiiiea are very similar of notopodial falcigers A'rrc/.s (C('rat(>)ierei>i) vemipcdatd Ehlers, 1887: apart from the presence occur together in many 116, pi. 36: Fig. 5-10. - Monro, 19.'«b: 256. in the former. They parts of the world although N. siiccinea extends lameUosn does not. The R(r(,rds. —On coral in 10-18 m off Beaufort into estuaries while N. hiniellosa are not (14,20). notopodial falcigers of .V. and Distribution. — North Carolina to Florida and numerous and readily lose their apices stouter those of the the West Indies in 10-18 m. their shafts are no than spinigers. As a result the complete absence of notopodial falcigers and the separation of N. Platynereis diimerilii sticciiiea from N. lamellosa is not easy. Milne-Edwards, 18.3.3) (Audouin and Records. —One specimen on coral in 10 m off Beaufort (*). This is a new record for the - 1923: 359, Fig. Plattpiereis d/niurilii. Fauvel, United States. - Fig. 43. - 141 a-f. Pettibone, 1963a: 154, Distribution. — Mediterranean, Morocco, Sen- 1967: Fig. 14.4 d-k. Day, 306, egal, and South Africa; 10-150 m. Ri cards. —Common in mucus tubes attached to weeds all along North Carolina: intertidal Nereis (Nereis) grayi Pettibone. 1956 to a few meters (3, 5, 11, 13, 14, 18). Distribiitid)^ —Cosmopolitan in temperate Nereis (Nereis) (/rayi Pettibone, 1956: 282, and tropical seas; intertidal to 10 m. Fig. 3; 1963a: 183, Fig. 42 i. Reco)xIs. — Five specimens off Beaufort in Nereis (Nereis) lamellosa Ehlers, 1868 20-200 m (*). Distribution. — Massachusetts; intertidal in mud to 18 m. Nereis (Ncrei.'i) lanxilasa. - Fauvel, 1936: 36. - Day, 1967: 314, Fig. 14.7. a-t. Nereis (Nereis) riisei Grube, 1856 Dcftcriptio}!. — Prostomium broadly triangu- lar with brownish marks laterally. Proboscis PMtrure .it>-j (Figure 5k, 1) with group I = 1; II = an oblique double row; III = an oval group of Nereis riisei. - Augener, 1922: 42; 1925: 6. - about 10: IV = a wedge of numerous points; Hartman, 1951: 46. V = 0-3; VI = a rosette of 8-10; VII and VIII = three or four irregular rows. Anterior Description. —Body up to 30 mm long; fresh feet (Figure 5m) with three pointed notopodial specimens often with a brown bar across peri- lobes and a longer dorsal cirrus. Middle feet stome or setiger 2 and dorsolateral spots on with only two notopodial lobes; posterior feet anterior segments. Tentacular cirri often reach- with superior notopodial lobe expanded and last ing setiger 6. Proboscis (Figure 5g, h) with few feet (Figure 5o) with superior notopodial area I = 1-3 points in line; II = a double row; lobe broad and lamellar bearing the small dorsal III = an oval group; IV = a wedge; V = 0; cirrus at its apex. Anterior notosetae all homo- VI = a close-set group of 3-9 points; VII and gomph spinigers with rather short blades; pos- VIII = one row of 3-7. Anterior feet (Figure terior notosetae mainly homogomph spinigers 5i) with two notopodial lobes and a slender but some feet with one or two homogomph fal- dorsal cirrus longer than short superior lobe. cigers with rather long blades (Figure 5n). Posterior feet essentially similar. Notosetae Anterior and posterior neurosetae essentially of posterior feet include a few spinigers and similar, including homogomph and heterogomph usually one large homogomph falciger (Figure spinigers with short blades and heterogomph 5j) with an almost straight, lightly serrated falcigers with rather straight blades. blade. 39 ">. Figure — Wchateriiiereis tridoitalii a, head; b and c, dorsal and ventral views of proboscis; d, anterior foot; e, posterior falciger; f, posterior foot of juvenile. Nereis riisci g and h. dorsal and ventral views of proboscis; i, anterior foot; j, notopodial falciger. Nereis lanielloKa k and I, dorsal and ventral views of proboscis; m, anterior foot; n, notopodial falciger; o, posterior foot. Nephtyn (Aylaophiimus) circinata p, anterior ends; q, anterior view of foot. 40 Records. — Eight specimens from 40 m off Records. —Common on the shores of Beaufort Beaufort (*). Sound and offshore in 6.5-40 m (3, 5, 7, 11, 13, Distribution. — Florida and Mexico (Vera- 15, 17, 18, 19,20,21, *). cruz) to the West Indies; on shallow reefs. Distribi(ti())i. —Atlantic from the North Sea to South Africa and Massachusetts to Uraguay; Pacific Ocean from California to Panama; Indian Nereis (Nereis) falsa Quatrefages, 1865 Ocean from Cape Point to Natal; estuarine and intertidal to 40 m. Nereis falsa. - Fauvel, 1923: 337, Fig. 129 e-m. - Day, 1967: 317, Fig. 14.7 k-o (with syn- onymy). Nereis pelagica occideiitalis Hartman, 1945: Nereis (Neanthes) acuminata Ehlers, 1868 20, pi. 4: Fig. 1-6; 1951: 46. Nereis occi(le)italis. - McCloskey, 1970: 26. Nereis (Neantiies) caiidata. - Fauvel, 1923: 347, Fig. 135 a-e. - Day, 1967: 321, Fig. 14.9. f-j. - Rieords. Sounds and shallow reefs in 7 m — Hartman, 1968: 525, Fig. 1-5. near Beaufort (5, 11, 13, 15, 18, 20, *). Neri'is arenacendentata Moore, 1903: 729, pi. Distribution. — Warm and tropical Atlantic 40: Fig. 1-10. - Pettibone, 1963a: 162, Fig. from France to West Africa and North Carolina 44 i, 45 e. to the Gulf of Mexico; Mediterranean; South Africa to Madagascar; intertidal to 30 m. Remarks. — Pettibone (1963a) states that Nereis caiidata Delle Chiaje is a homonym. The Nereis (Neanthes) succinea next available name is Nereis aciimi)iata Ehlers. Frey and Leuckart. 1847 Reroi'ds. — Seven specimens from 40 to 80 m off Beaufort (*). Neautltes siicci)iea. - Hartman, 1945: 17, pi. 3: Distribiitidii. — North Atlantic from the Eng- Fig. 1-2; 1968: 529, Fig. 1-5. lish Channel to Spain and Massachusetts to Nereis (Neanthes) siieeiiieu. - Pettibone, 1963a: Florida; Mediterranean; South Africa; south- 165, Fig. 44 a-e, 45 a-d. - Day, 1967: 321, ern California to Mexico; southern Australia, Fig. 14.9. a-e. Tasmania, and New Zealand ; intertidal to 100 m. FAMILY NEPHTYIDAE Key to subgenera and species of Nephtys 1 Interramal gills long and involute, curving downwards, then inwards 2 1' Interramal gills short and revolute, curving downwards, then outwards (subgenus Nephtijs) 4 1" No interramal gills (subgenus Mici'oiieplithys) No N.C. record 2 No proboscideal papillae. No ventral cirrus (subgenus Iner- monephtijs). [Dorsal cirri very long] A^. (I.) iiierniis 2' Proboscideal papillae and ventral cirri present (subgenus Aglaoplianins). [Forked setae present] 3 3 Eyes present. Dorsal cirri digitiform. Neuropodium with a straplike superior lamella and broad postsetal one N. (A.) cerrilli 3' Eyes absent. Dorsal cirri flattened. Neuropodium without a straplike superior lamella, only a large ligulate postsetal one A^. (A.) circiiiata 41 4 Anterior dorsum with prey segmental bars. [A few short, geniculate, postacicular setae with coarse teeth at base of blade] N. (N.) picta 4' Dorsum uniformly pale 5 5 Bases of parapodia with scalelike lamellae covering inter- segmental junctions both dorsally and ventrally N. (N.) squamosa 5' Bases of parapodia without scales 6 6 A red spot in middle of prostomium. Shorter postacicular setae with denticles at base of blade A'. (N.) biiccra 6' No red spot on prostomium. Postacicular setae without denti- cles at base of blade A'. (N.) iiicisa Nephtys (Inermonephtys) inermis postacicular setae mainly with slender blades Ehlers. 1887 minutely serrated but also a few forked setae. K( Diarks. — Fauchald has erected a new genus NcpJithjix (Af/laopliannis) iiicri)iis Ehlers, 1887: Iiier))io)ieplitj/s with N. iiie)'»iis as the type 125, pi. 38: Fig. 1-6. species. The genus is distinguished by the lack Nephthys i)ier)>ns. - Fauvel, 1928: 375, Fig. of proboscideal papillae, the character of the 147. - Hartman, 1940: 234, pi. 39: Fig. jaws and a different interpretation of the pro- 84-86; pi. 40: Fig. 95. stomial appendages. He regards the first pair l7ierni(iiH'plit!/s iiienm's. - Fauchald, 1968: 16, of antennae as missing, the second pair as ven- pi. 4: Fig. 31-35. tral and states that: "The nuchal organs are very well developed and each is equipped with Description. —Body up to 50 mm long. Pro- one long, digitiform eversible process." His stomium bluntly rectangular in front with a Figure 34 shows these digitiform processes as posterior prolongation. Two pairs of antennae separate from the prostomium, whereas my but neither pair obvious; anterior pair bent specimens show that they arise from the mar- down below margins of prostomium, posterior gins of the prostium, close to the subdermal pair on sides of nuchal grooves at level of sub- eyes. For this reason I regard these processes dermal eyes. Proboscis very long and muscular as the second pair of antennae, further back but without i)apillae. Jaws as lightly chitinized than usual, but nonetheless homologous with ridges far back. First setiger small, bearing a the second pair of antennae of other nephtyids. digitiform dorsal ciriiis, a rounded postsetal Iiicrnioiicpliti/s is obviously related to Agla- lamella on notopodium. and a ventral cirrus (iplnimi/s and both are here regarded as sub- similar to dorsal one. Second setiger similar genera of S'( ph ti/s. but larger. Third setiger with first branchia Records.— Off Beaufort in 160-450 m (*). originating from base of dorsal cirrus. Para- Distribution. — Florida and tropical Atlantic; podia fully (U'veloped at 10th segment. Noto- Pacific; Mediterranean; 0-450 m. podium formed by a blunt setigerous lobe bear- ing a rudimentary presetal lamella, a large dorsolateral postsetal lamella and lielow this, I\'ephfys (.Aglaophamiis) lerrilli a very long dorsal cirrus and an involute bran- Mcintosh, 188.') chia. Neuropodium formed of a bluntly conical setigerous lobe bearing a rudimentary i)resetal Xi'phtlnis vpyrilli Mcintosh. 1885: 163. pi. 26: lamella, an even smaller i)ostsetal lamella, and Fig. 6, 7; pl.32A: Fig. 8. a long, .stout, and tapering ventrolateral cirrus. Af/laophnnnis dicirris Hartman, 1945: 22; Preacicular setae rather long luit faintly barred; 1950; 122, pi. 18, Fig. 1-8. 42 Ac/laopliamns ver)-illi. - Pettibone, 1963a: 190, Nephtys picta Ehlers. 1868 Fig. 48 c, d. Neplitys dicirris. - Day, Field, and Montgomery, Nephtjis picta. - Hartman, 1945: 22; 1950: 108; 1971: 121. 1951: 49, pi. 10: Fig. 4. - Pettibone, 1963a: 195, Fig. 49 c, 50 c-f. Ri murks. — Hartman (19.50: 121) referred N. >•( ri-illi to Aglanplniniiis dibfaiicliis (Grube) on Records. —Very common on protected shores the ground.s that they both have 14 rows of of North Carolina and in dredgings down to papillae on the proboscis but Mcintosh clearly 200 m (3.5, 11. 13, 17, 18,21, *). stated that A', verrilli has 22 rows of papillae Distribution. — Massachusetts to Florida and as does ,4. dicirris. the Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to 200 m. Records. — Beaufort, common on the shores of the sounds and offshore down to 200 m (11, 17,21, *). Nephtys squamosa Ehlers. 1887 Disti-iliiitidii. — t'hesai)eake Bay to the Gulf of Mexico; California to the Pacific coast of N(phtiis s(]uan!o.^a. - Hartman, 1940: 237. pi. Mexico; New Zealand; intertidal to 200 m. 41: Fig. 98, 99: 1968: 597, Fig. 1, 2. - Petti- bone. 1963a: 194, Fig. 47 e. - Nonato and Nephtys (Aglaophamits) circinata Luna. 1970b: 71, Fig. 27-31. Verriil, 1874 Records. —Common off Beaufort in 80-200 m F'iuTjrt' .'ip. q (21, *). A(/l(K)pli(uniis cirrinutu. - Pettibone, 1963a: Distribution. — Massachusetts to Florida, 192, Fig. 48 a. West Indies and Brazil; Morocco; southern California; Atlantic and Pacific coa.sts of tropi- Description. .50 — Length up to mm. Pi'o- cal America; 26-200 m. stomium (Figure 5p) with well-developed an- terior antennae and subequal, ventrally situated posterior ones. No eyes even in juveniles. Pro- Nephtys incisa Malmgren. 1865 boscis with 14 rows of papillae. Setiger 1 with a large ventral cirrus but no dorsal one. Bran- Nephtlujs incisiu. - Fauvel, 1923: 369, Fig. 144 chiae from setiger 2 or 3, becoming long and a, b. involute (Figure 5q), with a lai-ge flattened and N( ptl/i/s incisd. - Pettibone, 1963a: 198, distally pointed dorsal cirrus. Setigerous lobes Fig. with pointed projections over tips of acicula. 49 a. b, 51a. Postsetal lamella of notopodium deeply notched Records. Beaufort; intertidal with superior part large and projecting dorso- — (9). Distribution. North Atlantic from laterally and inferior portion small and oval. — Sweden Presetal lamella of neuropodium divided, form- to Portugal and Greenland to Chesapeake Bay; Mediterranean; intertidal ing a rudimentary superior part and an oval to 1,750 m. inferior part. Postsetal lamella large and ligu- late. Ventral cirri flattened and spear-shaped. Preacicular setae long and barred; postacicular Nephtys bucera Ehlers, 1868 setae very long and minutely spinulose over most of blade. No forked setae. Nephtys bucera. - Hartman, 1950: 105. - Petti- Reinarks. —This species approaches N. (A.) bone, 196.3a: 196, Fig. 49 d, 50 a, b, 51 d. peruana Hartman but the latter lacks the di- vided postsetal notopodial lamella. Records. —Common at low tide in Beaufort Records. — Five specimens from 200 to 450 Sound and offshore in 10-200 m (5. 8, 9, 11, 17, m off Beaufort (*). 18,21, *). Distribution. —Gulf of St. Lawrence to Long Distribution. — Massachusetts to North Caro- Island Sound; in 15-787 m. lina; 0-200 m. 43 FAMILY GLYCERIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Superior setae as simple capillaries and inferior ones com- pound and spinigerous. Two presetal lobes (Glycera) 2 1' All setae compound and spinigerous. One presetal lobe (Hcmi- podiis). [Proboscideal papillae include both oval and digiti- form types] H. roseus 2 Gills present but sometimes small and retractile. Parapodia with two postsetal lobes 3 2' Gills entirely absent. One or two postsetal lobes 4 3 Two separate cirriform gills, one on dorsal edge of para- podium and one on ventral edge Gh/ccra dibmiicliiata 3' One retractile branching gill arising from posterodorsal base of foot; [postsetal lobes subequal] Glycera unicrinnia 4 Superior presetal lobe minute. [Papillae on proboscis long and smooth] 5 4' Superior presetal lobe at least half as long as inferior one 6 5 Prongs of jaw support deeply notched, almost separate Glycera papillosa 5' Prongs of jaw support only slightly notched, almost fused Glycera capitata 6 Jaw support deeply forked, forming two slender divergent prongs 7 6' Jaw support completely fused forming one asymmetrical piece. [Papillae on proboscis with 8-10 rings] Glycera oxya pliala 7 Papillae on proboscis smooth 8 7' Papillae on proboscis with 14-16 rings. [Parapodia with one emarginate postsetal lobe (Glyc( ra tenuis)] No N.C. record 8 Two low postsetal lobes or one emarginate lobe on all feet Glycera tesselata 8' One low postsetal lobe on first few feet, dividing to form a conical superior lobe and a low rounded median posterior lobe on subsequent feet Glycera asym Dutrica slender, uniformly pale Hemipodus roseus Qualrefages, 186.'> Description.— Body in alcohol, 15-38 mm long by 0.8 mm wide with Figure 6a-c 80-100 segments. Prostomium as a slender cone with about 10 indistinct annulations and 4 small Hem/podM.s ro.sf'M.s. - Arwidsson, 1899: 28, pi. 2: terminal antennae. No eyes. Proboscis with Fig. 23, pi. 4: Fig. 58. - Hartman, 1950: 81 smooth papillae of two types (Figure 6b); (table of characters). numerous shorter tongue-shaped forms and HemipodH.s foorm//.s'.- Hartman, 1950: 81; 1968: fewer digitiform papillae about five times as 637, Fig. 1,2. long as broad. Four falcate jaws each with a 44 slender rodlike support (Figure 6a). All para- Glycera dibranchiata Ehlers, 1868 podia uniramous bearing only spinigerous setae. Anterior parapodia (Figure 6c) with an ovoid Glycera dibranchiata. - Hartman, 1945: 23; dorsal ciri-us well above the elongate setigerous 1950: 70, pi. 10: Fig. 9, 10; 1968: 621, base, the conical ventral cirrus arising from Fig. 1-4. - Pettibone, 1963a: 215, Fig. 56. its ventral margin. Presetal lobe tapered and about half as long as the setigerous base; post- Records. —Common from Cape Hatteras to setal lobe low and rounded. Posterior feet with Beaufort; intertidal to 20 m (5, 9, 11, 13, 17, a shorter presetal lobe and a longer, more 18,21, *). pointed ventral cirrus. Distribution. — Gulf of St. Lawrence to Flori- Rrnun-ks. —This is the first I'ecord of the da and the Gulf of Mexico; central California genus Hemipodus from the Atlantic since all to the Pacific coast of Mexico; intertidal to of the 20 species that have been described are 400 m. confined to the Pacific. However, the name Hemipodus >o.s'(;/.s' has been used with consider- able hesitation for the majority of the descrip- Glycera americana Leidy, 1855 tions are very similar and a reexamination of the types is obviously necessary. A few species Glycera ameiicana. - Hartman, 1950: 73; 1968: appear to have characteristic proboscideal pa- 613, Fig. 1. - Pettibone, 1963a: 213, Fig. pillae but the rest are distinguished by dif- 54 a-e. - Nonato and Luna, 1970b: 71. Fig. ferences in the shape of the parapodia which 16. are known to change along the length of the body even in a single specimen. The type species Records. —Common from Cape Hatteras to of the genus is Hemipodus simpler (Grube) and Beaufort; intertidal to 120 m (2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, Ehlers (1901) regarded this as the only valid 11, 13. 15. 17, 18,21, *). species described before 1900. He included seven Distribution. — Massachusetts to Argentina species in the synonymy and among them was and the Strait of Magellan; British Columbia H. roseus Quatrefages. Arwidsson (1899), how- to Peru; South Australia and New Zealand; ever, argued that H. )'oseus was a valid species intertidal to 310 m. and his figures of the presetal lobe of the para- podia are closer to my specimens from North Carolina than are those of Ehlers for H. sim- Glycera papillosa Grube, 1857 plex. Kno.x ( 1960) has also figured the pro- boscideal papillae of H. simpler as all flattened Gh/cera papillo.^a. - Day, 1967: 358, Fig. 16.1. j-1. and triangular in outline whereas my specimens have papillae of two types as shown in Figure Description. — Length 20-30 mm. Prostomium 6b. For these reasons I have used the name with eight rings. Proboscis with numerous long, H. roseus. slender, and smooth papillae and few ovoid I have also compared the North Carolina forms. Jaw supports dee])ly forked; shorter specimens with a specimen of H. /)ore(tlis John- prong united to longer one by a deeply notched son from Fox Island, Wash., which Dr. Hart- pale area. Parapodia with two presetal lobes, man kindly sent to me. H. borealis is 38 mm superior one very small and not immediately long and thus twice the size of the North evident; one low rounded postsetal lip. No Carolina specimens but there are no other im- branchiae. portant differences either in the shape of the Remarks. —This species is generally similar parapodia or the proboscideal papillae or the to G. capitata but may be distinguished by the jaw supports. In brief, H. borealis appears to shape of the jaw supports. be a synonym of H. roseu.^. Records. — Five specimens off Beaufort in Records. —Common in 3-20 m of Beaufort 20-160 m (20, *). This is a new record for the (21, *). United States. Distribution. — Pacific coast of the Americas Distribution. — South Africa and Chile; inter- from Washington to Chile; intertidal to 18 m. tidal to 200 m. 45 — (), FJKure llciiiipdiliis nixiiis a, jaw an (isi/iiniu-t ricd n. sp. d, jaw and supports (black); c. l)robi)scideal |)a])illae; f. posterior view of anterior foot; n'. posterior view of posterior foot. Glycera capiiata Oersted, 1843 Fig. 125; 1950: 70, pi. 10: Fig. 3, 4, text Fig. 3; 1968: 625, Fig. 1-6. Glufcm rapitata. - Fauvel, 1923: 385, Fig. 151 a-e. - Hartman, 1950: 76, pi. 11: Fig. 1-4; Ri'conh. —Common off Beaufort in 3-120 m 1968: 617, Fig. 1-4. - Pettibone, 1963a: (21, *). 211, Fig. 53. Distiihiiiioii. — Atlantic coast of United States from North Carolina to the tropics and Pacific R( cords. —One .small specimen from 120 m Coast from Oregon to Panama; Galapagos off Beaufort (*). Islands; intertidal to 800 m. Dixfn'hiitioii. —Arctic; North Atlantic from Greenland to North Carolina and Norway to Glycera tesselaia Grube. 1863 Madeira; Mediterranean; South Atlantic; Ant- arctic; Pacific from Ala.ska and Jajtan to Mexico; GUi(uri[ t(ssfl(it(i. - Fauvel, 1923: 387. Fig. intertidal to 3,800 m. 152 a-c. - Hartman. 1950: 77. pi. 10: Fig. 11, 1968: 633. Fig. 1-3. - Day, 1967: 359, Glycera oxycepfiala Ehlers. 1887 Fig. 16.2. a-c. Glijrcm oxnccphdhi. Hartman, 1940: 2 18, pi. 37: D( .• 46 supports very deeply forked, the two slender changing along the body; first 20 feet with a prongs being almost separate. Parapodia with single truncate postsetal lobe (Figure 6f), pos- two presetal lobes with the superior one slightly terior feet with a small posterodorsal digitiform smaller. Either a single emarginate posterior lobe above a low rounded postsetal lobe (Figure lip or two low, rounded lobes. No branchiae. 6g); middle feet changing from anterior to R(C(ii-(_ls. — Seven specimens from 6.5-120 m posterior form. off Beaufort (20, *) This is a new record for Rrnnn'ks. —The posterodorsal digitiform lobe the Atlantic coast of the United States. of the posterior feet is in the same position as Distribution. —Cosmopolitan in temperate the gill of Gh/cera coiiroliita. but it is definitely and trojiical seas; 5 to over 500 m. not a gill and is never as long as the presetal lobes. Apart from this queer asymmetrical lobe and rather shorter proboscideal papillae, this Glycera asynimetrica New Species species resembles G. tesselatn. In particular the FijJ'ui'e Gd-K' form of the jaw supports is very similar. I am indebted to Dr. Pettibone for informing me that Holotype. —USNM 4.3148; three paratypes, this species resembles G. spin/ rabi'a iiclia USNM 43149. Schmarda from Jamaica the type of which was Description. —Body rounded in section, ta- redescribed by Augener, (1925: 29, Fig. 1). The pered at extremities and up to 50 mm long. jaw supports, proboscideal pai)illae and gen- Prostomium elongate and tapered with about eral appearance of the feet is similar. However 15 indistinct rings but no visible eyes. Pro- Augener describes a nonretractile gill arising boscis covered with numerous long smooth from the dorsal edge of the 30th and later feet papillae and a few ovoid ones (Figure 6e). Jaw which becomes much longer and stouter than supports (Figure 6d) formed of two unequal the presetal lobes. It is possible, but unlikely, rami quite separate except at point of contact that this is the same as the "small posterodor- with jaw. Shorter ramus expanded basally, sal digitiform lobe" described above, which as longer ramus more slender. Parapodia without stated, is definitely not a gill. gills. All feet with two digitiform presetal lobes, Records. — Four specimens off Beaufort in the inferior one slightly longer. Postsetal lobes 20 m (*). FAMILY GONIADIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Both anterior and posterior jmrapodia uniramous and bear only compound setae. Chevrons present (Progoniadu). [Body mottled brown] P. regtilurit V Anterior parapodia uniramous, posterior ones with simple notosetae and compound neurosetae. Chevrons present or absent 2 2 A series of V-shaped chevrons at base of proboscis which is covered with small .scattered papillae 5 2' No V-shaped chevrons at base of proboscis; proboscideal papillae arranged in regular rows with much longer ones dorsolateral ly 3 3 Compound setae either all falcigerous or some falcigerous and some .spinigerous. Noto.setae of posterior segments 47 arising directly from body wall above dorsal cirrus (CiO)tia- diclcs). (Notosetae as stout hooks. Eighteen or nineteen anterior segments] G. ca r(>li)iae 3' Compound setae all spinigerous. Notosetae of posterior seg- ments arising from bilobed notopodia {Gl/iriiida) 4 4 Twenty-four anterior segments without notosetae Glycinde solitaria 4' Thirty-seven anterior segments without notosetae Gltic'unU iio)-diiiainii 5 Superior compound setae spinigerous and inferior ones fal- cigerous (GouiadeUa); [28-30 anterior uniramous segments] Goniadtllu gmciUa 5' All compound setae spinigerous {Gauiade) 6 6 Posterior notopodia bear 2-3 acicular notosetae. [Neuropodia with 2 presetal lobes; jaws with an arc of 11 denticles above and 9 below] Goniadu teres 6' Posterior notopodia bear several capillary notosetae 7 7 Anterior feet (e.g., 15th) all with one presetal lobe. [Jaws with few (3-5) denticles dorsally and the same number ventrally] Gouiada niacnlata T Anterior feet (e.g., 15th) with two presetal lobes 8 8 Papillae on proboscis with a prominent beak Gouiada Uttorea 8' Papillae on proboscis squat and flanged, not beaked 9 9 Notosetae appear about segment 40-45. Jaws with 2-4 den- ticles dorsally and about 10 ventrally Gouiada brinniea 9' Notosetae appear about segment 30-37. Jaws with 15-25 den- ticles dorsally and an equal number ventrally Goiidia norveyica Progoniada regularis Hartman, 1965 Holoti/pe.—VSNM 43389; 40 4- paratypes, USNM 43390. Progoniada rcgularii^ Hartman, 1965a: 100, pi. Description. — Body slender and threadlike, 16: Fig. a-f. 16 mm long for 85 segments. Color pale with light brown spots above and below parapodial Records. —Two specimens in 450 m off Beau- bases. Prostomium (Figure 7a) long and ta- fort (*). pered with eight distinct rings and four bi- Distribiitiou. —Western Atlantic from New articulate terminal antennae. No eyes. Base of England to northwestern South America in proboscis smooth and without chevrons but 600-5,000 m. distal part with regular rows of dissimilar papillae as in the genus Glycinde. As seen in section (Figure 7h), middorsal row I absent; dorsolateral band II formed of four alternating rows of sti'ongly chitinized and curved papillae; Goniadides carolinae New Species lateral row III as a single series of low cones; ventrolateral row IV similar to III; midventral FiKTJre 7a-h row V as a single series of minute cones each slightly beaked. All papillae with apical pores. Goniadides n. sp. Day, Field, and Montgomery, End of proboscis (Figure 7d) armed with a pair 1971: 121 of ventrolateral macrognaths each bearing four 48 teeth, a single midventral micrognath, and a Glycinde solitaria (Webster, 1880) dorsolateral arc of micrognaths. Body divided into an anterior region of 18 Gl!ici}}de sdlitaria. - Hartman, 1950: 54, pi. 7: uniramous segments and a posterior region of Fig. 1-15. - Pettibone, 1963a: 222, Fig. numerous rather flattened and biramous seg- 56 h-n. ments. Distinction between regions not obvious. Anterior parapodia (Figure 7b) with a tapered Records. —Cape Hatteras area to Beaufort, dorsal cirrus, a long setigerous trunk bearing intertidal (11, 18). a tapered presetal lobe and a low, rounded Distribution. —New Jersey to North Carolina postsetal lip and a tapered ventral cirrus arising and Puerto Rico; intertidal to 47 m. from base of trunk. Posterior parapodia (Figure 7c) characterized by presence of one or two short hooked notosetae (Figure 7e) emerging Glycinde nordmanni (Malmgren, 1865) from medial margin of reduced dorsal cirrus now representing the notopodium. Neuropodium Fifrure Ti-k and ventral cirnas similar to setigerous trunk and ventral cinois of anterior segments. Setae Eo)u- )iordniunni. - Fauvel, 1923: 394, Fig. of anterior segments and neurosetae of posterior 155 h-n. segments identical; three superior ones being Gljiciiidc uordnidiiiii. — Arwidsson, 1899: 50, pi. spinigerous with heterogomph shaft-heads and 3: Fig. 45-47, pi. 4: Fig. 64, 65. - Hartman, lightly serrated blades (Figure 7f) and one or 1950: 47 (key only). two inferior ones being falcigerous (Figure 7g) with small blades ending in blunt tips. Description. —Body about 30 mm long, olive Pygidium brownish with a pair of long anal green in alcohol with midventral spots on ab- cirri. dominal segments; prostomium long and tapered Ri'iinifkx. —The characters of the paratypes with eyespots on both basal and distal rings. were very constant, the only differences from Proboscis with the usual longitudinal rows of the holotype that were noted being the presence dissimilar papillae; dorsolateral bands long, of 5 micrognaths in the dorsolateral arc in- clawlike and well chitinized, lateral and ventral stead of 9 and the anterior region consisting rows low and soft. .Jaws with a jjair of small of 19 segments instead of 18. macrognaths ventrally and an arc of 15-25 In general G. cai-oliuae resembles a small micrognaths dorsally. No ventral micrognaths. Glychide but differs from that genus in the Body divided into an anterior region of 36-39 possession of falcigerous setae, a reduced noto- uniramous segments and a posterior region of podium in the posterior region and possibly in numerous, rather flattened biramous segments. the proboscideal papillae although the range Anterior feet (Figure 7i) with a tapered dorsal of variation of these organs in Glycindc is un- cirrus not incised basally, a parapodial ti'unk certain. The genus Goiiiadidcs was erected by bearing one presetal and one postsetal lobe of Hartmann-Schroder (1960) for G. aciciilutu equal length and a digitiform ventral cirrus. from the Red vSea. Regarding the proboscideal Setae all compound and spinigerous and arise papillae she stated: "ProboscidialeOrgane wenig between partly fused presetal and postsetal unterschiedlich." In 1962 she described G. fal- lobes. Posterior feet (Figure 7j) with a small cigi m from Peru with all neurosetae falcigerous notopodium and much larger neuropodium. and proboscideal papillae of several types like Notopodial lobes and dorsal cii'rus subequal. those of Ghjciiide although she does not men- Notosetae (Figure 7k) short, .stout, and acicular, tion that genus. Gai/iadidcK carolhuw is closer the bluntly hooked end surmounted by a dag- to G. aciciila but differs in the structure of the ger-shaped guard. Neuropodia generally simi- notopodial hooks and the proboscideal papillae. lar to setigerous lobes of anterior feet but pre- Records. —Common on sand in 10-20 m off setal and postsetal lobes shorter and more Beaufort (21, *). This is the first record of the pointed and ventral cirrus stouter and more genus from the Atlantic and the coast of the distal in origin. Neurosetae spinigerous like United States. those of anterior feet. 49 — Ki(iUi-c 7. Goiiiddidcx ((iiiiHikic n. sp. a. head with probosc-is partly extruded; b. posterior view of anterior foot; c, posterior view of posterior foot; d. end of prol)oseis with jaws; e. hootced posterioi- notoseta; f, spiiiiserous seta; e, falfifierous seta; h, section of proboscis with papillae. CUichuU: iionhiKniiii i. anterior foot; j, posterior foot; k, acioular notoseta. Ooiiidda tcrrs- 1, prolioscideal papilla; m. posterior view of anterior foot; n. posterior view of posterior foot. 50 Records. —Two specimens from 80 to 120 m (21. *). This is a new record for the United off Beaufort (*). This is a new record for the States. United States. Dlstrihiitiini. —Jamaica. Dist fihiil idii. — Western P^urojje; 5-l,")i) ni. Goniada maculata Oersted, 1843 Goniadella gracilis (\errill. 1 Goiiiodclld (p'dcllis. - Hartman, 1950: 42. pi. 5: 154 a-g. - Hartman, 1950: 20. pi. 1: Fig. Fig. 4-8. - Pettibone, 1963a: 220. Fig. 56 7. 8. - Petlibone. 1963a: 225. Fig. 58. - a-g. - Day. 1967: 368. Fig. 16.4. o-t. Day. 1967: 367. Fig. 16.4. k-n. R( cards. — Off Beaufort in 450 m (*). R Goniada littorea Hartman, 1950 Goniada /e?f.s Tread well, 1931 F^iuui't' "1-11 Goiiiadd Utto)-ea Hartman. 1950: 23. pi. 3: Fig. 1-10. Goniada fens. - Hartman. 1950: 38. Reco)-ds. D< scripiioii. — Body up to 80 mm long, olive —Common off Beaufort in 3-160 m green in alcohol with midventral spots on ab- (21, *). This is the first record from the Atlantic dominal segments. Prostomium long and ta- coast of the United States. pered with 10 rings and 2 pairs of minute Distribution. — Southern California; intertidal terminal antennae. Proboscis very long and to 160 m. covered with squat papillae (Figure 71) each with a slit leading to a central pore and a horse- Goniada brunnea Treadwell, 1906 shoe-shaped flange. Ba.se of proboscis with 10 chevrons. Jaws include a pair of ventrolatei-al Goniada Ijrnnneu. - Hartman. 1950: 17, pi. 1: macrognaths. a ventral arc of 5-9 micrognaths Fig. 1-6, pi. 4. Fig. 1, te.\t Fig. 1; 1968: and a dorsal arc of 10-15 micrognaths. 653, Fig. 1-4. - Pettibone. 1963a: 228, Fig. Body divided into an anterior region of 43 57 a. b. uniramous segments, 8-9 transitional segments with bilobed notopodia but no notosetae. and a Reco)-ds. — From the shore in the Cape Hat- posterior region of numerous biramous seg- teras area and questionably in 200 m off Beau- ments with notosetae. Sometimes 51 anterior fort (18. ? *). uniramous segments but no transitional seg- Distril)ntion. — Massachusetts to North Caro- ments. Anterior parapodia (Figure 7m) fully lina and Alaska to .southern California and developed from 15th segment. Each with a Hawaii; intertidal to 1,680 m. tapered dorsal cirrus, a setigerous trunk bearing two digitiform i)resetal lobes, and a single post- Goniada norvegica Oersted, 1845 setal lobe and below these a long ventral cirrus. Setae spinigerous with long blades. Posterior Goniada norrcgica. - Fauvel, 1923: 393, Fig. parapodia (Figure 7n) with a small bilobed 155 a-g. - Pettibone, 1963a: 227, Fig. 59. notopodium bearing two or three blunt acicular setae and a neuropodium generally similar to Records. —One specimen from 200 m off setigerous lobe of anterior feet but with shorter, Beaufort (*). broader, and more pointed presetal and post- Distrilnition. — North Atlantic from Norway setal lobes. to West Africa and Iceland to the West Indies; Records. —Common off Beaufort in 20-200 m Mediterranean; from 40 to 900 m. 51 FAMILY El'NICIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Three antennae. No tentacular cirrus. No branchiae. {Lysi- dice). [Ma.xilla II with 4 teeth] 2 r Five antennae. Tentacular cirri present or ab.sent. Branchiae present 3 2 Eyes oval L. »i)ietta ni}ietta 2' Eyes reniform L. nuietta cnlhtrift 3 Tentacular cirri present (Eiotice) 4 3' Tentacular cirri absent (Marphyxa). [Branchiae from about 20th foot to posterior end. Compound setae spinigerous. Acicular setae bidentate] M. m)ig!(in(' 4 Acicular setae tridentate. [Branchiae from setiger 4-7 to end of body. Acicula with truncate or almost bilobed ends. Antennae deeply annulated] E. automata 4' Acicular setae bidentate 5 5 Branchiae from setiger 3 to middle of body. Antennae and dorsal cirri weakly annulated. Acicula bluntly pointed E. ii-ehsteri 5' Branchiae from about setiger 25 to end of body. Antennae and dorsal cii-ri smooth. Acicula with expanded, fist-shaped ends E.fila)ue)itosa Lysidice ninetta ninetta noted, L. ninetta and L. eollaris differ only in Audouin and Milne-Edwards. 1833 the shape of the eyes which are reniform in L. ninetta and oval in L. eollaris. Fauchald states Lysidice ninetta. - Fauvel, 1923: 411, P^ig. 162 that the degree of ocular pigmentation is a a-f. - Nonato and Luna, 1970a: 84. - Day, function of size and regards the two as synony- 1967: 403, Fig. 19.8. g-i. mous. My observations on worms of many sizes does not agree with this. Moreover L. eollaris R( c())-ds. —Shallow reefs off North Carolina is restricted to subtropical or tropical waters (14). while L. )nnetta is cosmopolitan. For these rea- Distribution.— English Channel; Mediterran- sons I have retained L. eollaris as a subspecies ean; Angola; Brazil; ? Indian Ocean; intertidal of L. ninetta. to .50 m. Records. —Two specimens on coral in 18 m off Beaufort (20. *). Distribntio)i. —Circumtropical; intertidal to 50 m. Lysidice ninetta collari.'i Grube, 1870 Lysidice eollaris Grube, 1870: 495. - Gravier, Marphy.sa sanguineo (Montagu. 1815) 1900: 272, pi. 14: Fig. 93-95, text Fig. 144- 147. - Day, 1967: 402, Fig. 17.8. a-f. Ma)-])liysa saiigidnea. - Fauvel. 1923: 408, Fig. - Lysidice ninetta. - Fauchald, 1970: 52. 161 a-h. - Pettibone. 1963a: 236, Fig. 62. Day, 1967: 396, Fig. 17.5. u-y. - Hartman, Remarks—As manv earlier workers have 19(58: 733, Fig. 1-5. 52 Records. —Common on intertidal mudbanks Head notched in front; antennae with long, from Cape Hatteras to Beaufort Sound (3, 5. 7, poorly marked annulations; tentacular cirri and 11, 18, 15. 17, 18,20, *). anterior dorsal cirri also long and annulated. Distributid)!. —Cosmopolitan in temperate and Branchiae from setiger 3, at first with a single subtropical waters. Mainly in intertidal mud filament but soon increasing to a maximum of flats but may extend a few meters below. 15 filaments and ending about middle of body (setiger 53 in type). Acicular setae one or two per foot, usually bidentate but occasionally Eunice antennata (Savigny, 1820) with an indication of a third tooth. Compound setae falcigerous, strongly bidentate, with Einiicc (DitrniKita. - Fauvel, 1953: 240, Fig. 118 bluntly ending guards. f-g. - Day. 1967: 384, Fig. 17.2. k-q. - Remarks.— Fauchald has shown that Web- Hartman, 1968: 711, Fig. 1-5. ster's original name E. longicirrata is preoccu- Einiirc nihra. - Hartman, 1945: 24; 1951: 55. - pied and that E. iceb.'^teri belongs to a group of Nonato and Luna, 1970b: 81. closely related species whose differences he tabulated although some of the characters men- R(»i(t)-ks. A careful comparison of E. Eunice filamentosa Gruhe. 1856 Eunice uebsteri Fauchald. 1969 Ennice filanioitosa. - Monro, 1933b: 65, text Eunice irebsteri Fauchald, 1969: 12, Fig. 6 (with Fig. 27. - Hartman. 1944a: 107. pi. 6: Fig. synonymy). 123-126. - Day, 1967: 392, Fig. 17.5. f-h. Einiice lonc/icirrata Webster, 1884: 31, pi. 12: Fig. 74-80. Records. — Reefs and stones off Beaufort in [Non] Einiice (Nicidirni) loir/icirrata Kinberg, 5-20 m (14.20, *). 1865: .564. Distribution. — Tropical Atlantic from North Eunice peinnita. - McCloskey, 1970: 24. Carolina and Florida to the West Indies and Ghana and Angola on West Africa; Pacific coast Description. — Body up to 120 mm long with of Mexico and Galapagos Islands; South Africa white bars on setigers 3 and 8 when fresh. (Natal); intertidal to 120 m. FAMILY ONUPHIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Tentacular cirri present 2 1' Tentacular cirri absent. [Gills as simple filaments, (Hiialinor- cia). Tube quill-like and translucent. Gills from setiger 24 onwards] H. tnbicnla Gills from setiger 4 or 5 with filaments arranged in spirals on a central axis. (Dioputra) 3 Gills as single filaments or pectinately branched 4 53 3 Body brown but without a color pattern. Pseudocompound setae of setigers 1-3 bidentate. Comb-setae with about 20 teeth D. cuprea cuprea 3' Branchiferous segments with brown crossbars. Pseudocom- pound setae of setigers 1-3 either bidentate or tridentate Comb-setae about 25 teeth D. ciipreu apirihmncliis 4 Setae of first three feet very long, with spiny shafts and hooked tips (Rl!anipli()bm)ichiHm). [Branchiae from setiger 6. No compound spinigerous setae] R. atlatiticum 4' Setae of first three feet not much longer than .subsequent ones and never with spiny shafts (O)iiipliis) 5 5 Gills in middle of body as a single filament arising from the dorsal cirrus (subgenus Notliriu) 6 5' Gills in middle of body as two or more filaments arising from the dorsal cirrus (subgenus Oiiiipliis) 7 6 Body markedly flattened and first two feet elongated. Tube flat with large shell fragments. Gills from setiger 11-13 O. (N.) conrlniliga 6' Body normal and first two feet not elongated. Tube not flat. Gills from setiger G-7. [2-3 spinigerous compound setae in 7th-10th foot. Segments barred in brownl O. (N.) pallidiila 7 Gills .start on setiger 1. Ceratophores of occipital antennae with more than 11 rings O. (O.) cirniitd T (;ills start on setiger 6-8. Ceratophores of occipital antennae with less than 10 rings 8 8 One or two spinigerous compound setae in 7th-12th foot. )!cbuIosa [ Anterior ventrum minutely speckled] O. (O.) 8' No spinigerous compound setae 9 9 Ventral cirri cirriform only on first two feet. Pseudocompound setae tridentate O. (O.) nn'crocephala 9' Ventral cirri cirriform on first four of five feet. Pseudocom- pound .setae bidentate O. (O.) macpia Hyalinincia liihicolo (Miiller. 1776) Diopatra cuprea cuprea (Bosc. 1802) HudliiKifcid tiil>ic Day, 1967: 411, Fig. 17.9. 1-r. Diopatra rnprva cuprea. - Day, 1967: 417, Fig. 17.12. a-(l. R( cords. —Common on the continental slope off Beaufort at 450-600 m (17, *). Records. —Common in Beaufort Sound on Dislrl/iiifioii. —Cosmopolitan below 200 ni on intertidal banks and shallow dredgings offshore .sandy mud. to 20 m (2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8. 9. 11, 13. 15, 17, 18. 21, *). Distrl/iiitioii. — Intertidal to 30 m on (juiet, 54 ; sandy shores from Massachusetts to Brazil First three feet obviously capable of great tn)i)ical West Africa: tropical Indian Ocean. extension but retracted and wrinkled on holo- type. Setae retracted but dissection revealed very long setasacs extending back to segment Diopatra cuprea spiribranchis Augener, ll>()(i 45. thirst three feet with well-developed dorsal and ventral cirri (Figure 8b), but both cirri Dioputra spii-ll>ntiichis Augener, 1906: 145, pi. reduced on subsequent segments. First gill as a Fig. 88-96. -Nonato and Luna, 1970b: 74. 5: single filament on dorsal cirrus of sixth foot but subsequent gills with a maximum of six D( so-iptidH. Length up to 260 mm. Tube — pinnately arranged filaments (Figure 8c). Ven- muddy, fragile, without shell fragments. Body tral cirri all cii'riform to fifth foot but thereafter pale with two brown bars close together on as glandular' cushions below setigerous lobes. posterior margins of branchiferous segments. Setigerous lobes with a low presetal lip and a Ceratophores of occipital antennae with about conical postsetal lobe for first three feet. Post- 10 rings. Pseudocompound hooks of first three setal lobe I'educed on fourth to tenth foot and feet strongly bidentate or even tridentate with represented by a low postsetal boss on subse- a slender third tooth. Comb-setae with 20-25 quent feet. teeth. Ventral cii-ri cirriform on first four feet. First three feet with three setal types: (a) six R( Diark:^. This subspecies re.sembles D. iica- — to eight fine, pointed acicula extending into ti-l(lviis Hartman in having pseudocomjjound base of dorsal cirrus: (b) about four stout, hooks with the third tooth slender and in having greatly elongated acicula with curved tips (Fig- comb-setae with numerous fine teeth, but the ure 8f): and (c) about four much finer setae with ])igment pattern is quite different and so is the two rows of spines along the shaft and hooked nature of the tube. tips (Figure 8g). Setae of posterior feet include Records. Ten small specimens in 40-160 m — three or four pointed acicula and numerous off Beaufort (21, *). winged capillaries (Figure 8e). Bidentate acicu- Dixtrihiilidii. —^West Indies and Brazil in 21- lar setae (Figure 8h) and fine comb-setae with 200 m on muddy sand. 15-20 teeth (Figure 8d) from about setiger 25- 30. No spinigerous compound setae present. Rhamphobrachiiim atlanticiim. New Species Re marks. —The length of the curved acicula and spiny-shafted hooks of the first three feet Fisrure 8a-h is remarkable. When these feet with their everted setae are fully extended they must reach far Holoti/pi. —USNM 43124: one paratype, beyond the head and provide an efficient USNM 43125. means of grasping prey. The hooks in other Dcscriptidii. — Both type specimens incom- species of the genus are sometimes compound plete: holotype 55 mm long for 85 .segments and but here they appear plain and the tips lack possibly 120 mm long when complete. Tube sheaths. constructed of mud and mucus with large shell Two species of Rlia iiiphobrachiuni have been fragments jilastered over anterior end. Anterior recorded from the United States, namely R. end of body rounded (Figure 8a) but middle «f/((.s.s-/,:/ Ehlers from Florida to South America segments flattened dorsally and 7 mm wide. in 770-805 m and R. hnigosetasn ni E. and C. Color flesh brown, tentacles speckled, and Berkeley from Califoi-nia to the Pacific coast head flecked with dark pigment. of Mexico in 18-740 m. R. loiigosctdsum is im- Occipital tentacles with short, 5-ringed cera- mediately distinguished from R. atlanticum by tophores and rather long tapered ceratostyles. the possession of spinigerous compound setae Frontal tentacles ovoid and swollen. Tentacular in 5th to the 15th foot and branchiae from the cirri dorsolateral and well developed. Mandibles 8th to 9th foot. R. agassizi (and R. cluoii Ehlers with well-developed cutting edges and pale (1908) from the Indian Ocean) are closer since straight shafts. Ma.xillae rather soft and brown; they too lack spinigerous compound setae, but Mx. I = 1: Mx. II = 8-HO; Mx. Ill = 9-hO; again the gills start farther back. In R. agassizi Mx. IV = 8-^9: Mx. V = 1-^1. the first gill appears on the 11th to 17th foot 55 — 8. Figure RlKdiipliiihidcliiinii iithi Hficii m n. sp. a, lateral view of anterior end ; l>. posterior view of 1st foot; c, postei'ior view of 40th foot; d, comb-seta; e, winded capillary seta; f. tip of enlai-yvd aciculuni of 'Jd foot; R. pseudoconi- pound seta of 2d foot; h, bidentate acicular seta. and Ehlers' figures (pi. 17 Fig. 1-5 and pi. 18 1963a: 246, Fig. 65a, pi. 17: Fig. 337-338. - Fig. 1-9) show the dorsal cirri of the first three Day. 1967: 425, Fig. 17.13. k-p. feet arising halfway along the .setigerous lobes; the maxillae have fewer teeth and the spinules /?(.H,«r/.-.s-.— Pettibone (1970b, 251) has re- on the shafts of the pseudocompound hooks defined N(itli)-ia Malmgren and has di.scu.s.sed are no longer than the thickness of the shaft its controversial status and the characters itself, whereas those of R. titUuiticii ni are which distinguish it from Oiuipliis Sars, stress- double this. In R. clunii the gills start on the ing the modification of the first two feet in addi- r2th foot, the first three feet do not extend tion to the single branchial filaments. She has beyond the head and the ventral cirri become assigned two species to Notln-la as amended. stout glandular swellings on the 4th foot. Unfortunately the modification of the anterior feet in Oiiiiplils varies from one species to Records.—Off Beaufort in '20 and 120 m (*). another; this applies to their size and the degree to which they are rotated forwards, the number of feet with cirriform ventral cirri and the de- Onuphis (Nolhria) conchylega Sars, 1835 velopment of the hood over the pseudocom- pound hooks. Similarly, .some species which Oiiiipliis co)ichyle Notliria canchylefia. - Hartman, 1944a: 85, Fig. niles. In view of these variations. I feel that it 105-112. - 1968: 678, Fig. 1-6. is more correct as well as more convenient to Oiiiipliis (N(itliria) ri)iicln/l('()a. - Pettibone, retain Notlwia as a subgenus which usefully 56 splits up the many species of the large genus Onuphis nebiilosa Moore, 1911 0)llipllis. Records. — Beaufort on sheltered shores and Oniipliis in'hiilii.^a. - Hartman, 1944a: 75, pi. 4: - 1-6. dredgings at 200 m (11. *). Fig. 76-85: 1945: 26: 1968: 699, Fig. Di.strlbi(ti())i. —Cosmopolitan from 10 m to abyssal depths. Rt'ciirds. —Common in the sounds and off Beaufort in 20-200 m (11, 21, *). Distribution. — California to Panama and Gulf Oniiphis (Nothria) pallieliila (Hartman. 196.')) of Mexico and North Carolina fnjm to 200 m. Notlirld puUidiiUt Hartman. 196.5a: 105. pi. 17: Fig. d-h. Onuphis niicrocephola Hartman, 1944 Ric(i)'(ls. —Common off Beaufort in 10-200 m Oinipliis niici-oci plidki Hartman, 1944a: 78, pi. (21.*). 3: Fig. 67-75; pi. 18: Fig. .339. Dlstrihiitioii. — New England to northeastern South America from 10 to 805 m. Ri cords. —Cape Hatteras area and Beaufort, intertidal (11. 18). Distribution. — California; Gulf of Me.xico; Guatemala; North Carolina; intertidal. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Milne-Edwards. 18.3.3 Onuphis magna (Andrews, 1891) - Oh II plus I rcniitit. - Fauvel. 192."^: 414, Fig. 16.3. Hartman, 1944a: 75; 1968: 691, Fig. 1-5. Diopatra iiiaijiid Andrews, 1891a: 286, pi. 14: Oiiiipl/iK (Oii/ipliis) eirniita. - Pettibone, 196.3a: Fig. 14-20. 248, Fig. 65 c. - Day, 1967: 422, Fig. 17.12. Onuphis magna. - Hartman, 1944a: 70; 1945: 26. 1-q. Records. —On intertidal and shallow banks Rcriirds. —Common off Beaufort in 3-120 m of Beaufort Sound (5, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13). (21.*). Distribution. — Pacific coast of Panama, Gulf Distribution. —Cosmopolitan in temperate and of Mexico and West Indies to North Carolina in tropical seas on sandy mud from to 120 m. 0-50 m. FAMILY LUMBRINERIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Parapodia with postsetal lobe subdivided to form digitiform branchiae (Ninoe) No N.C. record r Parapodia with a single po.st.setal lobe (Luinbi-ineris) 2 2 Pro.stomium rounded; body usually short (creeping forms). [Anterior hooks compound] 3 2' Prostomium conical, sometimes elongated: body always long (burrowing forms) 4 3 Jaws having Mx. Ill with three to four teeth and Mx. IV with two teeth. Fresh specimens with brown patches on sides of prostomium L. niHata 3' Jaws having Mx. Ill with two teeth and Mx. IV with one tooth. Prostomium uniformly pale L. cocciiiea 57 4 Hooded hooks appear within first five feet 5 4' Hooded hooks appear after 8th foot 12 5 Ail hooded hooks simple 6 5' Anterior hooded hooks compound, subsequent ones simple 10 6 Prostomium very long, often pointed. First few feet very small 7 6' Prostomium broadly conical. First few feet normally developed. [Apex of hooded hooks with a crest of several small denti- cles above a larger tooth] 9 7 Hooded hooks with a crest of small denticles surmounting a larger tooth. [Mx. II with three teeth. (L. acuta)] No N.C. record 7' Hooded hooks with two well-developed teeth 8 8 Teeth on hooded hooks at right angles. Mx. II with three teeth; maxillary supports short and broad L. a/xiTaiis 8' Teeth on hooded hooks almost parallel. Mx. II with five or six teeth; maxillary supports long and slender L. parado.va 9 Mx. Ill with two teeth. Postsetal lobe of parapodia always markedly longer than presetal one L. tctmura 9' Mx. Ill with one tooth. Postsetal lobe of middle parapodia hardly longer than presetal one L. sp. 10 Mx. II with three teeth; Mx. IV as large white plates with a black margin. [Posterior parapodia with subequal lobes] L.albidtniuta 10' Mx. II with four or five teeth. Mx. IV completely dark 11 11 Mx. Ill with two adjacent teeth. Postsetal lobe obviously longer than presetal in middle and posterior segments L. latrcUli 11' Mx. Ill as a curved cutting plate with one tooth at the corner. Postsetal and presetal lobes subequal and both short in middle segments, but elongate and slender in far posterior segments L. cmzeiisis 12 Acicula black. [Simple hooded hooks appear after 20th foot] 13 12' Acicula i)ale 14 13 Mx. 1 1 with three teeth ; Mx. 1 1 1 with one tooth. Anterioi- hooded hooks with very long blades L. brcvipcs 13' Mx. II with four or five teeth; Mx. Ill with two teeth. Hooded hooks always with short blades L. fraii'dh 14 Anterior setae include compound spinigerous forms; hooded hooks ai)])ear about .setiger 18. first few compound, remain- der simple. Mx. Ill with two indistinct teeth L.juiiuarii 14' No compound spinigerous setae; hooded hooks always simple and appear about 12th-17th foot. Mx. Ill with one tooth L. tenuis 58 Lumbrineris infiata Moore, 1911 sequent feet larger, with conical postsetal lobes obviously longer than the low presetal ones. LiiDihriiterix infiata Moore, I'Jll: 289, pi. 19: One to three broad-winged capillary setae from Fig. 128-132. pi. 20: Fig. 183, 134. - Hart- first foot to posterior feet. One to two simple man, 1944a: 160; 1968: 757, Fig. 1-6. - Day. hooks from setiger 4-6 to posterior end; each 1967: 435, Fig. 17.16. a-c. hook bidentate with two stout teeth at right Lii nihriiicris ((icr'nica Pettiboiie, 1963a: 257, angles to one another. Acicula pale. Fig. 67 d-f (parti in). Ri'inai-lis — Fauchald's description of L. platij- pmios is almost identical to that given above Remarks. — I do not agree with Dr. Pettibone's but the examination of many specimens shows suggestion that L. infiutn is synonyniou.s with that the shape of Mx. I is more variable than he L. cocciiii a. The maxillae of L. infiata are quite has indicated. characteristic and L. infata i.s re.stricted to /?f.ro)f/.s-.— Off Beaufort in 5-20 m (21, *). tropical and subtropical areas. Distril>ntion. — South Africa (26 m); Bermuda Recdi'ds. — North Carolina: common on rocks ( 1.000 m) ; Pacific coast of Mexico. and coral from low tide to 18 m (14, 20, 21, *). Dixtril)nti{in. —Circumtropical on rocky Lumbrineris paradoxa Saint-Joseph, 1888 shores: intertidal to 30 m. Ln niJ)ric())iercix parado.ra. - Fauvel, 1923: 434, Lumbrineris coccinea (Renier, 1804) Fig. 173 a-h. - L/nnl>iii!< fi.s paivdo.ca . Hartman, 1965a: 119, La inliriconcrcis cacciiica. - Fauvel, 1923: 432, pi. 20: Fig. a, b. Fig. 172 g-n. Ln nibriconi ri i.'i nincmnatu Ehlers, 1908: 95, pi. Ln nil)i-iiicrcis coccinea. - Pettibone, 1963a: 257, 12: Fig. 9-13. Fig. 67 d-f (partiw). - Day, 1967: 436, Fig. 17.16. i-m. Ri nuvii-s. —The three species, L. acnta Verrill, L. paradoxa Saint-Joseph and L. aberrans Day, Records. — Fairly common on coral at 7-18 m all with characteristically long prostomia, are off Beaufort (20, *). easily distinguished by the shape of the hooded Disti-ihntian. —Temperate and tropical Atlan- hooks. In L. acnta. as described by Hartman, tic; Mediterranean; Indo-west-Pacific; intertidal (1942a: 114, Fig. 10 d.), the hooks have a crest to 30 m on rock. of minute denticles above a larger tooth, as is usual in the genus Ln nihrineris. In L. parado.ra Lumbrineris aberrans Day. 1963 there are two large teeth which are almost parallel and in L. al)ei-mn.'< there are two very Ln n!brincyi.' Ln nil>riHcris plati/pi/gos Fauchald, 1970: 106, pi. bone, (1963a, Fig. 67 i) for L. acnta also refers 18: Fig. a-d. to L. parado.ra. Records. — Four specimens off Beaufort in Dc.'icriptiou. — Body threadlike, up to 25 mm 160-200 m (*). long. Prostomium very long, highly contractile, Distribntion. — Azores; Bermuda; off Congo usually pointed, occasionally sausage-shaped. River mouth and North Carolina in 44-1.700 m. Mandibles delicate and tapered to long slender shafts in contact throughout. Dental formula: Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda. 1861) Mx. I = (2-3) + (2-3), (main fangs indistinctly bidentate or even tridentate); II = 3 -I- 3; III = Ln mbrincoiierei-'i inipatieii.'i. - Fauvel. 1923: 429, 1 + 1; IV = 1 + 1 (large oval black plates). Fig. 171 a-i. Maxillary supports short and broad. First six to Lnnibrineris impaticns. - Pettibone. 1963a: 265, eight parapodia very small or rudimentary, sub- Fig. 67 j. 59 Luntbticonereif! tefraiira. - Day, 1953; 435 (with and slightly longer and broader postsetal ones; synonymy). middle feet with subequal lobes; posterior feet Lumbruieris tetrauni. - Day, 1967: 439, Fig. with equal tapered lobes curving upward but 17.16. u-w. not as long as setae. Winged capillaries from first foot to middle of body. Four to five com- Rec()fd><. —Virginia to Beaufort, intertidai (11. pound hooks from first foot to 12th-17th and 17). simple hooks thereafter. Acicula jnile. Distrihiitid)/. — Cosmopolitan in temperate Records. —Common off Beaufcn-t in 40-200 m and tropical seas; intertidai to 100 m. (21, *); This is a new record for the United States. Distribiitio)i. — South Africa; 30-200 m in sandy Lumbrineris sp. mud. Description. — Length 10-15 mm. Pro.stomium conical. Mandibular shafts in contact through- Lumbrineris latreilli out. Mx. I = 1-1-1; Mx. II = 4 4-4 (or 3-1-3 in (Audouin and Milne-Edwards, 1833) small, 10-mm specimens); Mx. Ill = 1 -I- 1 (cut- ting plates smaller than Mx. IV); Mx. IV = 1-f-l. Li( i»bricouereis latreilli. - Fauvel, 1923; 431, Anterior feet with a low presetal lobe and a Fig. 171 m-r. longer postsetal one; middle feet small with LiiDihriiieris latrtiUi. - Hartman. 1944a: 158, pre- and postsetal lobes subequal; posterior pi. 9; Fig. 213-216. - Pettibone, 1963a; 258, feet with postsetal lobe definitely longer than Fig. 67 a-c. - Day. 1967; 4.38, Fig. 17.16. p-t. presetal one. Winged capillaries from the first foot to middle of body. Simple hooks with very Records.— Ofi Beaufort in 10-40 m (14, 17, elongate blades resembling broken-tipped cap- 21, '^). illaries from third or fourth foot to about 20th Distribntio)!. —Cosmopolitan from low tide to and short-bladed hooks thereafter. Acicula pale. 2,000 m. Rcmarkfi. —These small specimens do not quite fit any known species and may be juve- Lumbrineris cruzensis Hartman. 1944 niles whose characters change later. In L. tenuity the hooks appear in the 12th-17th foot. In L. KiKure l)a-i brivicirra Schmarda, recorded from South Africa, Au.stralia, New Zealand, Chile, and Japan, Mx. Li( iiihriiieris cruzensis Hartman, 1944a; 165, pi. II has five teeth but the other characters are 12; Fig. 263-269; 1968; 751, Fig. 1-6. - Fau- similar. chald, 1970: 83, pi. 12; Fig. g-j. Ri cords. —Twenty-three specimens in 40-200 m off Beaufort (21, *). Description. — Pale, slender worms 35 mm long by 0.7 mm for 150 segments. Prostomium Lumbrineris albidentata Ehlers, 1908 (Figure 9a) bluntly conical. Mandibles (Figure 9c) white, with flaring, well calcified cutting Lii mbrict))iercis albidentata Ehlers, 1908: 97, plates and slender shafts in contact throughout. pi. 13; Fig. 7-13. Maxillae (Figure 9b) dark brown and well chi- Lnmbriueri.'i albidoitata. - Day, 1960; 357, Fig. tinized;Mx.I = 1-1-1; II = 4 -1-4 (in exceptional 12 a-b; 1967; 434, Fig. 17.15. o-v. ca.ses 3-1- 3 or 5-1-5); III = 1 -I- 1 (curved cutting plates); IV = 1 -I- 1 (larger plates than Mx. III). DcKcription. — Body fairly stout, up to 75 mm Anterior feet (Figure 9g) well developed, each long. Prostomium broadly conical. Mandibles with a low presetal lobe and a compressed, oval characteristic with broad divergent shafts form- postsetal one. Middle feet (Figure 9h) charac- ing a rough X. Maxillae with Mx. I = H-1; teristically small with presetal and postsetal II = 3-f 3 (large stout teeth); III = 1-I-1;IV = lobes conical and subequal. Far posterior feet 1 -I- 1 (very large white plates with black margins). (Figure 9i) with slender elongated lobes slightly Anterior feet with well-developed presetal lobes shorter than setae and presetal lobe slightly 60 — longerthanpostsetal. Winged capillaries (Figure Mx. Ill is important but difficult to describe for 9f) from first foot to middle of body and one or the statement that Mx. Ill has one tooth is not two sometimes persisting in posterior feet. really accurate; actually it has no teeth, only a Compound hooks (Figure 9d) from 3d or 4th cutting edge with an angular corner. L. magal- foot to 20th and simple hooks (Figure 9e) there- hacnsci^ Kinberg, L. gracilis Ehlers, and L. linii- after. All hooks with an oblique series of den- cola Hartman, are all said to have "one tooth" ticles above larger first tooth. Acicula pale. on Mx. Ill and it is necessary to see the fila- Remark.'i. —This species is one of the com- mentous subequal lobes on the far posterior monest worms on the continental shelf of North feet to distinguish L. criizoi.'^in. The description Carolina. The specimens are almost always of L. cnizex.^is given by Hartman (1944a) fits broken and the characteristic terminal feet with the North Carolina material in all respects ex- their subequal filamentous lobes are usually cept that Mx. Ill are smaller than Mx. IV. missing. For this reason and because there are Records. —Abundant off Beaufort in 20-200 several species with comi)ound hooks ante- m (21, *). This is a new record for the Atlantic riorly and closely related to L. o'/izcii-^is, the coast. characters of these North Carolina specimens Dist)'ibi(ti(iii. — British Columbia to Pacific have been described in detail. The shape of coast of Mexico; about 10 m to "slope depths". Fiyure H. Liniiliriiicris cnizciisis a. anteriui' end; b. maxillae; c. man(lil)k's; d. (-(111111(11111(1 luxik; e. simple hdok; f, winged capillary seta; y. anterior view of anterioi- foot; h. anterior view of middle foot; i. anterior view of far posterior foot. 61 Lumbrineris brevipes (Mcintosh, 1903) Lu mbri}ieris tetiuis. -Kavtman. 1942a: 54.- Petti- bone, 1963a: 264, Fig. 70 (with synonymy). NinoefHsca Moore, 1911: 285. pi. 19: Fig. 110- Li( mbrineris atlantica. - Hartman, 1965a: 116, 118. pi. 19: Fig. A. * Day, Field, and Montgomery, L!())il)ri)ieris brevipes. - Pettibone, 1963a: 260, 1971: 122. Fig. 68 h. Description. — Body slender, 30-60 mm long. Records. —Off North Carolina (17). Prostomium bluntly conical. Mandibular shafts Distribution. — Massachusetts to North Caro- delicate and in contact throughout. Maxillae lina; North West Spain; southern California; with Mx. I = 1 + 1; II = (4-6) + (4-6); III = Antarctica; in 100 to 3,000 m. 1 + 1; IV = 1+ l.Mx. II usually with four or five teeth but occasionally six (Hartman, 1942). Mx. Ill as a cutting plate smaller than Mx. IV. Lumbrineris fragilis (Muller, 1776) Anterior feet with a low presetal lobe and a larger, compressed postsetal one. Middle feet Li()til>ric(>)iercis fivijilis. - Fauvel, 1923: 430, ' rather small with subequal presetal and post- Fig. 17k-l. setal lobes. Posterior feet with longer lobes, Liiinbrineris fra(/ilis. - Pettibone. 1963a: 262, the presetal being obviously shorter than the Fig. 69. postsetal. Winged capillary setae from first foot to middle feet. Hooded hooks from 12th-17th Records. —Common off Beaufort in 80-200 m foot or exceptionally from 9th (Pettibone, 1963a). (21,*). All hooks simple; anterior ones with long blades Distribiiiioii. —A cold-water species extend- but posterior ones with short blades and four ing from Arctic southward in the Atlantic and or more denticles above larger first tooth. Acicula Pacific at deeper and deeper levels and reach- pale. ing North Carolina, Azores, and Mediterranean; Remarks. I am indebted to Dr. Pettibone for intertidal to 3,000 m. — specimens of L. tennis and Dr. Hartman for specimens of L. atlantica from 466 to 508 m off Lumbrineris januarii (Grube, 1878) Massachusetts, described in Hartman (1965a). They appear to be identical though Dr. Hart- Li'Uibrineris jiuiiiarii. - Hartman. 1944a: 167. man's illustration of the maxillae (pi. 19: Fig. a) pi. 13: Fig. 278-284. represents a form with four teeth on Mx. II whereas the specimen I dissected had five teeth. Description. — Length uj) to 80 mm. Prosto- The difficulty is to decide what name should be mium conical; maxillae with Mx. I = 1 + 1; used. L. tennis Verrill has been well described. II = 5-f5; III =2+2 (second tooth indistinct); L. atlantica Kinberg from La Plata has priority IV = 1 + 1. Parapodia with postsetal lobe longer but Kinberg's description was very brief; he than presetal but shorter than setae even in groups L. atkvitica with others having Mx. Ill posterior feet. Compound spinigerous setae as unidentate but his figure does not indicate this well a.s winged cai)illaries from first few feet and when Hartman (1948) reexamined the type to about 25th. Compound hooks from about the jaws had been removed. Again Kinberg did 18th to 30th foot and simi)le hooks thereafter. not figure the far posterior feet. Since there are Acicula pale. several closely related species some doubt must Records.—Ofi Beaufort in 40 m (*). This is remain as to whether the specimens described the first record from the United States. by Hartman (1965a) off Massachusetts should Uistribiition. — West Indies to Bi'azil in 10- really be referred to L. atlantica. In view of this 40 m. I have retained the well established name L. Lumbrineris tenuis VerrilJ. 1873 tennis. Records. —Common off Beaufort in 20 m *). [".'I Lii nil>ricouereis athiiitico Kinberg, 1869: (21, 568; 1858-1910: 47, pi. 19: Fig. 43. - Hart- Distribntion. —Maine to Florida; intertidal to man. 1948: 90. pi. 13: Fig. 1.2. abyssal depths. 62 FAMILY ARABELLIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Parapodia with one or more stout projecting acicula as well as fine-tipjied internal ones 2 1' Parapodia without a stout projecting aciculum iAnihclld) 5 2 Maxilla I with first tooth greatly enlarged forming a pair of fangs or pincers {Driloiioris) 3 2' Maxilla I with first tooth not much larger than others (Noto- ch-riis). [Mandiljles present. Mx. I with 3-4 small denticles at base] N. spijiifenis 3 Mx. I with dentate bases 4 3' Mx. I with smooth bases. [Mandibles usually absent] D.fiUim Parapodia inconspicuous on anterior segments but well de- veloped and bilobed posteriorly. Mandibles very small, some- times missing D. loiic/a Parapodia small on anterior segments, but larger posteriorly, though always with a single (postsetal) lobe. Mandibles obvious D. niag)ia Setae are all winged capillaries Arabella iricolor Setae include winged capillaries and an inferior, blunt acicu- lum with a small tapered blade Arabella nut tans Noincirn/s .spinifenis (Moore. 1906) Drilonereis lonqa Webster, 1S79 Notdcirrax spii/ifo-us. - Pettibone, 1963a: 275, Diilonereis hniga. - Hartman, 1944a: 178; - 1968: Fig. 73 a-i. 801, Fig. 1. - Pettibone, 196.3a: 272, Fig. 72 a-h. Ricords. —Chesapeake Bay, intertidal and Beaufort in 5 m (17, *). Records. — North Carolina, intertidal (3, 5, 11, 17, 18). Dixtribtilidii. — Massachusetts to North Caro- Distribution. — Massachusetts to Georgia and lina; intertidal to 16 m. the West Indies; Washington; southern Cali- fornia; intertidal to 2,452 m. Drilonereis filum (Claparede, 1868) Drilonereis magna Webster and Benedict. 1887 Drihinereis filnni. - Fauvel. 1923: 436, Fig. 174 Dril(ine)'eis niagtia. - Pettibone, 1963a: 273, a-h. - Hartman, 1944a: 180; 1968: 799. Fig. Fig. 71 h. 1,2. /?rrorf/.s. North Carolina, intertidal to 200 m Records. —Cape Hatteras area, intertidal (18). — (11, 13, 17, 18,21, *). Distributio)!. — Mediterranean; Atlantic coast Dist)ibutio)i. — Newfoundland to South Caro- of France; Florida; Panama; southern Cali- lina and the Gulf of Mexico; California to western fornia; low tide and shallow dredgings. Mexico; low tide to 1,000 m. 63 Arabella /r/ro/or (Monlajfu, 1S04) Arabella mutans (Chamberlin, 1919) Arabella tricolor. - Fauvel, 1923: 438, Fig. 175 C< tiotliri.r nnitaiis. - Chamberlin. 1919: 329. pi. a-h. - Hartman. 1944a: 173; 1968: 789. Fig. 61: Fig. 1-9. pi. 62: Fig. 1. 1-6. - Pettibone, 1963a: 269, Fig. 71 a-e. - Arabella ii/iitaHs. - Hartman, 1944a: 173. - Day. Day, 1967: 446, Fig. 17.18. i-m. 1967: 446, Fig. 17.18. f-h. Record!^. —North Carolina, intertidal to 80 m /?fY'or(/.^.— Off Beaufort in 5-160 m (*). (3,5,7,9,11, 13, 18,20,*). Distribntioti. — Pacific coasts of tropical Amer- Z)/.sfr/6»f/o/(.— Cosmopolitan in temperateand ica; Easter Island; Galapagos Islands; Florida; tropical seas extending from low tide to 83 m. Cape Verde Islands; South Africa to tropical East Africa; intertidal to 160 m. FAMILY DORVILLEIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Dorsal cirri ovoid, without cirrophores or internal acicula and arise from ends of parapodia 2 1' Dorsal cirri elongate, mounted on cirrophores with internal acicula and arise from bases of parapodia {Dorvillea) 3 2 Palps as mere i)apillae; antennae similar. No forked setae [Oplirijotroelia) 0. piierilis 2' Palps elongate with terminal ovoid palpostyles. Superior forked setae present (Protodorrillea). [A dorsal cirrus on setiger 1. Antenna two-jointed] P. kefcrsteiin 3 No dorsal cirrus on setiger 1 4 3' A dorsal cirrus on .setiger 1. [Superior forked setae present with slightly unequal prongs] D. riidolphi 4 No superior forked setae D. sociabilis 4' Superior forked setae present with very unequal jirongs D. caeca Oph ryo t roch a pu e rilis Protodorrillea kefersteini (Mcintosh. 1869) Claparede and Mecznikow, 1869 Protodorrillea biarticiilata. Day, 1963a: 414, 4.52, Fig. 17.20. g-1. Opin-ijotrocha pnerili^i. - Fauvel, 1923: 450, Fig. Fig. 8 g-1; 1967: - Hob.son, 1971: 542, 180 a-h. - Hartman, 1944a: 191, pi. 15: Fig. Protodorvillea kefersteini. Fig. 325-330; 1968: 823, Fig. 1-6. - Day. 1967: 8 a-d. Protodorrillea biarcticiilata (sic). - Field, 452, Fig. 17.20. a-f. Day, and Montgomery. 1971: 122. Records. — Beaufort, intertidal (11). Description. — Length 5 mm for 50-100 .seg- ments. Prostomium rounded in front with an in and Distribiftion. —Cosmopolitan warm annulus in front of antennae. Anterior pair of tropical seas occun-ing in aquaria and on pro- eyes minute, often faded, posterior pair larger. tected .shores. Antennae small, club-shaped, often weakly bi- articulate. Palps long, wrinkled but terminal palpostyles distinct and oval. Parapodia long 64 ) with a retractile presetai lip; an oval dorsal DorviUea rudolphi. - Hartman, 1945: 27, pi. 5: cirrus at distal end of first and all subsequent Fig. 2, 6. - Day, 1967: 457, Fig. 17.21. d-j. feet; ventral cirri similar to dorsal ones. Superior Staiiroin-rcis rudolphi. - Pettibone, 1963a: 231, setae include one or two long tapered capil- Fig. 60. laries serrated at base of blade and one or two shorter forked setae with subequal prongs Ricords. —North Carolina, intertidal to 120 m Hanged on inner margins. Inferior setae com- (3, 9. 11, 13, 17, 18,20,21, *). pound with bidentate falcigerous blades varying Distributiii}!. — Mediterranean; temperate and in length. tropical Atlantic from Norway to South Africa Remarks.—The only other species of Proto- and Massachusetts to the West Indies; Pacific dorvillca recorded from the Atlantic coast of from British Columbia to Chile; intertidal to United States is P. niiiiiita Hartman from deep 265 m. waters off New England. It is easily distin- guished by its minute papilliform palps. Hobson DorviUea sociabilis (Webster, 1879) (1971) has rede.scribed the type of Staaroce- plialiis kvfcrstcitii Mcintosh from Scotland and DorviUva sociahili.^. - Hartman, 1945: 27, pi. 5: her account shows that P. biartlrnlata Day Fig. 1, 4, 5; 1951: 66, pi. 8; Fig. 3, 5. from South Africa is synonymous. P. gracilis (Hartman) from California and P. ircupcrata R( ci)rd.'<. — North Carolina, common from low Banse and Nichols from Puget Sound are jjrob- tide to 160 m (3, 5, 11, 13, 14, 15, 18, 20, *). ably synonyms of P. keferstciiii too but Mrs. Distrihiitiitii. — Virginia to Florida; inter- Hobson has provisionally retained the name tidal to 160 m. P. (i)' Ricords. —Two specimens off Beaufort on DorviUea rudolphi (Delle Chiaje, 1828) coral in 10 m (*). Disti-ihutiini. — North Japan Sea; Washing- Stain-orcplialiis rudolplii. - Fauvel, 1923: 446, ton; Gulf of St. Lawrence to Massachusetts; Fig. 178 a-p. intertidal to 154 m. FAMILY SPIONIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Setiger 5 enlarged and bears stout buri'owing hooks laterally 2 1' Neither setiger 4 nor 5 enlarged; no stout burrowing hooks 10 2 Branchiae start on .setiger 2 (Boccardia No N.C. record 2' Branchiae start on setiger 6-11 (Polydora) 3 3 Fifth hooks without accessory teeth but sometimes with a twisted sheath on concave side of apex 4 3' Fifth hooks with an accessory tooth 7 4 P'ifth hooks Hanged or with a twisted sheath. [No specialized posterior notosetae] 5 4' Fifth hooks quite plain. [Hooded hooks from setiger 7] 6 65 5 Fifth hooks with a lateral flange. Hooded hooks from setiger 10-17. Pygidium with several small pai)illae. [Lives in shells of hermit crabs) P. commensalis 5' Fifth hooks with a twisted sheath or ridge on concave side of apex. Hooded hooks from setiger 7. Pygidium saucer- shaped. [No notosetae on first foot] P. icebsteri 6 Notosetae present on first foot. Posterior notosetae include 2-3 short spines slightly stouter than the long capillaries P. caeca 6' No notosetae on first foot. No specialized posterior notosetae P. socialis 7 Fifth hooks with a hairy tuft between main and accessory tooth. [No eyes. Notosetae present on first foot. No special- ized posterior notosetae] P. hart ntaiiac T Fifth hooks without hairs between main and accessory tooth 8 8 Fifth hooks with two teeth partly encircled by a shelf or flange. Posterior notosetae include large hooked spines P. colon ia 8' Fifth hooks normally bidentate without an encircling flange. No specialized posterior notosetae 9 9 Only four pairs of gills on setigers 7 to 10. Notosetae absent first foot. P. tclrubnnichia from | Body very small] 9' About 14 pairs of gills. No notosetae on first foot. An occipital tentacle on pro.stomium. [Bifid, bristled .setae accompany fifth hooks] P. ligiii 10 Branchiae entirely absent. Neurosetae of first foot include a stout hook-shaped seta. (SpiophaiicK) 11 10' Branchiae present. No specialized seta on first foot 12 11 Prostomium with pointed lateral projections. No occipital tentacle. Hooded hooks bidentate throughout. [Notopodial lobe of setiger 1 well developed] S. boiiibtix 11 ' Prostomium without lateral projections or occipital tentacle. Anterior hooded hooks minutely tridentate, posterior ones bidentate S. »'/>//((// 12 Branchiae from setiger 1 13 12' Branchiae from setiger 2 20 K' Branchiae present on 20 setigers or more 14 l.V Branchiae on setiger 1 or 1-3 only 19 14 Posterior noto.setae include hooded hooks. Branchiae absent from posterior .segments. [Prostomium hilobed in front. (Scolcculcpidcs)] ^'. rlridis 14' Posterior notosetae without hooded hooks. Branchiae continue to posterior segments 15 66 15 Middle parapodia with small accessory branchiae. Anterior branchiae fused to notopodial lamellae | Prostomium pointed. (Dispio)] D. iiiici)iuta 15' Middle parapodia without accessory branchiae. Anterior bran- chiae partly fused or free from notopodial lamellae 16 16 Prostomium rounded or e.\])anded in front (Spia) 17 UV Prostomium with distinct lateral peaks (Mdhicdcci-ds) No N.C. record 17 Prostomium expanded in front and bears several eyespots. No occipital tentacle. Hooded hooks in neuropodia from setiger 28-;'>2 S. ninltinc/ilittn 17' Prostomium rounded in front and bears 4 eyespots. Occipital tentacle present or absent. Hooded hooks in neuropodia from .setiger 10-11 18 18 No occipital tentacle. Head with brown markings. Hooks bi- dentate to tridentate, 6-9 per foot S. p( ttihoiicac 18' Occipital tentacle present. Head without brown markings. Hooks always bidentate, 15-20 per foot S. sctosu 19 One pair of smooth branchiae on setiger 1. A dorsal crest across setiger 2. (Strchlospio) S. houdicti 19' Three pairs of pinnate branchiae (or scars thereof) on setigers 1 to 3. A dorsal crest across setiger 1. [Peristome folded round sides of prostomium iPinvpi-ioiioKpio)] P. puniata 20 Posterior notopodia with hooded hooks 21 20' Posterior notopodia without hooded hooks 29 21 Branchiae fused to notopodial lamellae anteriorly, becoming sei)arate later and continuing to jjosterior segments. Pygid- ium with a cushion below anus (Smh l( pi^') S. xqinn))ata 21' Branchiae free from notopodial lamellae anteriorly and con- fined to anterior part of body. Pygidium with anal cirri 22 22 Prostomium with an occipital tentacle. Branchiae never pin- nate (Ain}id(:<) [Hooded hooks bidentate] A. sp. 22' Prostomium without an occipital tentacle. Branchiae either pinnate, smooth or both iPrioiiospIo) 23 23 All branchiae smooth and number 4 to 40 pairs (subgenus Miiinspki) 24 23' At least one pair of branchiae pinnate and number 4 or 5 pairs 25 24 About 6 pairs of long branchiae. Hooded hooks multidentate. Genital pouches between middle neuropodia of adults P. (M.) cirnftra 24' About 11 pairs of normal branchiae. Hooks with one tooth above main fang. No genital pouches P. (M-) clrrohnnicliiata 25 Five pairs of branchiae with 1st, 4th, and 5th pinnate. [No dorsal crest across setiger 7] P- hvtcrubranchia 25' Four pairs of branchiae 26 67 — 26 Only the 4th pair of branchiae pinnate. Hooded hooks biden- tate. Prostomium square in front P. dayi 26' First and 4th pair of branchiae pinnate. Hooded hooks multi- dentate. Prostomium rounded in front 27 27 A dorsal crest across setiger 7 or setigers 7 and 9 28 27' No dorsal crest across setiger 7 or 9 P. fiteointnipi 28 A dorsal crest across setiger 7 only P.fallax 28' A dorsal crest across setiger 7, a low ridge across setiger 8, and a crest across setiger 9 P. criatata 29 Prostomium without an occipital tentacle. [Branchiae free from notopodial lamellae and continue to posterior seg- ments (Microspio). Prostomium with a brown patch. Hooded hooks from setiger 12 with 3-5 denticles above main fang] M. plgminitata 29' Prostium with an occipital tentacle 30 30 Prostomium rounded. Branchiae free from notopodial lamellae and absent from posterior segments. Membranous genital pockets between neuropodia of middle segments (Laonicv) L. cirruta 30' Prostomium pointed. Branchiae fused to notopodial lamellae in anterior segments but free later and continue to posterior segments. No pockets between neuropodia (N( riHides). [Hooded hooks unidentate] N. niikhnitata Polydora commerifiolis Andrews, 1891 Distrihutio}!. —Newfoundland to Gulf of Mexi- co; Oregon to Southern California; Hawaii; inter- Piili/d<>)v cdDni/cusalis Andrews, 1891b: 291, pi. tidal to 100 m. 15: Fig. 27. - Hartman, 1945: 32; 1969: 133. Fig. 1-4. -Blake, 1969: 815, Fig.3; 1971: 17, Polydora caeca (Oersted. 1843) Fig. 11. - Foster, 1971: 20, Fig. 1-12. FiK-ure 10a-iL Massachusetts to North Caro- — Day, 1967: 469. Fig. 18.3. e-h. lina; Caribbean; Pacific Siberia to California and western Mexico; intertidal to 30 m; commensal Description. — Length up to 20 mm. Prosto- with hermit crabs. mium notched in front and produced back as a ridge to setiger 2. Four eyes. Setiger 1 with Polydora ivebsteri Hartman, 1943 notosetae. Fifth hooks (Figure 10a) plain and unidentate. Gills from setiger 7-9 to middle of Polydom caccu. - Webster, 1879: 252, pi. 9: body at least. Hooded hooks (Figure lOd) from Fig. 119-122 (n»u Oersted). setiger 7. Specialized posterior notosetae (F'ig- Polydora H'e6.s'fen Hartman, 1945: 33; 1951: 81; ure 10c) as two to four straight spines only 1969: 151, Fig. 1-5. - Blake, 1969: 814, Fig. slightly stouter than accompanying capillaries 2; 1971: 6, Fig. 3. - Foster, 1971: 26, Fig. (F'igure 10b). Pygidium saucer-shaped..Juveniles 30-36. with scattered pigment flecks on anterior seg- ments. Records. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- /?( »H«)7r.s'. P. caeca is closely related to tidal and dredged (3, 5, 11. 13, 15, 18, 19, ? *). P. sociali.'< and the small differences between 68 them have been discussed by Mesnil (1896) and Polydora tetrabranchia Hartman, 1945 Hartman (1941a) among others. The most useful Pohjdora tetrahraitchia Hartman, 1945: 34, pi. 1: distinction is the presence of notosetae in setiger Fig. 7-10. - Blake, 1971: 10, Fig. 7. 1 of P. caeca. In P. socialis the ridge from the prostomium reaches setiger 4 and the gills are Reco)-ds. Dredged from Bogue Sound. N.C. still present on posterior segments. Further, — (11). P. socialls lacks spines in the posterior noto- Distribntioii. North Carolina; 3 m. podia but, as these are not distinct in P. caeca, — this is not an obvious character. Record.^.—Off Beaufort in 5-80 m (*). This is Polydora ligni Webster, 1879 a new record for- the United States. Poh/dora lif/iil. - Hartman, 1941a: pi. 48: Dist)-i/iHti()ii. — Arctic; Atlantic from Green- 309, - land to South Africa; Indian Ocean; Mediter- Fig. 47-49; 1945: 32; 1969; 137, Fig. 1-6. ranean; intertidal to 30 m. Blake, 1971: 5, Fig. 1, 2. - Foster, 1971: 22, Fig. 13-21. Polydora socialis (Schmarda, 1861) Record.^. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort; inter- tidal to a few meters. (11. 13, 18, ). Polj/dora socialifi. - Hartman, 1941a: 310, pi. 48: Distiibiitioii. — Both sides of United States in Fig. 41. 42; 1945: 33; 1969: 147, Fig. 1, 2. - temperate seas; Gulf of Mexico; northern Eu- Blake. 1969: 816, Fig. 5; 1971: 20, Fig. 13. rope; estuarine, intertidal, and shallow dredg- 14. ings. R( coi-ds. —Cape Hatteras area and Beaufort; Spiophanes bonibyx (Claparede. 1870) intertidal to a few meters (11, 13, 18). IJisi rihii/io)!. California to Chile; North — Spioplnnies l>oi)il>i).r. - Fauvel, 1927: 41, Fig. Carolina and Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to 10 m. 14 a-i. - Hartman, 1951: 85; 1969; 181, Fig. 1-5. - Day, 1967: 474, Fig. 18.5. a-e. - Foster, 1971: 40, Fig. 66-75. Polydora hartmanae Blake, 1971 Remarks.— \vi Day (1967), I described S. PdljidDi-a (iiKiciilata. - Hartman, 1945: 33 {iioii honibjix as having an occipital tentacle; this P. auocidata Moore, 1907). is an error since this species lacks an occipital Polydora hartnuvtae Blake. 1971: 25. Fig. 16. tentacle. Records. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort from Records. — Shallow dredging in Beaufort low tidemark on sheltered beaches to dredgings Sound (11). in 200 m (11, 13, 18,21, '). Disli-ihiilioii. — North Carolina; shallow Distribution. Atlantic from Sweden and New dredgings. — England to the Falkland Islands and South Africa; eastern Pacific from Canada to Cali- Polydora colonia Moore. 1907 fornia; intertidal to 200 m. Pidydoru colonia Moore, 1907: 199. pi. 15: Fig. Spiophanes ivigleyi Peftibone. 1962 18-23. - Hartman, 1945: 32. - Blake, 1971: Fis'ure lOf, f 15, Fig. 10. Polydora hopliD'u inhaca Day, 1957: 99,Fig. 6k-i; Spioplnnics irif/lcyi Pettibone. 1962: 83, Fig. 5. 1967: 468, Fig. 18.2. n. 6. - Hartman, 1965a: 153, pi. 28: Fig. e, f. - Foster. 1971: 43. Fig. 76-85. Records. — Beaufort Sound, intertidal (11). niai'lx-s. Distribution. — North West Pacific ; Massachu- R( —The original description of S. icig- setts to North Carolina and Jamaica; Mozam- leyi states that the hooded hooks are bidentate. bique; intertidal. My specimens from North Carolina showed a 69 small third tooth above two large ones. Dr. agree perfectly with those of S. nmltioculata. Pettibone kindly .sent me a specimen of S. The absence of neuropodial hooks is not sur- iriglcyi from Massachusetts and this resolved prising as they do not occur on S. multioculata the discrepancy. The first few hooks on setigers before setiger 28-32. However this species has 15-18 (Figure lOe) have a vertical series of three not been recorded from the United States and teeth ; in the following segments the small upper- larger and better preserved specimens are re- most tooth becomes minute and in posterior quired to confirm the record. segments it is absent (Figure lOf). This has also Records. —Two specimens off Beaufort in been noted by Foster (1971). 120 m (*). Renn-ds.—Off Beaufort in 40-200 m (21, *). Disfrihufioii. — (of S. nmltioculata) Bay of Dist}'ihiiti()}i. — Massachusetts; Gulf of Mex- Biscay; intertidal. ico; South Africa; 0-200 m. Spio peltiboneae Foster, 1970 Scolecolepides riridis (Verrill. 1873) FifTUie 1 la-(l Sculccolcpidcs virldis. - George, 1966: 76, Fig. Spio (Spio) pcttih(»u'ac Foster, 1971: 35, Fig. 48-56. 1 a-f. - Foster. 1971: 37, Fig. 57-65. Spio tilicoruis var. nov. Day, Field, and Mont- R(ro)-ds. —Cape Hatterasarea, intertidal (18). gomery, 1971: 122. Distribi(ti(>)i. — Newfoundland to South Caro- lina: in mudbanks of estuaries to 37 m. Description. — Body up to 11 mm long; head (Figure 11a, b) and anterior segments flecked with bi'own both doi'sally and ventrally. Pro- Dispio uncinata Hartman. 1951 stomium rounded in front and extending as a blunt keel to setiger 2. Four subdermal eyes but Dispio loiciiiata Hartman, 1951: 87, pi. 22: Fig. no occipital tentacle. Peristome broad and 1-5, pi. 23: Fig. 1-4; 1969: 105, Fig. 1-4. - partly fused to setiger 1. Setiger 1 with small 161-174. Foster, 1971: 73, Fig. notopodial and neuropodial lobes and a large gill. Subsequent parapodia (Figure lie) similar Records.—Off Beaufort in 3-40 m (22, *). but larger, each with a well-marked presetal Dist)ihnti(>)i. — Massachusetts to the West In- lobe, a short, blunt postsetal lobe and a large dies the of and Gulf Mexico; southern Cali- .straplike gill arching over dorsum. Anterior gills to fornia; intertidal 40 m. fused basally to jjostsetal lamellae but pos- terior ones almost separate. Neuropodia with Spio cf. multioculata (Rioja, 1919) small, oval postsetal lobes throughout. Noto- setae as capillaries with finely punctate blades. (?) Spid nniUioviiUitu. - Fauvel, 1927: 44, Fig. Anterior neurosetae similar but shorter. Hooded 15 h-o. hooks from setiger 11, six or seven per foot. Anterior hooks bidentate (Figure lid), subse- Dcscriptidii. — Only two fragmentary speci- quent ones with superior tooth cleft forming mens, the larger 1.7 mm for 18 segments. No tridentate hooks. color markings. Prostomium T-shaped with blunt Remarks. — All the specimens from Beaufort anterolateral projections; several eyespots; no were broken with the largest anterior fragment occipital papilla. Gills from setiger 1 to end of having 24 segments. They were orijtinally named fragment (setiger 18); all gills larger than noto- a new variety of S. ^tilico)-iiis and I am indebted podial lamellae and separated from them. Neuro- to Dr. Foster for informing me that she had podial lamellae broadly oval throughout. Only found the same form in the Gulf of Mexico and capillary setae in notopodia. Neurosetae mainly named it S. (S.) pettihoncae. The description capillaries with .sabre-setae from 8th foot. No given above is based on the Beaufort material hooded hooks before end of fragment. but it agrees with that of Foster (1971) with R< tiKU'ks. — So far as can be seen from these two exceptions. My specimens, which were small fragmentary specimens, the characters presumably younger than those of Dr. Foster, 70 Fiuui'i' 10.— r,,l!idiira lairii a, enlarKed hook of setiRer '>; li. \vinRe posterior foot. Prionospio cin-ohraiicluatd K. anterior end; h, Sth foot; j. 40th foot; k. hooded hook. Priunoapiu dai/i 1, anterior end; m, hooded hook; n. 5th foot with 4th g-ill; o, posterior foot. Microspio pintuciitaia p, dorsal view of anterior end; q, ventral view of anterioi- end; r. anterior view of 8th foot; s. anterior view of posterior foot; t, hooded hook. 71 . were more strongly pigmented and the hooded doubts expressed by Soderstrom (1920). The hooks appeared effectively bidentate with only pos.session of a well-developed first setiger, the faintest sign of a third tooth. When fresh, three pairs of pinnate gills from the first foot the pigmentation was striking and character- and the large winglike expansions of the i)eri- istic. Most of the head was brown, there were stome which enfold the pointed prostomium always a pair of spots on either side of the mid- are all distinctive. Dr. Foster has shown that ventral line of anterior segments and often eight taxa are synonyms of P. piiniatn. flecks on the tentacles, the dorsum and the Record.'^. —Common off Beaufort in 1-200 m parapodia. (21,*). Records. —Common off Beaufort in 8-120 m Distribntio)!. — Cosmopolitan in temperate and (21. *). tropical seas from 1 to 500 m. Distribution. — Gulf of Mexico; intertidal. Scolelepis sqiiamata (Muller. 1806) Spio setosa Verrill, 1873 Ncriiw cirnit/ilns. - Fauvel, 1927: 3(5, Fig. 11 Spio .s-r^o.sa. - Hartman, 1942a: 63, Fig. 119, g-n. - Hartman, 1969: 115, Fig. 1-5. 120; 1945: 31, pi. 6: Fig. 1,2. Ncri)i(' agilis. - Hartman, 1945: 31. Scolelepi.'< (Scoleli'pis) .^qiianiata. - Pettibone, Ricord.^. Cape Hatteras area and Beaufort — 1963b: 90 (synonymy). - Foster, 1971: 59. Sound, intertidal (11, 18). Fig. 118-131." Distrib/itioH. — Massachusetts to North Caro- Sciilclfpi.^ s(jiiaiinita. - Day, 1967: 483, Fig. lina on intertidal sandbanks. 18.7. c-h. Streblospio benedicti Webster, 1879 R( cords. —Cape Hatteras to South Carolina, common on wave-washed sandy shores (8, 5, StreMospio benedicti. - Webster, 1886: 149, 11,13,18,21,*). pi. 8: Fig. 48-50. - Hartman, 1945: 34, pi. 6: Dis tribntion —Cosmopol itan in temperate and Fig. 4; 1969: 189, Fig. 1, 2. - Foster, 1971: tropical seas; intertidal in sand. 112, Fig. 276-283. Aonides sp. Records. —Cape Hatteras area and Beaufort, intertidal and shallow dredgings in the sound Re murks. —Two small .specimens were ob- (11, 15, 18). tained which were identified by me as juveniles Distril)ntiou. — Maine to Florida and the Gulf of Aonides o.rycepliala (Sars). The specimens of Mexico; Denmark and France; Washington were sent to the U.S. National Museum with the to California; estuarine and intertidal to 10 m rest of the collection. Dr. Pettibone has recently in sandv mud. informed me that the larger specimen has now been identified by Dr. Nancy Foster as Aonides Paraprionospio pinnata (Ehlers. 1901) i)ia!/agne::e)isis Foster (1969: 398, Fig. 22, 33; 1971: 66, Fig. 43-154) originally described from Prionospio piiinata Ehlers, 1901: 163.- Hartman, Puerto Rico in 3 m. A. n/ayagnezeiisis is a 1960: 114, pi. 9: Fig. 1-3; 1969: 161, Fig. small species only (3.6 mm long with fewer branchiae than A. o.rycephola (15-16 pairs in- 1-4. - Day, 1967, 488, Fig. 18.8. i-1. stead of 20-30) and neuropodial hooks from Prioiiospio toinis. - Hartman, 1945: 82 (no)i Verrill). .setiger 19-28 instead of setiger 82-35. Possibly Parap)-io)ispio pinnutu. - Foster, 1969: 389, Fig. these are juvenile characters. 12-21 (with synonymy); 1971: 102. Fig. 237- Ricords.—Off Beaufort in 20 m (*). 246. Prionospio (Minuspio) cirrifera Wiren, 1883 Reni(irlis.^-Dr. Foster has re.surrected Caul- lery's genus P(iraprio)i()spio in spite of the Prionospio cirrifera. - Fauvel, 1927: 62, Fig. 21 72 k-n. - Hartman, 1965a: 150; 1969: 155, Fig. Records.—on Beaufort in 80-200 m (21. *). 1, 2. - Day. 1967: 486. Fig. 18.8. a-d. Distribution. — North Carolina to the Gulf of Prioiiospio delta Hartman. 1965a: 46. Mexico; South Africa; intertidal to 300 m. Mitnispii) cirrifcra. - Foster, 1971: 108. Fig. 262-275. Prionospio heterobranchia Moore. 1907 Rcniarkt^. Foster (1971) has erected a new — Prionospio Jieterohrancliia Moore. 1907: 195, genus Mhnispio, with P)ioii()spi(i rh'rifem as the pi. 15: Fig. 1-6. - Foster. 1971: 90. Fig. 199- type species, which very conveniently includes 212. all s))ecies with four or more pairs of gills none Prionospio lieterolimnehia te.raiia. - Hartman, of which are pinnate. While I do not feel that 1951: 85. this grouping is worthy of generic status it is most useful as a subgenus. Reco)-ds. —Cape Hatteras area, intertidal (18). /?rcr./-(7.s-.— Off Beaufort in 10 m (22. *). Distribution. — Massachusetts to the West In- Distriliiitidii. — Arctic; Atlantic from Sweden dies and the Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to 10 m. to South Africa and Greenland to South America; Bering Sea to southern California; 10-2,500 m. Prionospio dayi (Foster, 1969) cirrobranchiata Prionospio (Minuspio) Kitruii.' li)i-o Day. 1961 Apoprionospio dayi Foster, 1969: 383, Fig. FiKure lOtr-k 1-11; 1971: 97, Fig. 226-2.36. Piiiiiiiispio ^ ciii-iftnxt. - Hartman, 1951: 84 {inni Wiren). Description. — Body up to 30 mm long. Pro- Prionospio cirrohycDicliiata Day, 1961: 488, Fig. stomium (Figure 101) square in front with four 4 a-d; 1967: 488, Fig. IB.s". e-h. eyes. Setiger- 1 reduced and fused to peristome. Four pairs of branchiae on setigers 2 to 5; first Dcscriptio)!. — Body up to 20 mm long. Pro- pair small, smooth and cirriform; second and stomium (Figure lOg) flattened, spade-shaped, third pairs broad, smooth and compressed; and square in front with four eyes. About 10-12 fourth pair (Figure lOn) largest with a double pairs of smooth cirriform gills starting on series of papillae on inner margin. Notopodial setiger 2; all gills about twice length of noto- lamellae pointed and medial to notosetae; fourth podial lamellae. Anterior notopodial lamellae lamella largest, subsequent ones low and oval. (Figure lOh ) tapered and pointed; subsequent A membranous crest across setiger 7. Neuro- ones (Figui'e lOh) shorter and directed laterally. podial lamellae prominent and rounded, that of Neuropodial lamellae longer than broad even setiger 2 particularly enlarged. Posterior feet on posterior feet. No lateral pouches between (Figure lOo) with similar postsetal lamellae in neuropodia. Hooded hooks in neuropodia from both rami. No genital pockets between neuro- setiger 17-19, numbering 4-5 per foot. Individual podia. Hooded hooks in neuropodia from setiger hooks (Figure 10k) with a single tooth above 16-18 with 8-10 per foot. Notopodial hooded main fang. hooks from about setiger 40. Individual hooks Rcnnirks. — Hartman (1951) gives a similar (Figure 10m) with three pairs of denticles above description ofPriojiospio ? cirri/cm from Florida main fang. Pygidium with three anal cirri, median but does not mention the structure of the hooks. one long and lateral ones short. Laubier ( 1962) also describes a form from Venice Reniarks. — Foster (1969: 388) has discussed under the name of P. cirrifera with 10-11 pairs the affinities of this species and has given a of smooth cirriform branchiae but again he key which neatly separates P. dai/i from P. does not describe the structure of the hooks. jii/f/niaea Hartman, P. satdanlia Day, and P. P. cirrifera Wiren has five or six pairs of smooth easpersi Laubier. branchiae, genital pouches between the neuro- P. dai/i and P. pi/gniaea both have multi- podia and hooks with four pairs of teeth above dentate hooded hooks while P. sakhniha and the main fang. P. easpersi have a single tooth above the main 73 fang. Further P. dai/i has a membranous crest determinate. Nonetheless, the description of across setiger 7 while P. pugmaea has not. P. malnifjrcni given by Fauvel (1927) and later In a partial revision of the genus Prionospio workers agrees perfectly with the original de- to which numerous taxa have been assigned. scription of P. fallax Soderstrom. Soderstrom Dr. Foster has erected a new genus Apopriono- also suggested that the two species are identical. spio to include those species with four pairs Rtcords.~On Beaufort in 10-200 m (21, *). of gills starting on setiger 2 and with only the Distribution. — Atlantic from Sweden to Ma- fourth pair pinnate. While it would be most deira; Mediterranean; South Africa; southern helpful to divide the large genus Priojtospio, California; 10-200 m. I believe that such a narrow division as that suggested would demand the erection of too Prionospio cristata Foster, 1971 many genera or subgenera. P. ehlersi Fauvel has four pairs of gills with only the first pair Prionospio cristata Foster, 1971: 87, Fig. 186- pinnate; P. steoisfrnpi Malmgren (the type 199. species of the genus Prionospio), P. fallnx Soderstrom, P. Ixicki have four and Soderstrom Records. — Beaufort in sand at 0.5-32 m (22). pairs of gills of which the first and the fourth Distribution.— North Carolina. Gulf of Mexi- are pinnate; P. plninosa Sars has four pairs co, and the We.st Indies; 0.5-32 m. with all except the third pair pinnate. P. dayi and the three species allied to it have four Prionospio sfeensfrupi Malmgren. 1867 pairs with only the fourth pinnate; P. hetcro- branchia Moore has five pairs with the first. Prio)iospio steenstrnpi. - Fauvel, 1927: 60, Fig. fourth, and fifth pinnate. Beyond this there are 21 f-i. - Hartman, 1965a: 152; 1969: 165, many species with more pairs of gills. If a Fig. 1, 2. - Day, 1967: 489, Fig. 18.9. o-r. - subgenus were proposed which included the Foster, 1971: 84, Fig. 175-185. type species P. steeiistnipi and all others with four pairs of gills starting on setiger 2 and one R< cords. —Common off Beaufort in 160-200 m or of the gills pinnate it more would include (21,22,*). many closely related species but it is felt that Distrilintion. — North Atlantic from Norway the genus Apoprio)iospio as presently defined to Greenland and New Brunswick to Florida; creates too many difficulties. Alaska to southern California; Japan; South Records. Common off Beaufort in 3-200 — m Africa; intertidal to 1,745 m. (21,22, *). Disti-ibi(tio)i. — North Carolina and the Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to 200 m. Microspio pigmentata (Reish, 1959) P'ig-ure lOp-t Prionospio fallax Soderstrom, 1920 Spiopiiancs pi(/inent(ita Reish, 1959: 11, pi. 6: Fig. 1-4. CO Prionospio ni(tl nif/rcni Claparede, 1869: 73, Ncrinides pif/nieiitiita. - Hartman, 1961: 92. pi. 22: Fig.:?. ^7-''" (Microspio) piijnientatu. - Foster, 1971: 35 Prionospio fdlld.r Soderstrom, 1920: 235, Fig. (list only). 13.5, 114. 145. Prionospio niainifircni. - Fauvel, 1927: 61, Fig. Description. — Body about 10 mm long. Pig- 21 a-e. - Day, 1963a: 418; 1967: 492, Fig. mentation characteristic, including a .square 18.9. a-c. - Hartman, 1969: 159, Fig. 1-4. - brown patch on prostomium, lateral and ventral Day, Field, and Montgomery, 1971: 122. marks on peristome, and midventral spots and fainter marks on parapodia of anterior seg- K(ni(irl:s. — Foster (1971: 82) has drawn at- ments (Figure lOp, q). Prostomium rounded tention to the fact that Claparede's original de- anteriorly and extending back as a low ridge scription of /'. inolnif/rcni is so vague and con- to setigei" 2. Four eyes but no occipital tentacle. tradictory that it is impossible to be certain of Setiger 1 small, partly fused to peristome, with- the gill arrangement. Thus the .species is in- out bi'anchiac but with distinct jiarajx^lial lobes 74 — FiKure 11. Sjiiii piUilxiinav a and 1), dorsal and ventral views of anterior end; c, anterior view of anterior foot; d, hooded hook. Xeriiiides imidciitiitit n. sp. e, anterior end; f, anterior view of 6th foot; gr, anterior view of 18th foot; h, inferior sabre seta; j, hooded hook. Mru/eloini pupitliconiis k, head; I, anterior view of 6th foot; m, anterior view of abdominal foot; n, special seta from setiRer 9; o and p, face view and profile of abdominal hook. Mayclomi pliynUlac q, head; r, anterior view of 6th foot; s, anterior view of abdominal foot; t, setae from setiper 9; u and v. face view and profile of abdominal hook. Magclona sp. w, head; x, anterior view of 5th foot; hook. V. anterior view of abdominal foot ; z, face view of abdominal 75 bearing both notosetae and neurosetae. Bran- the neuropodium of setiger 11 not 12, and they chiae from setiger 2 to posterior segments, have two small teeth in tandem above the main each gill straplike and separate from notopodial fang instead of three to five. lobes. Notopodia of anterior feet (Figure lOr) /?(.ro/r/.s.— Off Beaufort in 40-80 m (*). with di.stinct presetal lamellae, and larger Distribntio)!. — Southern California "in shelf rounded postsetal lamellae; neuropodia similar depths" but smaller. All lamellae of posterior feet (Fig- smaller, the postsetal lamellae of neuro- ure 10s) Laonice cirrata (Sars. 18.51) podia being mere ridges. No sign of genital pockets between neuropodia of middle segments. Luouici cii-i-atti. - Fauvel, 1927: 38, Fig. 12 a-e. - with four anal cirri. Notosetae as Pygidium Day. 1967: 480, Fig. 18.6. h-k. - Hartman, narrow-bladed capillaries throughout, there 19(59: 107, Fig. 1-4. - Foster, 1971: as capil- being no notopodial hooks. Neurosetae 69, Fig. 155-160. laries in anterior feet but capillaries mainly 8-12 hooks from 12th foot. replaced by hooded /?(co;y/.s.— Off Beaufort in 80-120 m (*). Individual hooks (Figure lOt) with a series of Dist)-il)iition. —Cosmopolitan from the Arctic four denticles above main fang. to the Antarctic from ;^>0 m to abyssal depths. Re»iarks.—The genus Microspio Mesnil with its type species Spio Diccziiikdiciaiiiis Claparede, has had a checkered history and even now its Nerinides unidentala New Species status is controversial. Discussions will be found in Soderstrom (1920), Fauvel (1927), Holmquist (1967), and Foster (1971). Microspio has bran- //„/o//y;;( .—USNM 43150. chiae from setiger 2, while Spio has branchiae Dc^criptio)!. — Holotype incomplete with only from setiger 1. According to Soderstrom, Micro- 24 segments measuring 6 mm. No color mark- spio may also be distinguished from Spio by the ings. Prostomium (Figure lie) sharply pointed possession of only two dorsal ciliated organs anteriorly and produced as a blunt keel to seti- per segment instead of four, but this distinction ger 1. Two pairs of eyes and a large, erect demands staining and sectioning. Unfortunately occipital tentacle. Setiger 1 well developed with Soderstrom confused these clear distinctions both notosetae and neurosetae. Dorsum flat- by including other species in the genus Mirm- tened and without membranous crests. Gills .sp/o which have gills from setiger 1. Holmquist from setiger 2 to end of fragment (setiger 24). has shown that these should be transferred to Anterior gills (Figure 110 completely fused to other genera. Foster gives a useful list of the notopodial lamellae, but 8th and succeeding species which may be included in Microspia feet with shorter postsetal lamellae and gills which she regards as a subgenus oi Spio. Hart- free and well tapered (Figure llg). Neuropodial man (1959a) listed Mirraspio as a synonym of lamellae prominent, oval, never bilobed. No Pamspio Czerniavsky but the original diagnosis genital pockets. Notosetae as limbate capillaries, states that Pamspio has branchiae on all setig- often with punctate shafts. Anterior neurosetae erous segments and, as Holmqui.st .states, it similar. Inferior sabre-setae with punctate is a .synonym of Spio. blades (Figure llh) from setiger 12. Hooded Spiophaiies piginoittita Reish was trans- hooks from setiger 20, each with a blunt uni- ferred to the genus Nerijiidc^ by Hartman ( 1961) dentate tip (Figure llj). but the latter genus has the anterior branchiae Remarks. —This species agrees with zV. ktiight- fused to the notopodial lamellae and the pro- j())i('si de Silva from Ceylon in having uniden- .stomium has a well-developed occipital tentacle. tate hooded hooks but differs in the shape of Hartman (1969: 91) also described another the prostomium, in having the branchiae com- species. Nrri)iides maciilata from southern Cali- pletely fused to the dorsal lamella on the first fornia, which Foster (1971) refers to as Spio few feet and in having hooded hooks in the (Microspio) macidata. It is closely allied to neuropodia of setiger 20, not setiger 43. Spiopliaiies piginentata but it lacks the brown Records. —One specimen off Beaufort in 10 m patch on the prostomium, the hooks appear in (*). 76 FAMILY MAGELONIDAE Key to species of Magelona 1 Setiger 9 with specialized setae having a subterminal expan- sion [Prostomium spatulate and smoothly curved anteriorly. Hooded hooks with a pair of denticles above main fang] M. papillicornis 1' Setiger 9 without specialized setae 2 2 Prostomium with anterolateral angles or "horns" 3 2' Prostomium smoothly curved in front. [Hooded hooks with a pair of denticles above main fang. Parapodia of anterior region with a small lobe medial to notosetae] M. ro.^ea 3 Hooded hooks with a single denticle above main fang. Noto- podia of anterior region without a small lobe medial to notosetae iM. jjinjilisde 3' Hooded hook.s with a pair of denticles above main fang. Noto- podia of anterior region with a small lobe medial to noto- setae M. sp. Magelona papillicornis Miiller, 1858 setiger 9 with fans of specialized setae bearing spatulate blades ending in mucronated tips (Figure lln). Abdominal setae as .short hooded hooks, bidentate in profile but actually with a Ma(jelo)ni papiUicin-His. - Fauvel, 1927: 64, pair of denticles above the main fang. (Figure a-h. - 19.1. Fig. 22 Day, 1967: 495, Fig. llo, p). a-d. -Jones, 1963: 23 (key only). Reniai'ks. — Dr. Jones informs me that M. [?1 Magclo)ia rosea. - Wells and Gray, 1964: 73 papillicoi'iiis is probably the same as Magelona {ii()» M. rosea Moore. 1907). sp. Jones (1968) from Woods Hole: M. riojai - 1-33. [?1 Magelona sp. Jones, 1968: 272, Fig. Jones is very close but, according to Jones, there are differences in the shai)e of the pro- Description. —Body white, seldom more than stomium and in the setae of the 9th foot. 50 mm long in North Carolina, up to 170 mm R(eiii-(ls. — Pamlico Sound, intertidal and in Europe. Prostomium (Figure Ilk) spatulate abundant off Beautnrt in 3-10 m (19, 21, '). with anterior margin smoothly rounded. Palps Distribution. — Atlantic tV(im Scotland to with four rows of adhesive papillae. Body clearly South Africa and Brazil: '.' Massachusetts; divided; anterior region with nine setigers and North Carolina: Mediterranean; Madagascar; posterior region with numerous setigers. Noto- intertidal to 100 ni. podia of setigers 1-8 (Figure 111) with a small papilla medial to notosetae and a tongue-shaped postsetal lamella; neuropodia with a similar Magelona phyllisae Jones. 1963 but smaller postsetal lamella. Setiger 9 without medial papillae but with small presetal as well Fitnirt- 1 Iq-v as postsetal lamellae in both rami. Abdominal parapodia (?''igure 11m) with medial papillae Magelona phgllisae Jones. 1963: 2, Fig. 1-11. both dorsally and ventrally and equal, oval notopodial and neuropodial lamellae curving Description. — Body colorless, up to 20 mm towards one another. Lateral membranous long. Prostomium (Figure llq) flattened, not pockets between one parapodium and the next. much broader than body and anterolateral Setigers 1-8 with long bilimbate capillaries; angles or "horns" well marked. Palps long. 77 with four irregular rows of papillae. Parapodia 15 mm. They were obviously different from the of setigers 1-8 (Figure llr) without papillae other species recorded here and for this reason medial to notosetae but with elongated post- the characters are summarized below. setal lamellae in notopodia and shorter but Description. —No color markings. Prosto- similar lamellae in neuropodia Setiger 9 with mium (Figure llw) almost as broad as long subequal lamellae, bearing bilimbate setae simi- with distinct anterolateral angles. Anterior lar to those of setigers 1-8 (Figure lit). Ab- parapodia (Figure llx) with medial papillae domen with postsetal lamellae of both rami above notosetae and postsetal lamellae of both rather small and expanded distally (Figure rami flattened and ligulate. Setiger 9 with lis). Relatively large papillae medial to hook- postsetal lamellae only, and with bilimbate rows both dorsal ly and ventral ly. Individual capillaries similar to those of setigers 1-8. hooded hooks with only one large denticle above Abdominal parapodia (Figure lly) with broad main fang (Figure llu, v). postsetal lamellae in both rami and papillae Remarks. —As noted by Jones (1963: 25) medial to rows of hooks both dorsal ly and this species is close to M. loiigiconti^ Johnson. ventrally. Individual hooks (Figure llz) with It may be distinguished by the absence of medial two denticles side by side above main fang. papillae above the thoracic notosetae and the Remarks.—This species is allied to both M. possession of larger medial papillae on abdomi- filiforniis Wilson and M. aniuita Wesenberg- nal segments. Dr. Jones informs me that these Lund. A specimen of M. filifortnis, which Dr. specimens from Beaufort appear to be the same Wilson kindly sent to me, had much narrower as specimens from Sapelo Island, Ga., and parapodial lamellae on the thorax. Possibly Port Aransas, Tex. these North Carolina specimens are closer to Records. —Off Beaufort in 10 m (*). This is a M. cornutn but more material is required to new record for the United States. confirm the record. Dist)-ihiiti())/. — Peru in 181 m; ? Georgia and 7?, rf.rrf.s'.— Off Beaufort in 80-120 m (*). Texas. Magelona rosea Moore, 1907 Magelona sp. Magelona )-<>sea Moore, 1907: 201, pi. 16: Fig. Fi^'Ui'i' 1 lw-7. 24-30. -Jones, 1963: 23 (key only). Material exami)ied. — Three anterior frag- /jrcorf/.^.-.— Off Beaufort in 80 m (*). ments were collected of which the longest was Distribution. — Massachusetts; intertidal. FAMILY POECILOCHAETIDAE Poecilochaetus sp. and it is difficult to be certain whether the ends are broken. The middle lobe reaches the pos- Ri marks. —Only two anterior fragments were terior margin of setiger 2 and the lateral lobes obtained. They were obviously juveniles, the are only slightly longer than broad. As u.sual larger measuring 4 mm for 22 segments. Final in the genus there are curved spines in the identification is impossible, since the posterioi' iu'un)])odia of setigers 2 and 3 and long, flask- segments with their specialized setae are miss- shaped parapodial lobes with knobbed ends on ing. However, the other characters agree with setigers 7 to 13. Plumose setae appear among P. serpens. The dorsum is smooth, not papillose, the capillaries on setiger 20. The smooth dor- though one specimen has a chitinized projection sum excludes P. fiilgoris and \hv thi'ee-lobed on segment 9, rather like that described by nuchal organ suggests P. scrjx ns. Hartman (1939) for /'. jolinso)ii. The nuchal organ has three free lobes with fuzzy edges. /^,„,-,/.s-. —Off Beaufort in 80 m (*). 78 FAMILY CHAETOPTERIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Notopodia of middle region bilobed or trilobed. Tube often horny and ringed 2 r Notopodia of middle region never bilobed. Tube neithei- horny nor ringed 3 2 A pair of minute tentacular cirri as well as large grooved palps iPlniUocIiactoptcriis). Middle region of 7 or more segments. Tube horny, often branching P. sacidlis 2' No tentacular cirri, only a pair of grooved palps. Tube horny, ringed, solitary (SpiocJiactopto-iis). Middle region with about 20 segments. [Eyes present] S. ((istannii (inihitiix •i Middle region of five segments, the last three with notopodia fused to form large paddles. Palps much shorter than anterior region iCIiaetopto-ns) C. raridpcddfut^ 3' Middle region of less than five segments, bearing separate, fingerlike notopodia, very like those of posterior region. Palps long (MrKoelKK taptf riis). [Middle region of three long segments] M. tdtilori Phyllochaetopteriis socialis Claparede, 1870 l.irnwn cutting seta in fourth foot. Middle region of about 20 segments each with simple club- Phjlllorhactoptcriis socialii<. - Fauvel, 1927: 84, shaped notopodia. Tube long, slender, translu- Fig. 30 a-1. - Day. 1967: 525, Fig. 22.1. h-r. cent, annulated. Animal solitary, living in sandy mud. fif-corf/.s.— Off Beaufort in 20 m (*). R< inai-ks. —All the specimens dredged off DiKtributidii. —Cosmopolitan in temperate Beaufort were juveniles, with very delicate and tropical seas; intertidal to 100 m. transparent tubes which lacked annuli, so that it would appear that these develop with age, as the tube thickens. .Juveniles as small as 5 mm Spiochaetopterus costarum ociilotus already had the characteristic dark patch on Webster, 1879 the ventrum of setiger 6. All specimens except one had conspicuous eyes. The smallest speci- Sltidchiictopto'iis oculatus Webster, 1879: 47, mens only had three or four segments in the pi. 8: Fig. 98-102. - Hartman, 1945: 35. - middle region, but the number increases rapidly Barnes, 1964: 397, Fig. 1-4. with the length of the worm. Spidcliaetoptcr/in costdrinn oriilatHx. - Gitay, According to Barnes, the main difference 1969: 15. between S. costarxDi costni-xni and S. costann)! ociildtHs is that S. cdstarinu caxtarum uses Dcficriptiot). — Body slender, up to 60 mm only one mucus bag to collect food particles, long; dark ventral patch from setiger 6 to 7, while S. cof^taruiu ocidatiis uses eight or more. white patch from setiger 7 to 9. Prostomium Records. —Cape Hatteras area to Beaufort oval, eyes dark, conspicuous. Buccal segment on sheltered banks and below low tide (3, 11, 13, large, fleshy, collarlike; palps long, colorless. 18, *). No tentacular cirri. Anterior region of nine Distribntii))!. — Massachusetts to the Gulf of uniramous flattened setigers. A single stout Mexico; intertidal and shallow dredgings. 79 Choetopterus variopedatus (Renier. 1804) Descflptloii. — Body up to 100 mm long. Pro- .stomium small, oval, without eyes in adult. Chaetoptcnift rariopedatiis. - Fauvel, 1927: 77, Buccal segment large, swollen, and collarlike Fig. 26 a-n. - Day, 1967: 529, Fig. 22.2. a-g. with a pair of long grooved palps. No tentacular - Hartman, 1969: 209, Fig. 1-3. cirrus. Anterior region of nine uniramous seg- ments. Several stout brown cutting setae in Records. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- fourth foot. Middle region of three long seg- tidal to 30 m (4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 18). ments with simple notopodial lobes. Cup-shaped Di!^tributio}i. — Cosmopolitan in temperate organs on second and third segment of mid- and tropical seas; intertidal to 100 m. region. Posterior region not clearly distinguished from middle region; notopodia similar, but seg- ments progressively shorter and notopodia more conical. Tube fragile and u.sually covered with Mesochaetopterus taylori Potts, 1914 sand. R( c<>)-ds. —Cape Hatteras area and Beaufort M('i FAMILY CIRRATULIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Several grooved tentacular filaments (or .scars showing their origin) above first few setigers 2 1' One pair of grooved tentacular filaments or palps at junction of setiger 1 and last annulus of peristome 4 2 Tentacular filaments and gills arise on same .segment (Cir)-(i- ti(liis) No N.C. record 2' Tentacular filaments arise posterior to first gill filament which appears on .setiger 1. [Sigmoid acicular hooks present (Ciriifoniiia)] 3 3 Tentacular filaments in a row between setigers 1 and 2. Gill filaments of middle segments arise immediately above noto- setae C. gra jidis 3' Tentacular filaments arise above setiger 4. Gill filaments of middle segments arise farther above notosetae than distance between notosetae and neurosetae C.fiUgera 4 Never more than 10 pairs of gill filaments. Acicular setae with spoon-shaped ends. (Dodvcaccria). [Body dark; 9-10 pairs of gills] D. comUii 4' Many pairs of gills. Acicular setae when present, lack spoon- shaped ends 5 5 No acicular setae even in posterior segments, only tapered capillaries (Tharyx) 6 5' Acicular setae present as well as capillaries, though former sometimes restricted to posterior segments 8 80 6 Capillary setae of long posterior segments are short with saw- edged blades T. anmdosus 6' Capillary setae with smooth or finely spinulose blades through- out 7 7 Prostomium with eyespots. Only a few capillary setae per parapodium T. Kctigem T Prostomium without eyespots in adult. Numerous capillary setae [possibly adult of T. netigera ] T. mario)ii 8 Acicular setae of terminal segments very prominent and numerous, almost encircling body (Chaetozone) 9 8' Acicular setae of terminal segments not obviously different from preceding ones {CaiilUriclla). [Acicular setae short, with faintly bidentate ends without hoods] C. killarioisis y Acicular spines present in neuropodia from first setiger on- wards Ch. (/(lyhcadia 0' Acicular spines appear in neuropodia of middle segments Ch. srtoso Ciniformia grandis posterior dorsal margin of the peristome. In (Verrill, 1H73) new combination CirriforDiia this peristomial projection extends further back than the first setiger which bears Cirratuliis giviidis Verrill, 1873a: 606, pi. 15: the first pair of gill filaments; in Cirmtnlus the Fig. 80, 81. - Hartman, 1942b: 126. first pair of gill filaments arises at the same level as the tentacular filaments. In Cirriformia DcxrriptiiDt. — Body yellowish green, up to grandis the tentacular filaments arise just pos- 150 mm long. Segments short, rounded dor- terior to the gill filaments on setiger 1 so that sally, and flattened ventrally. Prostomium this species is a link between the two genera. bluntly conical, without eyes but with diffuse In Ciiivtidiis cirmtiis (Miiller) the tentacular daik pigment. Peristome fused to prostomium, filaments arise above the gill filaments on setiger rather long and irregularly wrinkled but not 1. Thus Cirriformia graiidi^ and Cirratiilus segmented. A transverse row of about 20 grooved cirratus are very alike in this respect, but tentacular filaments above junction of setiger C. cirratiis can easily be distinguished by the 1 to 2. A median gap in tentacular row fact that in the middle of the body the gill separating right and left groups. Cylindrical filaments arise at least as far above the noto- (not grooved) gill filaments from .setiger 1 (thus setae as the distance between the notosetae anterior to tentacular filaments) to posterior and neurosetae. part of body. Gill filaments, even of middle seg- Records.—Off Beaufort in 10-80 m (3, *). ments, arise immediately above notosetae. Cap- Distribiitio)!. — Ma.ssachusetts to North Caro- illary setae in both rami of all segments. lina; intertidal to 80 m. Yellow acicular spines quite distinct in both rami of posterior segments but longer and more Cirriformia filigera (Delie Chiaje, 1828) like capillaries in anterior feet; spines distinct in juveniles from notopodium of setiger 85 and Aiidoinnia fiJigcra. - Fauvel, 1927: 92, Fig. neuropodium of setiger 19 but not distinct in 32 h-m! adults in anterior third of body. Cirrifoniiia filigov. - Hartman, 1951: 94. - R 81 Distribution.—Cosmopolitan in warm and lina agree very well with Dr. Hartman's descrip- tropical seas; intertidal to 50 m. tion. The acicular spines reported by Banse and Hob.son (1968) were not seen and possibly belong to a different species with many similar char- Dodecaceria corallii (Leidy, 1855) acters. Figure 12a, b Records.—Of{ Beaufort in 80-200 m (21, *). Naraganscta corallii Leidy, 1855: 494. - Miner, Distribution. —New England to tropical South 1950: 344. America; South Africa; 80-4.540 m. Dodecaceria near coucliario)). - Hartman, 1951: 94. Tharyx setigera Hartman, 1945 Description.— Body dark green to black, 8-12 Tliary.v setigera Hartman, 1945: pi. 7: Fig. mm long, rounded anteriorly, rather flattened 35, i-3. posteriorly. Burrows common in encrusting corallines or corals, e.g., Astraiic/ia dajiae. Pro- Note. — T. setigera differs from niarioni stomium (Figure 12a) as an oval hood over- T. in possessing eyespots and in having fewer setae; hanging mouth; eyes indistinguishable. Peri- these may be juvenile characters. stome long, annulated, fused to prostomium Records. Cape Hatteras area to Beaufort, anteriorly, and bearing a pair of cylindrical — intertidal (11. 15. 18). gills and a pair of grooved palps posteriorly Distribution. — North Carolina; intertidal. at junction with setiger 1. Similar gill filaments of decreasing length present above notosetae of setigers 1-6 or 1-9; thus 7-10 pairs in all. Thary.x marioni (Saint-Joseph. 1894) Segments short and without parapodial promi- nences, the setae arising directly from body wall. Tharg.r marioni. - Fauvel, 1927: 100, Fig. 35 Anterior segments bearing only limbate capil- a-b. - Hartman, 1965a: 169. - Day. 1967: laries with minutely serrated margins. First 505. Fig. 20.2. a-c. hooks in neuropodium of setiger 8-12 and in notopodium of setiger 10-13; middle segments Rennn-ks. —Anterior fragments of T. marioni with hooks but few capillaries; posterior seg- are difficult to distinguish from those of Chaeto- ments with hooks and more capillaries. Indi- zo)ie setosa since the acicular setae of the latter vidual hooks (Figure 12b) with slightly sigmoid are not well differentiated from capillaries in shafts and excavated ends preceded by a boss anterior segments. thus resembling spoons with a luni]) before the Records. —Off Beaufort in 18-80 m (20, *). bowl. Distrihntio)!. —Temperate North and South Re))iarks. — D. corallii differs from D. coii- Atlantic from the English Channel, eastern chaniDi Oersted in having more pairs of gills Canada to North Carolina, northern South and more pointed bowls to the spoon-shaped America, South Africa; intertidal to 1,000 m. hooks. Record.'i. —-Common in corals in 6.5-20 m off Caulleriella killariensis (Southern. 1914) Beaufort (20. *). Distribution. — Massachusetts to the Gulf of Heterocirrns killuricnsis. - Fauvel, 1927; 97, Mexico in 0-20 m. Fig. 34 d-h. Description. Body threadlike, 8-12 long. Thary.x annitlnsiis Hartman. 196.i — mm Prostomium conical and acutely pointed but Thary.v ainiido.-ni.^ Hartman, 1965a: 167. pi. 34: without eyes. Peristome faintly annulated. with Fig. a-e. a i)air of long grooved palps at junction with [?| Caulleriella ain/ultisa. - Banse and Hobson, setiger 1. Filiform branchiae from setiger 1 to 1968: 31, Fig. 7 a. near end of body: anterior branchial filaments long, arising immediately above notosetae: pos- Remarks. —The specimens from North Caro- terior filaments short, arising well above noto- 82 setae. Few setae per parapodium; four to six /?rforr/.s-.— Off Beaufort in 40-160 m {*). short capillaries per ramus up to setiger 7 and Dixtrihntion. — New England to North Caro- one or two fine capillaries plus one or two short lina in 40-:500 m: South Africa (95 m). acicuiar hooks per ramus in subsequent seg- ments. Individual hooks minutely bidentate and Chaetozone selosa Malmgren, 1867 without a hood or sheath. Rccinxls. —One specimen from 10 m off Beau- Cliaetozone setosa. - p'auvel, 1927: 101, Fig. fort (*). This is a new record for the United 35 d-k. - Hartman 1965a: 166; 1969: 241. States. Fig. 1-3. Dixtrihtdioii. — Ireland; in 10-20 m. R( eordx. —Common off Beaufort in 40-200 m Chaetozone gayheadia Hartman, 19(Jo (21,*). Distfihntioii. — Arctic and in temperate waters Cliiu'tdzcme gayheadia Hartman, 1965a: 166. of the North and South Atlantic; southern Chaetozone ^efom. - Day, 1967: 510, Fig. 20.1. California: Mediterranean; probably cosmopoli- 1-p (noil Malmgren). tan; from 40 to 4,436 m. FAMILY ORBINIIDAE Notes on the Genera of the Seolopliis (Seoloplos) Blainville, Seoloplos (Leo- Subfamily Orbiniinae da mas) Kinberg, Seolarieia Eisig. Haplot^eolo- plos Monro, Califia Hartman, and Naiiieris While the definitions of genera of the sub- Blainville (with the subgenus PohjiiaineriH family Orbiniinae published by different workers Pettibone). readily distinguish typical species, they are not These genera are distinguished by different in absolute agreement and "difficult" species combinations of characters. Generic definitions may be referred to different genera or sub- will be given later, but meanwhile it may be genera according to which authority is con- noted that Nainefi-^ is easily separated by the sulted. The orbiniids recorded from North Caro- possession of a bluntly rounded to square pro- lina include several of these difficult species, stomium; all other genera have pointed conical and it was thus necessary to consitler the ge- prostomia. neric definitions very carefully before the col- Seoloplos occupies a central position in the lection could be identified. As the work pro- subfamily. It agrees with Haplnseoloplox and ceeded it appf^ared worthwhile to redefine all Califia in having none to two foot-papillae ( = genera of the subfamily Orbiniinae. postsetal papillae, podial lobes or podial fringe) Useful discussions of the whole family Orbi- on the posterior thoracic neuropodia and none niidae will be found in Eisig (1914), P'auvel to two stomach-papillae ( = subpodial papillae, (1927), Hartman (1957), Pettibone (1957), and ventral papillae or ventral fringe) below the Day (1967). Hartman (1957: 242) divided the neuropodia. In distinction to this, typical species family Orbiniidae into two subfamilies. The of Orhiiiia and Pl/ijlo have five or more foot- Protoariciinae includes genera with two achae- papillae and numerous stomach-papillae. In- tous segments behind the prostomium. We are evitably, "difficult" species occur; Oi'binia jolni- not concerned with this subfamily here and for siiiii (Moore) has only 1 foot-papilla but a maxi- further details the reader is referred to Hart- mum of 3 stomach-papillae; Ofbiuia dabia Day man's account. The subfamily Orbiniinae in- has a maximum of 3 foot-papillae and up to cludes all the larger orbiniids with one achae- 12 stomach-papillae; Phylo iiorvegieas (Sars) tous (peristomial) segment behind the pro- and Orbinia exarmata (Fauvel), have more than stomium, an eversible epithelial proboscis, 10 foot -papillae but no stomach-papillae; Seolo- well-developed parapodia and branchiae on plos (Seoloplos) riseri Pettibone has a maxi- many .segments. The Orbiniinae include the mum of 3 foot-papillae and up to 9 stomach- genera Orh'niia Quatrefages, Phi/lo Kinberg, papillae. It may be noted too, that it is sometimes 83 — difficult to distinguish between the foot-papillae out ])ai)illae while in Scoloplos soisu strictu, on the lower edge of the neuropodium and the the thoracic neuropodial lobes are provided stomach-papillae on the ventrum immediately "with papilla in middle of lobe, with or without below. For these reasons it is suggested that 1 or 2 additional papillae on lower part." Hai't- the distinction between Ovbinia and Pln/lo on man (1957), in her diagnosis of the two sub- the one hand, and Scoloplos, Haploscoloplof!, genera, stresses the presence of two or more and Call_fia on the other, be based on the total acicula in the abdominal neuropodia and bran- number of papillae behind and below the pos- chiae .starting on setiger 10 or not until setiger terior thoracic neurosetae. According to Eisig 26 in Scoloplos se)isi( stiict/i and a single heavy (1914), certain specimens of Scoloplos artnif/ir aciculum in abdominal neuropodia and bran- which is the type species of Scoloplos have a chiae from setiger 5 or 6 in Scoloplos (Leo- maximum of two foot-papillae and a maximum of damas). Afrer consulting the descriptions of two stomach-papillae giving a total of four many species of Scoloplos, it would appear that papillae of both types. On this basis all species the most useful criterion for the distinction of with a total of five or more foot-papillae plus the two subgenera is the appearance of the stomach-papillae would be included in Orhiniu first pair of branchiae on setiger 5-6 in Scolo- or PJnjlo and those with four or less would be plos (Lcodamas) and the appearance of bran- referred to Scoloplos, Haploscoloplos. or Califia. chiae on setiger 8-10 or some subsequent seg- Orhinia. the type genus of the family is closely ment in Scoloplos (Scoloplos). The number of related to PJujlo. The latter is regarded as a acicula in the abdominal neuropodia does not valid genus by Hartman (1957) and Day (1967) appear to be constant and is not stated in the but as a subgenus of Orbhiiu by Pettibone descriptions of many species. (1957, 1963). Phijlo is distinguished from Orbhihi Scohuicia has been accepted as a valid genus by the possession of heavy spines or "spear- although few species have been assigned to it. headed spines" in the posterior neuropodia. Since different workers have used different These form the anterior row of neuropodial combinations of characters to distinguish Sco- setae but the inferior ones are not very distinct laricia from Scoloplos, Eisig's original descrip- and only the superior ones of adult specimens tion of the type species Scolaricia typica was are greatly elongated so that they project well consulted and an attempt was made to examine above the dorsum. In P. ornatiis (Verrill) the the type specimen from Italy. This could not be spines are less distinct than usual so that Petti- traced in the Paris museum but eventually three bone (1963a) has referred it to OrbiiiM. In most specimens from Marseilles, identified by Dr. species, however, the spines with their spear- G. Bellan, were obtained with the help of Dr. shaped or arrowshaped ends are very distinc- H. Zibrowius. The following diagnosis was ex- tive and Pliylo is accepted here as a valid genus. tracted from Eisig's original account and am- As mentioned earlier, the remaining genera plified from the Marseilles specimens. with four or fewer foot-papillae or stomach- Scolai-icia typica Eisig, 1914 from Marseilles. papillae are all related to Scoloplos. They are distinguished from one another by the seg- Dcscviption. — Length up to 150 mm for mental position of the first pair of branchiae, 250 .segments. Prostomium pointed. Thora.x flat- the structure of the neuropodium in both the tened with 18-21 setigers. Transition to abdomen thorax and abdomen and the nature of the abrupt. Branchiae narrow and lanceolate, pre- neuropodial setae. sent from setiger 15 or 16. Postsetal lobe of Scoloplos has been accepted as a valid genus notopodium short and tapered in thorax, be- by all modern workers. It is commonly divided coming weakly scalpel-shaped and as long as into two subgenera Scoloplos (Scoloplos) with branchiae in anterior abdomen. No interramal the type species Scoloplos urmigcr (Miiller) and cirri. Thoracic neuropodia as vertical halfmoon- Scoloplos (Leodamas) with the type species shaped ridges, with a median notch but without Lcodamas verax Kinberg. Pettibone (1957), in a foot-papilla in setigers 1-7, becoming oval her diagnosis of the two subgenera, stresses with a more dorsal notch and a single foot- the fact that in Leodamiis (sic), the thoracic papilla on last three to six thoracic setigers. neuropodial lobes are low, rounded, and with- Stomach -papillae entirely absent. Abdominal 84 — FiKUi'e 12. l>o(Uiit (1. posterior view of 10th foot; e, thoracic hook; f, flail-seta from abdominal neuropodium; k. 6th abdominal foot. Orhiiiia i-iacri h, anterior end; i. posterior view of 18th foot; j, thoracic hook; k, flail-seta from abdominal neui'opodium; 1, posterior abdominal foot. Scoloplos cnpriisis m. anterior end; n, posterior view of 10th thoracic foot; o, thoracic hook; p, flail-seta from alidoiiiinal neurojiodium; q. ."ith abdominal foot. 85 neuropodia with a broad basal flange and a varying degrees; to a slight extent in Scoloplos bilobed dorsal projection. Inner (dorsal) lobe arniiger and to a greater extent in Haploscolo- longer and stouter than outer lobe. No ventral ptos pitgetten.'iis (Pettibone) and Scoloplos cirri. acmeceps as illustrated by Hartman (1957: pi. Thoracic notosetae as numerous crenulate 26: Fig. 3, pi. 30: Fig. 2.) In Orhinia dubia Day, capillaries; abdominal notosetae similar but with the lamellar lobe is very large and even notched a few short forked setae in addition. Thoracic in the posterior abdomen. As this species has a neurosetae as four or five rows of completely row of 20 + 20 stomach-papillae on the pos- smooth, slightly bent hooks with guards plus terior thorax it obviously does not fit in the genus small tufts of crenulate capillaries at the median Scolaricia. In the face of all this evidence it will notch of the neuropodium and at the upper be obvious that Scohni'cia must become a .syn- margin. Abdominal neurosetae include three or onym of Scoloplos. four acicula with projecting ends, two or three The genus Haploscoloplos was erected by normally tapered crenulate capillaries and five Monro (1933a) with Scoloplos cyliiidrifer Ehlers or six flail-setae with stout, lightly serrated shafts as the type species. It is generally similar to and tapered tips sometimes bent at an angle. Scoloplos but is distinguished by the absence Remarks. — In discussing the diagnostic of hooks in the thoracic neuropodia, the thora- characters of his new genus, Eisig (1914: 427) cic neurosetae being all crenulate capillaries. does not mention the flail-setae but stresses the It may be noted, however, that the development notch in the thoracic neuropodia, the absence of neuropodial hooks is very variable in Scolo- of stomach-papillae, the presence of only one plos, some species having very few hooks, and foot-papilla on the last few thoracic segments it is suspected that very juvenile specimens of and the lamellar expansion at the base of the Scoloplos lack hooks in most or all thoracic abdominal neuropodia. segments. Haploscoloplos is accepted as a valid Fauvel (1927: 7) in his introduction to the genus by Hartman (1957) but is regarded as a family Ariciidae, states that flail-setae are pe- synonym of Scoloplos sciisii strictu by Pettibone culiar to the genus Scolaricia and uses the (1957). She writes: "Until it can be established notch in the thoracic neuropodia in his generic how much the abrasive action of certain sub- key. Hartman (1957: 295) uses the flail-setae to strata has to do with the formation of certain distinguish Scolaricia from ScalopIoH. Pettibone types of crotchets [here termed hooks] from (1957) does not mention Scolaricia since it was capillaries, the character does not seem to be not represented in the collections of the U.S. a good one." To me there seems no possibility National Museum. Day (1957: 547) distinguishes that the normal hooks with rounded ends and Scolaricia from Scoloplos by the possession of guards could have been formed from broken flail-setae, the notched thoracic neuropodia, or abraded crenulate capillaries. While I recog- and the lamellar base of the abdominal neuro- nize that juvenile specimens of some species podia. Unfortunately later studies have shown of Scoloplos may be wrongly assigned to Haplo- that none of these characters are peculiar to scoloplos, I agree with Hartman and Monro in Scolaricia. The examination of Scolaricia tijpica recognizing it as a valid genus. showed that the notches in the thoracic neuro- The genus Califia was erected by Hartman podia are neither obvious nor deep but are (1957), with C. calida Hartman as the type spe- mere depressions on either side of the origin cies. It differs from Scoloplos in having brush- of the single foot-papilla. They may be seen tipped hooks, as well as crenulate capillaries in species of Scoloplos, as illustrated for Scolo- in the anterior thoracic neuropodia. Pettil)one /j/o.s- arniigcr, the type species of Scoloplos, by (1957) described Scoloplos (Scoloplos ) sell mitt i Hartman (1957, pi. 29: Fig. 2.) Again the flail- with similar characters but with normal hooks setae are differentiated from normal crenulate as well as brush-tipped ones. It is obvious that capillaries to varying degrees and are present Ijoth should be included in Calijia and the only in Scoloplo.^ riscri Pettibone, Scoloplos acmc- question that remains is whether Calijia should ccps Chamberlin, and even to some degree in retain its generic I'ank or is better regarded as Scoloplos arniiijcr. The lamellar base to the a subgenus of Scoli>plos. Pettibone (19()3a) re- abdominal neuropodia is also developed to gards it as a subgenus of Scoloplos. 1 agree 86 with Hartnian in recognizing Calif a as a valid usually with several foot-papillae and numerous genus. stomach-papillae but with at least five papillae of both types combined on some thoracic seg- Generic definitions ment. Thoracic neurosetae include heavy spear- tipped spines as well as blunt hooks and crenu- Having considered the main distinguishing late capillaries. features of the various genera and subgenera Tijpc species: PInilo li.r Kinberg, 1866. of the subfamily Orbiniinae, their diagnostic f< characters are set out below. It will be noted Scoloplos Blainville, 1828 that certain characters are not mentioned since of specific impor- they are regarded as being Orbin iinaew it h ])rostomium]}ointed. First pair tance only. Among these are the notch in the of branchiae on setiger 5 or some subsequent neuropodial lobe of the thorax, the presence of thoracic segment. Posterior thoracic segments a lamellar base or ventral cirri on the abdominal with few or no foot-papillae and stomach-papillae neuropodia, the presence or absence of flail- and never more than four ijapillae of both types setae, and the number of acicula in abdominal combined. Thoracic neuro.setae include blunt neuropodia. Again, the presence of only one hooks and usually crenulate capillaries; heavy achaetous segment behind the prostomium is spear-tipped spines and brush-tipped setae omitted for this applies to all genera of the absent. Orbiniinae. Type species: Lmnhriciis ai-itiiijer Miiller, 1776. Naineris Blainville, 1828 Subgenus Scoloplas (Sculnplns). - Seolophis species with first pair of branchiae on setiger Orbiniinae with prostomium rounded to square 8-10 or some subsequent thoracic segment. in front. First pair of branchiae starting on any Subgenus Scoloplos (Leodumas). - Scoloplos thoracic .setiger from 2 to 23. Thoracic neuro- species with first pair of branchiae on setiger podia with none to two foot-papillae; no stomach- 5-6. papillae. Thoracic neurosetae include crenulate Ti/pe species: Leodainas vei-a.v Kinberg, 1886 capillaries, hooks and sometimes .subuluncini (intermediate forms) as well. Haploscoloplos Monro, 1833 Tupe .s'/jfc/cs'.' Mu'.s- qiiadrlciispida Fabricius, 1780. Orbiniinae with pro.stomium pointed. First pair of branchiae on setiger 9 or subsequent Orbinia Quatrefages. 1865 thoracic segment. Posterior thoracic segments Orbiniinae with prostomium pointed. Finst pair with few foot-papillae and stomach-papillae of branchiae on setiger 5-9. Posterior thoracic and never more than four papillae of both types segments usually with several foot-papillae and combined. Thoracic neurosetae include crenu- numerous stomach-papillae but with at least late capillaries only. five papillae of both types combined on some Type species: Se(doplos cylijidrifer Ehlers, thoracic segment. Thoracic neurosetae include 1905. blunt hooks (exceptionally replaced by subu- Califia Hartnian, 1957 luncini in 0. e.vttr))nita) and usually crenulate capillaries; heavy spear-tipped spines or brush- Orbiniinaewith prostomium pointed. First pair tipped setae absent. of branchiae on setiger 8 or subsequent thoracic Tjipr spcciet<: Aricia sert/ilata Savigny. 1820 segment. Posterior thoracic neuropodia with not Milne- (includes Aricia ciivieri Audouin and more than two foot-papillae. No stomach-papil- Edwards, 1833). la. Thoracic neurosetae of anterior segments include brush -tipped setae, crenulate capil- Phylo Kinberg, 1866 laries and sometimes blunt hooks. Orbiniinae with prostomium pointed. First Type species: Califia calida Hartman, 1957. pair of branchiae on setiger 5-7. Resembles In accordance with these amended generic Orbiiiin in having posterior thoracic segments definitions certain species will have to be trans- 87 ferred to different genera. Among these are: Scoloplos fSfo/op/o.sj riscri Pettibone. 1957 Scolaricia ti/pica Eisig, 1914 becomes Scolo- becomes Orhhiia riscri (Pettibone) n. comb. plos (Scoloplos) li/pica (Eisig), n. comb. Scoloplos (Scoloplos) sclnuitii Pettibone, 1957 Scolarcia haasi Monro, 1937 becomes Scolo- becomes Califia schinitti (Pettibone) plos (Scoloplos) Imosi (Monro), n. comb. Scoloplos (Lcodumas) finihriatus Hartman, Scolaricia capinisis Day. 1961 becomes Scolo- 1957 becomes Ofbiuia Jinibriatu (Hartman) plos (Scoloplos) capci/sis (Day) n. comb. n. comb. Key to genera and subgenera of Orbiniinae and the species recorded from North Carolina 1 Prostomium rounded to square in front. (0-2 foot-papillae; no stomach-papillae. (Nai)icris) No N.C. record 1' Prostomium conical and pointed 2 2 At least 5 papillae (foot-papillae plus stomach-papillae) on one or more posterior thoracic segments 3 2' Not more than 4 papillae (foot papillae plus stomach-papillae on any posterior thoracic segment 6 3 Neurosetae of posterior thoracic segments include one or a series of heavy spear-tipped spines as well as blunt hooks. iPhylo) " 4 3' Neurosetae of posterior thoracic segments lack heavy spear- tipped spines. (Oi'biina) 5 4 No interramal cirrus between notopodia and neuropodia of abdominal segments. Heavy spear-tipped spines not always distinct Phylo oniatus 4' A long interramal cirrus on anterior abdominal segments. Heavy spines with arrow-shaped tips Plii/lo fcli.v 5 Branchiae from setiger 6. No interramal cirrus on abdominal segments Orhiuia aiucricaiia 5' Branchiae from setiger 8-10. An interramal cirrus on abdomi- nal segments Orbinia riseri 6 Anterior thoracic neurosetae include brush-tipped setae as well as crenulate capillaries and sometimes blunt hooks. (Califia) No N.C. record 6' Anterior thoracic neurosetae without brush-tipped setae 7 7 Thoracic neurosetae of adults include only crenulate capil- laries. (Hnploscoloplos) 8 7' Thoracic neurosetae of adults include rows of hooks as well as crenulate capillaries. [Scoloplos) 10 8 An interramal cirrus between abdominal notopodia and neuro- podia 9 8' No interramal cirrus. [Abdominal neuropodia with lobes longer than branchiae; no ventral cirrus] H(iplosci>loj)l(>s foliosiis 88 Haploscoloplosfmgilis 9 A ventral cirrus below anterior abdominal neuropodia Haplnsrolophs roh,st»s 9' No ventral cirrus 10 First pair of branchiae on setiger 5-6. ScoUipIos (Luxhnnas). [Abdominal neuropodia with inner lobe much shorter than Senloplu. (L.) vnhm outer; no ventral cirrus] 10' First pair of branchiae on setiger 8-10 on some subsequent segment Smloplos (Scoloplos) H 11 One or two foot-papillae on last thoracic neuropodia; 1- ScoI„plns (S.) acmcceps ventral cirri on anterior abdominal segments 11' One foot-papilla on last thoracic neuropodia; no ventral cirri on anterior abdominal segments 12 from 12 Eighteen or nineteen thoracic setigers with branchiae Sn'loplos (S.) armrrcps setiger 17-18. No brown bars on posterior thorax 12' Seventeen or eighteen thoracic setigers with branchiae from Sr('l<>pl<'s (S.) capnixi^ setiger 13-14. Brown bars across thorax from setiger 9 (Figure 12d) as lateral Phylo ornatus (Verrill, 1873) Thoracic neuropodia ridges with an increasing number of foot- with Orbiuia oniata. - Hartman, 1945: 28 Pettibone, papillae; setiger 3 with three; setiger 4 1963a:285, Fig. 75 a-b. four; setiger 18 with seven. Stomach-papillae seven Plijlld onnttii^. - Hartman, 1957: 265, pi i4: from setiger 17 to 22 with a maximum of Fig. 1-10; - 1969: 41, Fig. 1-5. stomach-papillae on setiger 20. Thoracic noto- setae as tufts of crenulate capillaries plus two Records. —Cape Hatteras area to Beaufort, or three forked setae with unequal prongs. of hooks intertidal to 10 m (5, 9, 11. 13, 18). Thoracic neurosetae as three rows them at Di-'^triluitioi. — Massachusetts to the Gulf of with a few crenulate capillaries behind Mexico; California to Pacific coast of Mexico; upper and lower margins. No enlarged spines. intertidal to 32 m. Individual hooks (Figure 12e) with smooth, curved ends. Abdominal parapodia d(jrsal in origin, with Phylo felix Kinberg, 1866 two or three foot-papillae below neuropodia of - pi. 23: Fig. larger than slender post- Plnihi fi'lij-. Hartman, 1957: 262, first few. Branchiae cirri. 1-7. setal lobes of notopodia. No interramal with inner /jt.(.o,Y/.s'.— Off Beaufort in 120-200 m (*). Neuropodia (Figure 12 g) bilobed First five Distrih/itio)!. — Brazil south to Antarctica; lobe shorter and stouter than outer. basally; California to Pacific coast of Mexico; in shallow abdominal neuropodia with two cirri only the dredgings to 200 m. sixth and subsequent neuropodia with superior one persisting as a ventral cirrus. Abdominal notosetae include numerous capil- Orbinia americana New Species laries and three or four short forked setae. Figure 12c-K Abdominal neurosetae include two acicula, one with faintly serrated H(,U,t!ipi.—l]S^M 43138. or two long flail-setae 10 shafts and abruptly tapered tips (Figure 12f). Dc! 89 segments, fewer foot-papillae and fewer stom- Sc Fitrure l:2h-l Descriptio)!. — Body up to 25 mm long for 105 segments with brown bars across thorax from Scoloplos (Scoloplos) riseri Pettibone, 1957: setiger 9 to 17 when fresh. Prostomium (Figure 163, Fig. 2 a-d: l<)63a: 288, Fig. 74 e-f. 12m) sharply pointed, longer than broad. Thorax with 16-17 setigers and branchiae from setiger Deseriptii))!. —Body without color markings, 13-14. Notopodia with postsetal lobes obvious 50-60 mm long. Prostomium (Figure 12h) sharply from setiger 1, slender anteriorly, longer and conical. Thorax of 18-19 setigers with branchiae stouter in abdomen but never as stout as the from 10th setiger (or 8th in juveniles). Noto- branchiae. Thoracic neuropodia (Figure 12n) podial postsetal lobe well developed from setiger as low lateral ridges with a single median foot- 1. Thoracic neuropodia as lateral ridges with papilla from setiger 4, increasing in length and one large foot-papilla from setiger 3, two on moving to a superior position towards end of 10th foot and three on 16th. Stomach-papillae thorax. No stomach-papilla. Abdominal seg- increasing from 1 below 16th foot to 14-18 at ments without interramal cirri. Abdominal neuro- junction of thorax and abdomen (Figure 12i). podia bilobed with inner lobe rather longer than Abdominal notopodia as chopper-shaped lobes outer and base expanded to form a broad brown smaller than the branchiae. A well-developed unnotched lateral lamella. No ventral cirri. interramal cirrus (Figure 121). Abdominal neuro- Notosetae of thorax and abdomen as crenu- podia bilobed; several stomach-papillae below late capillaries, there being no forked setae. first few abdominal neuropodia decreasing to Thoracic neurosetae in five vertical rows; an 2 on setiger 26 (7th abdominal segment) and anterior row of crenulate capillaries, then thereafter flattened to form two lamellar expan- three rows of hooks and finally a posterior row sions at base of neuropodium. of crenulate capillaries. Individual hooks (Figure Thoracic notosetae as crenulate capillaries. 12o) almost straight, blunt and serrated, with Abdominal notosetae with three or four forked delicate guards. Abdominal neurosetae sup- setae among capillaries. Thoracic neurosetae ported by one aciculum and include a few small in four or five vertical rows; an anterior row of crenulate capillaries and one or two longer and crenulate capillaries with blades broadened stouter flail-setae (Figure r2p). basally, then two or three rows of hooks and a Remarks. — In accordance with the generic posterior row of fine capillaries. Individual hooks revision described above, Scolaricia capeasis (Figure 12j) blunt and well serrated, with deli- becomes Scoloplos (Scoloplos) capoisis. The cate sheaths. Abdominal neurosetae with two specimens from North Carolina agree with the acicula, two or three fine crenulate capillaries, holotype from South Africa apart from the fact and one or two long flail-setae (Figure 12k) with that the fresh specimens had well-marked brown serrated shafts and abruptly tapered tips. bars across posterior thoracic segments which Remarks. —This species has been described were not observed on the holotype. S. (S.) capeii- in some detail as the original description was sis is close to S. (S.) acineceps Chamberlin; but based on a specimen only 25 mm long and pre- it has fewer thoracic segments, the gills appear sumably a juvenile with branchiae from .setiger more anteriorly, and there are no forked setae. 8. It has been transferred to the genus Orhiiiia No brown bars were noted on S. (S.) acmeceps. since it possesses many stomach-i)ai)illae. Records. —Common off Beaufort in 40-200 m Records.—(m Beaufort in 120-160 mm (*). (21, *). This is a new record for the United Distrihtitioii. — Ma.ssachu setts to the (Julf of States. Mexico; intertidal to 160 m. Distribution. — South Africa in 86 m. !)0 ScoloplttN (Scoloplos) cf. acmeceps lae, one may occur on the last one or two seg- C'hamberlin. 1919 ments and that the abdominal neurosetae are all smoothly tapered crenulate capillaries, flail- [?| Scolopldx aciiicceps. - HartmaM. 1957: 282. setae being absent. pi. 30: Fig. 1-7; 1969: 4:^.. Kig. 1-5. Reco)xls. —Cape Hatteras area to Beaufort, intertidal to 200 m (3, 5, 11, 13, 18, *). Descriptinii. — Body about 20 mm long and Disti-ihiifioii. — North Carolina to Florida; without color marking.s. Thorax of 18-19 setigers intertidal to 200 m. with branchiae from setiger 17 or 18. Postsetal lobe of notopodium short and stout; neuropodia with a single small foot-papilla from .setiger 4. Haploscoloplos foliosus Hartman. 1951 Thoracic neuro.setae include numerous broad crenulate caiiillaries and a few serrated and Hapl Reco)-ds. —Cape Hatteras area to Beaufort, Scolopliis itriiiifn r. - Hartman, 1957: 280, pi. 29: intertidal to a few meters (3, 5, 9. 11, 13. 17. 18. Fig. 1-7. - Pettibone. 1963a: 292. Fig. 76 h-i. - Day, 1967: 544, Fig. 23.6. k-n. Distribution. —Gulf of St. Lawrence to Florida and the Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to 100 m. Re cords. —on Beaufort in 120-200 m (21, *). Distribiitio)!. — Reportedly cosmopolitan in intertidal to shelf depths but many record.s doubtful. Haploscoloplos robustus (Verrill, 1873) Haj)loseolopl(}s bnstoris. - Hartman, 1945: 30. Haploscoloplos robustus. - Hartman, 1951: 78, Scoloplos (Leodamas) rubra (Webster, 1879) pi. 21: Fig. 4-6; 1957: 272, pi. 25: Fig. 4-6. S<-oloplos (Scoloplos) )-obustus. - Pettibone, Scoloplos (Leodunnis) rubra. - Hartman, 1951: 1963a: 288. Fig. 76 g. 74,pl.20:Fig. 1-6; 1957: 291, pi. 32: Fig. 1-6. Records. —Cape Hatteras area to Beaufort; Remarks. —The only points worth adding to intertidal (2, 3, 5, 9, 11, 13, 17, 18). Dr. Hartman's description are that the thorax Dist)-ibntio}i. —Gulf of St. Lawrence to North may extend over 24-28 segments, that while Carolina and the Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to most of the thoracic neuropodia lack foot-papil- 57 m. 91 FAMILY PARAONIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Prostomium with a median dorsal antenna (may be lost) 2 1' Prostomium without an antenna 8 2 Posterior notosetae include specialized forms as well as capillaries; posterior neurosetae as capillaries only (Cirro- pliori(s) 3 2' Posterior notosetae are all capillaries. Posterior neurosetae include specialized forms as well as capillaries (Aiicidca) 4 2" No specialized setae in notopodia or neuropodia of posterior segments, only capillaries (Aedicira) 7 3 Specialized notosetae forked. [Body reddish] C. li/rifdrDiis 3' Specialized notosetae stout, pointed and acicular with a fine subterminal filament C. b)'(iiicliiatiis 4 Specialized neurosetae with hoods or guards 5 4' Specialized neurosetae without hoods but sometimes acicular or abruptly tapered to a slender filament 6 5 Specialized neurosetae with a rounded spioniform hood en- closing a bent unidentate end Ar. ccrnitii 5' Specialized neurosetae with a long pointed guard covering convex side of rostrum Ar.faKrcli 6 Specialized neurosetae with a stout shaft tapering to a slender blade with an oblique breaking plane at junction Ar.fmgilis 6' Specialized neurosetae in anterior abdomen with a stout shaft abruptly tapering to a slender filament; in posterior seg- ments only the stout sigmoid shaft persists Ar. snccica 7 Setigers 1-3 with a cirriform postsetal lobe on neuropodium Ac alhatrossae T Merely a minute postsetal papilla on neuropodium of anterior segments Ae. belgicae 8 Posterior notosetae include specialized forms (Pcuxiotiides) No N.C. record 8' Posterior neurosetae include specialized forms {Paraonis). [Specialized neurosetae as sigmoid acicular hooks] 9 9 Branchiae cirriform beginning on setiger 6-8 and numbering 9-16 pairs P. gracili. Cirrophorus lyriformis {Annenkoya. i9:U) Cirroplioriis lyriforDiis. - Hartman, 1965a: 138. Ci I'i'oph i>rn t^furca t II s. -HArtman. 1969: 69, Fig. 1. Aricidea (CiiTophontH) fiircata Hartman, 1957: 324, pi. 43: Fig. 6. Record^.—Oii Beaufort in 10-120 m (21, *). 92 Dist}-il)/itioii. — Arctic; off California; New Mediterranean and Black Sea; South Africa; England: Mediterranean; 10 to 500 m. western Canada; in 1-2,000 m. Cirrophorus branchiatus Ehlers. 1908 Aricidea fauveli Hartman, 1957 Figure 13f Fifture l:ia Cir)-(ipli(iriis /)raNcliiatiis. - Day. 1963a: 423, Aricidea fragilis. - Fauvel, 1936: 65, Fig. 6, 7 Fig.9i-o; 1967: 563, Fig. 24.3. a-e.-Laubier, {)ioii Webster). 1965: 469, Fig. 1. Aricidea fauveli Hartman, 1957: 318, pi. 43: Fig. 1 (synonymy). - Day, 1967; 560, Fig. Dt'scriptioii. — Body about 25 mm long for 24.2. a-d. 120 segment.s. Pro.stomium bluntly conical with a short Branchiae from setiger median antenna. Remarks. —This species is characterized by 5 to 20-25. Postsetal lobes of notopodia well the special neurosetae of posterior segments developed on anterior segments, short on middle (Figure 13a) which are unidentate with a long segments but long on terminal segments. A hood on the conve.x side of the apex. heavy spine among notosetae from setiger 13; Records.—Off Beaufort in 20-160 m (*). This each spine (Figure 13c) short, bluntly jjointed is a new record for the United States. with a fine subterminal filament. No .specialized Distribi(tio)i. — Morocco and tropical West neurosetae. Africa to South Africa; 20-200 m. Rr /narks. — CirropIiorNs aricuhttiis Hartman off from deep water off southern California and Aricidea fragili.s Webster. 1879 Dutch Guinea is very similar but the heavy notopodial spines are not reported to have a Aricidea fragiUs. - Hartman, 1945: 30, pi. 6: Fig. -subterminal filament. 3; 1957: 317, pi. 43: Fig. 3. Records.— Off Beaufort in 20 m {*). A)icidea ( Ai'icidi n ) f)'a Aricidea jeffreysii. - Fauvel, 1927: 75, Fig. 25 Aricidea siiecica Eliason, 1920 a-e. - Hartman, 1957: 322, pi. 43: Fig. 2. - 1967: 558, Fig. 24.1.j-m. Day, Aricidea sm cica Eliason 1920: 52, Fig. 14-15. - - Aricidea (Aricidea )jeffre ifsi i . Pettibone, 1963a: "" Hartman, 1957: 318; 1969: 65. Fig. 1-5. 305, Fig. 80 a-e. Aricidea ( Aricidea) suecica. - Pettibone, 1963a: Aricidea cerruti Laubier, 1967; 102, Fig. 1. 307. Fig. 80 f. g. Re»ia)'ks. The specialized notosetae of pos- — i?,.rr>r(Z.s-.— Off Beaufort in 120 m (*). terior segments are sigmoid hooks with spioni- Distribution. —Arctic and North Atlantic to form hoods (Figure 13b). Pettibone's Figure the British Isles and North Carolina; southern this is 80 e does not show but the shape well California; in 5-2,000 m. illustrated by Laubier, Hartman, and Day. Lau- bier has also shown that the Mediterranean Aedicira albatrossae (Pettibone, 1957) specimens, doubtfully assigned by Cerruti (1909) to Scolecolepis ? jeffreysii Mcintosh from Green- Ai'icidea (Aricidea) al/iatms.sae Pettibone, land, are, in fact, distinct. 1963a: 305, Fig. 81 a-f. Records.—Off Beaufort in 20 m (*). Distribution. — North Atlantic from Ireland R) nia)-ks. — Only a single anterior fragment and the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Ma.s.sachusetts; with 22 segments was obtained, but the first few 93 parapodia are so characteristic that the identity overlooked, but they were found in South Afri- is certain without the posterior region. This can specimens of A. belgicae. Similar papillae fresh specimen is slightly different from Dr. were found in Aricideafau veli but not in Aricidea Pettibone's description of the type which had siiecica. It is possible that they occur in several been in the museum since 1883. other paraonids. It may be noted that anterior The anterior dorsum is speckled with dark fragments of A. belgicae cannot be identified pigment between the bases of the gills and the as the special setae of .Aricidea spp. are often postsetal lobes of the notopodia; the latter are confined to far posterior segments. shown in Pettibone's Figure 81 e as equal in /Jcrorc/.s.— Off Beaufort in 120-200 m (*). thickness to the gills, but in this specimen they Distribution. — Atlantic from Greenland to are only one-third the thickness. A. alhatrossac Uruguay, South Africa, and Antarctica; in 30- is unique among paraonids in having well- 4,950 m. developed postsetal lobes on the anterior neuro- podia. Those of setigers 1-8 have a broad base Paraonis gracilis (Tauber, 1879) narrowing to a cirriform projection but in subse- only quent -segments in the branchial region, Parao)Ui< gracili.^. - Hartman, 1957: 330, pi. 44: of the broad base remains. Towards the end Fig. 4, 5; 1969: 75, Fig. 1-3. the branchial region the base flattens to form a P(i)vo)ii.'< (Parao)ti.'<) gracilis. - Pettibone, 1963a: small postsetal lamella. 301, Fig. 79a-d. in Records.—One specimen off Beaufort 200 Paraonis gracilis gracilis. - Day, 1967: 566, Fig. m (*). 24.4. a, b. Distribution. — Massachusetts; in 150-2,500 m. Records.—Off Beaufort in 120-200 m (21, *). Aedicira belgicae (Fauvel, 1986) Distribution. — Atlantic from Greenland and Denmark to Antarctica and South Africa ; Bering Sea; southern California; depth 5-2,000 m. .Ariridea (Acdiciro } l>(l(/ir Aedicira hchjicuc. - Day, 1963a: 424; 1967: Paraonis fiilgens (Levinsen, 1883) 563, Fig. 24.3. f-i. -Hartman, 1965a: 133. PiD-aoiiis fiilgeiis. - Fauvel, 1927: 71, Fig. 24 g-1. R( niarks. —While A. FAMILY OPHELIIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Body stout and maggot-shaped, not grooved ventrally. [Cirri- form branchiae on all setigers from second onwards. Lateral swellings above and below posterior j)arai)odia (Tmvisia). Twenty setigei's and 3-4 achaotous jjreaiuii .segments] Trarisia parra r Body fusiform or slender, grooved ventrally either from second oi- 8th-10th setiger onwards 2 2 Ventral groove and branchiae start on 8th-10th .setiger (Ophe- lia). Body with 32 setigers with branchiae from 10th to 27th] . Ophelia denticnlata I 94 2' Ventral groove and branchiae start on setiger 2. [Pygidium tubular] 3 Small lateral eyespots between parapodia from setiger 6-7 (AfDHuulia) 3' No lateral eyespots (Oplul'nnt ). [Twenty-seven or twenty-eight setigers with branchiae from 2nd to 24th, but those on middle 0])h('lin(i segments reduced and often missing] cylind)icai(data 4 Twenty-nine setigers, with branchiae from 2nd to 26th. Para- Armaridia podial lobes all short and globular macnlata 4' Thirty -six or more setigers, with branchiae frt)m 2nd to last. Anterior feet with elongate and pointed pre.setal lobes Armatidut (U/Uis Travisia parva New Species Ophelia liniaeiiia. - Hartman, 1942a: 130 (»(»» Rathke). I''iH'Ui-e i:ki-f Recoi-d^. —Cape Hatteras area to Beaufort, Hi>li>t!ip(. — USNM 43126; one paratype, intertidal to 20 m (18. 21, ) USNM 43127 Dist)-ibiiti 95 Ophelina ci/lindricaiidata (Hansen. 1879) stout, annulated and digitiform. Anterior setae fairly long, those of middle segments progres- sively shorter those Oplieli)ia cjflixdriccuidata. - St0p-Bowitz, 1945: and posterior abranchiate segments stout, 49. Fig. 5. almost acicular. Rt 111(1 rks. originally [?| Antmotnjjxuie chcictifem Hartman. 1965a: —As described by Han- sen, 187, pi. 43. AnniniDifpinic c!/li)idricaudatu was said to have 34 .setigers, but St0p-Bowitz (1945) states D( script ion. — Body .slender, tapered at both that the type has 28 setigers and that the bran- ends, 8-19 mm long for 26-28 setlgers. No chiae in the middle of the body are very variable; achaetous preanal .segments. Prostomium coni- in some they are slightly reduced, in others cal and pointed. A ventral groove starting from very small or even absent. Possibly A. chactifera setiger 2. Parapodial lobes uniformly small and Hartman, which has gills on a few anterior and button-shaped. Cirriform branchiae from setiger a few posterior segments, but none over most 2 to 24, followed by 3-4 abranchiate setigers of the body, is synonymous. St0p-Bowitz has (Figure 13g). Branchiae of middle segments shown that Opiuliiia Oersted antedates .4/h/ho- small or occasionally absent. No lateral eye- t)-!ipinii Rathke, by a few months. spots between parapodia. Pygidium cylindrical R( cards. —Common off Beaufort in 120-200 and about equal to length of last five or six m (21, *). setigers. Superior anal cirri as mere crenula- Distriliiitioii. — Norway; Greenland; Canada; tions on dorsal lobe over anus; ventral cirrus Mediterranean; 30-911 m. FAMILY SCALIBREGMIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Anterior setigers with branched gills and posterior setigers with dorsal and ventral cirri. No acicular setae {ScalibrcciDMi). S. iiifiatiim 1' Body without gills or any parapodial projections. No acicular setae. {Hi/lniscolcx) H. loHf/iscta Scalibregma inflatiim Rathke, 1843 mm long for 60 segments; color pale to black. Prostomium (Figure 13h) with stout lateral pro- Sculibrcf/nni injiatiiin. - Fauvel, 1927: 123, Fig. jections and thus broadly T-shaped. Eyes visi- 44 a-f. - Day, 1967: 590, Fig. 27.2. e-j. - ble if prostomium extended. Buccal segment Hartman, 1969: 313, Fig. 1-4. very short and achaetous. Anterior segments (Figure 13i) with four annuli; posterior ones Records. —Cape Hatteras area and Beau- with two or one. No parapodial projections, the fort, intertidal and 160 m in mud (18, *). setae projecting directly from body wall. No Distribution. — Cosmopolitan from the Arctic gills or cirri. Setae as smooth capillaries plus a to the Antarctic; intertidal to 160 m in mud. few short forked setae feathered on inner mar- gins; no acicular setae. Hyboscolex longiseta Schmarda. 1861 Remarks. —The synonymy of the genera Hiiboscolex, Oncoscolex, Euinenia. and Poly- j)lnisia is confused. Discussion will be found in Hyboscolex longiseta. - Day. 1967: 584 (synon- Day (1961: 216; 1967: 584). ymy), 588, Fig. 27.2. a-d. Records. —On corals off Beaufort in 18 m Oncoscolex pacificus. - Hartman, 1969: 311, (20, *). Fig. 1,2. Distribution. — South Africa and western Ca- nada to Pacific coast of Mexico; intertidal to Description. — Body arenicoliform, up to 20 10 m. 96 7 KiKUi-t' 13.— (•)(/(•(( .4/ fmiri'll a. specialized posterior neuroseta. Aricidea rrmitii h. specialized posterior neuroseta. Cii-i-ophorus hmiichintKx c. specialized notoseta. Tniviaia pnira n. sp. d. anterior sequent; e. two posterior segments: f. lateral view of body. Oplwllua cyliiidrirandata jr. posterior end. Hi/hoaculcx lotigiscta h, head; i, parapodium. Lviochridat paUidior j and k, face view and profile of hook. SotoiHUfttua ciinencatiKs n. sp. cross-section of al)doniinal segment; m and n. face view and profile of hook. 97 FAMILY ARENICOLIDAE Only one genus and species known from Records. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort (1, 5, North^Carolina. 7.11,13,18,*). Difitrihiitioii. „ . — Massachusetts to the West In- Arenicola cristata St.mpson, I85b ^-^^^ ^^^^ ^f ^^^.^^^ ^^^ California; burrows in Arenicohi cristata. - Wells, 1961: 10, pi. 1-4; muddy .sand on sheltered beaches. 1962: 333, pi. 1. 2. - Hartman, 1969: 415, Fig. 1. FAMILY CAPITELLIDAE Key to genera and species Note. —Generic distinctions are based mainly on the di.stribution of setal types in the thorax. In the following key this is shown by a thoracic formula where: C = capillary seta P = peristome O = without seta H = hooded hook Notosetae are shown above the line and neurosetae below. The total number of thoracic segments includes the peristome. 1 Thorax with 9 setigerous .segments including the setigerous peristome. [First 5-7 segments with capillary setae and remainder with hooks in female but notosetae of setigers 8 and 9 as stout genital .setae in male (Capitella). No branchiae or parapodial projections on abdominal segments] 2 1' Thorax with 10 or more setigerous segments following the achaetous peristome 2 2 Ten thoracic setigers following peristome. r (Formula: P + — rr-- = 11. Abdominal neuronodia with 4C + 6H short rows of hooks. No gills (Mcdioinasti/.^)] M. califoniierisis 2' Eleven thoracic setigers following peristome 3 2" Twelve thoracic setigers following peristome. [Formula: P + -^ = 13 (Lt ioclindcs)] L. palluhor 2'" Thirteen to fifteen thoracic setigers following peristome 7 3 Last six thoracic setigers with hooded hooks. [Formula: P + tt; r-r = 12. Saclike gills above neuro- 5C + ()1I podia of terminal campanulate abdominal segments (H( tcro- iH(i.^tHs) H. filif(>r»ii.^ I 3' Thorax without hooks or only in last one or two .setigers ( A'('/(*//»(.s-/».s) 4 4 All 1 1 thoracic setigers with capillaries in both rami; formula: P + —-— = 12. Abdominal neuropodia with super- ior branchial lobes 5 4' First thoracic setiger without neurosetae; last setiger some- times with hooks. No bi'anchiae 6 <)8 5 Abdominal neuropodia with obvious straplike branchiae A^ lobatiis 5' Abdominal neuropodia with small superior branchial lobes . . . . N. latericeua 6 All thoracic neuropodia with capillaries; formula: lie P + ;; 77—7 = 12. Abdominal hooks with a single arc of + IOC 5 to 6 denticles above main fang N. he mipod /IS 6' Last thoracic neuropodium with hooks; formula: P + -— = 12. Hooks with two arcs of 4 and 2 + 9C + IH denticles above main fang N. am erica mix 7 Peristome followed by V.] thoracic setigers bearing capillai'ies; ' formula: P + = 14. Abdominal neuropodia with retrac- tile gill filaments (DasybnuicluiK) 7' Peristome followed by 14-1.5 thoracic setigers; formula: P +—; \^^!^]'}^^ = 15-16. Abdominal (CorO) + (ll('-l;]C) + IH or2H neuropodia without gills (LvidvupitcUu) L. glabra ."^0 8 Neuropodial gills with about filaments j . . D. hi nibricoidrs 8' NeurojKjdial gills with few filaments D. Iiniiilatiia Capifella capitata (Fabricius. 1780) Description. —Body about 20 mm long. Pro- stomium bluntly conical with ventral eyespots. Capiti 11(1 cajiitatii. - Fauvel, 1927: 154, Fig. 55 Thorax including an achaetous peristome and a-h.-Hartman, 1947a: 404, pi. 43: Fig. 1.2.- 12 setigerous segments with capillary setae in Day. 1967: 595, Fig. 28.2. i-m. both rami. Abdomen of numerous thin-walled segments with fu.sed notopodial tori and noto- Rcciirds. — Beaufort Sound, intertidal and podial hook-rows continuous across middorsal dredged in muddy sand (11, 1:5, 15, 18, *). line. Interramal organs as prominent papillae Distribiitiiin. — Cosmopolitan in black mud of between notopodia and neuropodia from last estuaries and protected harbors from to 80 m. thoracic segment onwards. Abdominal neuro- podia with a small superior branchial lobe and long rows of hooks almost meeting on mid- Mediomostus californiensis Hartman. 1944 ventral line. Individual hooks (Figure 13j, k) with short hoods and a crest of seven to nine Mcdidiinistiis ralifdi-iiiiiisis Hartman, 1947a: subequal denticles above main fang. 408, pi. 46: Fig. 3, 4; 1969: 387, Fig. 1-4. Records. — Four specimens off Beaufort in 160 m (*). Records. —Common off Beaufort in 10-20 m Distribution. — British Columbia and Cali- (20,21, *). fornia; intertidal to 89 m. Distribution. —California; intertidal and es- tuarine. Leiochrides pallidior (Chamberlin, 1918) Heteromastus filiformis (Claparede. 1864) FiKure l.'5j, k Heteroniastiis filiformis. - Fauvel, 1927: 150, Fig. 53 a-i. - Hartman, 1947a: 427, pi. 52: Leiochrides paUidiorWartman. 1947a: 429; 1969: Fig. 1-4; 1969: 377, Fig. 1-5. - Day, 1967: 383. 601, Fig. 28.3. a-d. 99 Records. —Common in Beaufort Sound on second arc with five to seven smaller denticles. intertidal mudbanks (11, 12. 13, 15, 18, 20, *). /?((7>)f/.s.— Off Beaufort in 120 m (21, *). Distribution. — North Atlantic from Sweden Distribution. — Florida and .southern Cali- and Greenland south to Morocco and the Gulf fornia; intertidal to 120 m. of Mexico; Mediterranean; South Africa; North Pacific from Japan to southern California; 0- IK'otomastus americanus New Species 100 m. FiKure l.'?l-n Nolomaslus lobatus Hartman. 1947 Notomnstus n. sp. Day, Field, and Montgomery, 1971: 123. NotamastHs lobatus Hartman, 1947a: 415, pi. 51: Fig. 1-5; 1969: 399, Fig. 1-5. Holoti/pe.—USNM 43118; 14 paratypes, USNM 43119. Remarks. —A large 150-nim specimen was D( scriptioii. — Holotype almost complete, obtained from burrows in 'intertidal mudbanks measuring 18 mm for 55 segments. Color yel- near Cape Fear by members of the Zoology lowish brown with dark faecal pellets visible Department, Chapel Hill University. Apart from through abdominal wall. Prostomium broadly the straplike branchiae, the flattened ventrum is conical with subdermal eyespots at base. An characteristic. Two commensals were found in achaetous peristome followed by 11 setigerous the burrows, a polynoid polychaete Lepidas- thoracic segments. Capillary setae present in theiiia sp. and a sluglike bivalve moUusk of the all notopodia but absent in first neuropodium, family Montacutidae which creeps over the body present in setiger 2 to 10 but replaced bv hooks of the Notoniastus. lie in nth. Formula: P + 12. Ab- R(eords. —North Carolina in intertidal mud -h 9C -^ IH domen not clearly differentiated but posterior (*). segments with hook-rows on well-marked ridges. Distri/>utio)i. — Southern California to Mexico; Nephridial papillae obscure and branchial pro- intertidal to 500 m. jections absent. Hook-rows short throughout; notopodial rows (Figure 131) separate medially, Notomasfus latericeus Sars. 1851 neuropodial rows separated by a midventral gap longer than a hook-row. Individual hooks Notomastus latericeus. - Fauvel, 1927: 143, Fig. (Figure 13m, n) with two arcs of denticles above 49 a-h. - Hartman, 1947a: 411. - Day, 1967: main fang, first arc with four denticles, second 599, Fig. 28.2. a-d. with two; formula: MF : 4 ; 2. Riuiarks. — N. america)ius resembles A^. teres R( cords. Cape Hatteras area and Beaufort, — Hartman in lacking neurosetae in the first seti- intertidal to 200 m (5, 13, 18, 21, *). ger and in having hooks in the neuropodia of Distributio)i. Cosmopolitan, intertidal to — the posterior thorax. It differs in having the 4,360 m. hooks confined to the last thoracic segment and in having the abdominal hook-rows all short Notoniastus hemipodus Hartman, 1947 and widely separated ventral ly. Records. — Fifteen specimens in 80-200 m off Notomast us (Clistomastu.t) he mipodus Hartman. Beaufort (21, *). 1947a: 424, pi. 48: Fig. 1-3; 1951: 103, pi. 24: Fig. 1-3; 1969: 393, Fig. 1-5. Leiocapitella glabra Hartman, 1947 Remarks. —N. hemipodus Hartman and A'. L( iocapitcUa glabra Hartman, 1947a: 438, pi. 54: aberans Day are closely related. The individual Fig. 1-3." hooks of N. hemipodus have a single arc of five Leiocapitella atkuitica Hartman. 1965a: 193. or six denticles above the main fang. In N. aberans there are two arcs of denticles, the first Description. — Prostomium broadly conical, arc with four or five larger denticles and the depressed; eyespots indistinct. All segments 100 short and biannulate and thorax distinguished 14C + (Cand H) P + 16. from abdomen only by nature of setae. An + 12C 2H achaetous peristome followed by 14-15 seti- Mailman's description of L. athuitica from gerous segments bearing capillaries only or slope depths off Massachusetts gives the fol- capillaries and hooks. Abdominal segments lowing formula; without branchial projections, and all bearing 14C hooded hooks; hook-rows all short and well P + = 15. + lie + 2H separated. Individual hooks with hoods as broad as long and with three denticles in a If all the specimens are considered together triangle above main fang. it becomes obvious that the distribution of setae R< nuirks. —The material from North Carolina on the thorax is very variable; both capillaries differs in some respects from Hartman's original and hooks may occur in the same fascicle, setae descrijjtion and appears to provide a link be- may be present on one side and not the other tween L. (jlabra and L. atluntica. The distribu- or hooks may replace capillaries in the neuro- tion of the thoracic setae differs in all four podia of one or two segments at the end of the specimens. The first neuropodium may bear thorax. It is best to consider the whole group capillary setae on one side and not on the as one variable species with 15 or 16 thoracic other, or the first two neuropodia may lack .segments, with neurosetae usually lacking setae on one side or all the anterior setae may from the first setiger and with hooks replacing be present. Similarly, hooks may be restricted the capillaries in the last one or two neuropodia. to the last thoracic neuropodium or the last /?,-(.o,y/.s.— Off Beaufort in 40-80 m (*). two thoracic neuropodia. The four formulae are Dist)'il)i(ti()ii. — Southern California to the given below; Pacific coast of Mexico; Massachusetts; in 40-200 m. 15C P+ ^ DasybranchuH (CorO) + (CorO) + 12C + IH lumbricoides Grube. 1878 15C Dasybi'aiicliiis In nibricniih s. - Hartman, 1947a; ^ ^ ^^'' 13C + (CorH) + (CorH) " 431. pi. 56; Fig. 3, 4; 1951: 103; 1969; 373, liC Fig. 1-3. P + ^ 15. (CorO) + 12C + IH Rtcordx. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- 14C tidal in muddy sand (5, 11, 12, 13. 18, *). P + IQP -I- IH =15. Dixtributiiiii. — Philii)))ine Islands; Galapagos Islands; California to Mexico and Florida to Hartman's original description of L. glabra North Carolina in intertidal mud. was based on two specimens. Both lacked setae in the first neuropodium on both right Dasybranchus lunulotiis Ehlers, 1887 and left sides, but one had capillaries in the notopodia of 14 segments behind the peristome, D(isiil))-aiirhiis In iiiilatiis. - Hartman, 1947a: 432, while the other had both capillaries and hooks pi. 56; Fig. 1,2; 1951; 103. in the 15th segment behind the peristome. The thoracic formulae are thus; Rccards. — Beaufort, intertidal (12, 13). 14C Distribntidii. North Carolina, Florida, and P + 15 and — + 12C + IH Puerto Rico; intertidal to 4 m in niuddv sand. 101 FAMILY MALDANIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Head with a prominent cephalic keel but not surrounded by a flattened plate with a raised margin 2 1' Head with an inclined dorsal plate surrounded by a raised margin 3 2 Pygidium petaloid with a central anus {P( taloproctus). [Body including 21 setigers and 2 achaetous preanal segments] . . . P. social is 2' Pygidium funnel-shaped with margin encircled by cirri (Nico- mache). [A deep pocket above anus] N. trispiiiata 3 Neuropodial spines or hooks present in setiger 1. Pygidium encircled by anal cirri 4 3' No neurosetae in setiger 1. No anal cirri. Pygidium as a flat or concave plate with a dorsal anus above 8 4 Anal cone protruding beyond ring of long anal cirri and pro- vided with a stout ventral valve (PraxiUella). [Setiger 1 with 2 neuropodial spines. Five achaetous preanal segments] . . . . Pra.viUclla sp. 4' Anus sunk in a pygidial funnel rimmed with anal cirri 5 5 Setiger 4 with an anterior membranous collar (Clymcm'Ua). [Eighteen setigers ])lus 2 achaetous preanal segments. Seti- ger 1 with about 5 neurosetae] C. tiirqiuitd 5' Setiger 4 without a membranous collar 6 6 Twenty-five or more setigers. No achaetous preanal segments (MdO'och/iiuiie). [Eye spots on prostomium. Setigers 1-3 with 1-3 neuropodial spines] M. zonal is 6' Twenty-one or fewer setigers. Achaetous preanal segments present 7 7 Setiger 1 with 4 or more neuropodial hooks similar to those {A.riotliilld). 18 setigers in setiger 4 1 and 2 achaetous pre- anal segments] .4. mucosa 7' Setigers 1-3 with 1-3 neuropodial spines bearing vestigial denticles or none and ([uite unlike hooks of setiger 4 (Eiichjitiinic) No N.C. record 8 Segments 7-11 dorsally covered with numerous short gill filaments {BivHcliioasi/rliis). [19 setigers] B. anicricaiia 8' Segments 7-11 without gill filaments. [Cephalic ridge low. cephalic i)late deejily inci.sed laterally (Asi/chis). Margin of cephalic plate smooth. Pygidium with a ventral pocket] 9 Body of 1!) setigers with numerous blisters or pustules from 6th onwards. Cephalic rim low laterally and foiming a shallow ()ocket posteriorly (.4. clotKjuto) No N.C. record 9' Body of 18 setigers without blisters or pustules. Cephalic rim high latei-ally and forming a very (Uh']) pocket jxisteriorly A. cnroli)iae 102 Petaloproctiis socialis Andrews. 1891 Praxillella sp. Di script ion. —All specimens broken thus total P( tiil Nicomache trispinota Arwidsson. 1906 R(niarks. —As far as I am aware, no species preanal .seg- p^i^TJie 14a of PraxiUclhi with five achaetous ments has been recorded from the United States, NicdiiKtclii tris^piuatu Arwid.sson, 1906: 104, pi. but until the number of setigers can be deter- 2: Fig. 74-77, pi. 3: Fig. 78, 79, pi. 8: Fig. mined from a complete, unbroken worm, no 257-261, pi. 11: Fig. 349. specific identification is possible. Records.—on Beaufort in 80-200 m (*). Dixcriptioti. —Body broken and number of segments uncertain. Head speckled with brown; Clymenella torquata (Leidy. 18.55) two groups of ocelli anteriorly; cephalic crest high, nuchal grooves curved; no cephalic plate - Civnu-ncllu tor(iii 103 A.ridtliclla DiHCosa. - Hartman, 1945: 38, j)l. 8: ments. Anterior segments increasingly long; Fig. 5, 6; 1951: 104, pi. 1. -seventh and eighth 8 times longer than broad; Clymenella miicostt. - Mangum, 1962: 5. ninth and succeeding ones progressively shorter and setiger 18 broader than long. No achaetous Records. — Beaufort Sound, intertidal (5, 7, 1 1, preanal segment. Pygidium {Figure 14c) elon- 13, 15, 16, *). gated, only slightly shorter than setigers 17 and Dist)-ibiitioii. — Noi-th Carolina to P'lorida; 18 combined. Anus dorsal with a grooved plate forms ma.ssed tube.s in intertidal sandhank.s. beyond it overhanging a very deep ventral pocket. Setiger 1 without neurosetae; neuro- Branchioasychis americana Hartman. 1945 l)()dia of setigers 2 to 4 with 3-5 neuropodial hooks; setiger 5 and subsequent segments with Maldiuic ('lt>i/(/ut(i. - Andrews, 1891a: 294 (um/ a row of 12-15 hooks. Hooks of setigers 2-4 Verrill). (F'igure 14d) with an arc of 3 denticles above Bmiicliioasychis americana Hartman, 1945: 40, main fang; hooks of subsequent segments (Fig- pi. 9: Fig. 1-4; 1951: 105. ure 14e, f) with a close-set cap of 10 teeth above main fang and well-developed tendons below. Record.'^. — Beaufort Sound, intertidal (5, 11, Remarks. —Most species oi Asycliis, including 13). the type species A. biceps, have a toothed mar- Distribntio)i. — North Carolina to F"'lorida and gin around the cephalic plate. .4. capoisis Day the Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to 5 m in .soft black from South Africa has a cephalic margin similar mud. to that of A. carolinae but it has 19 setigers. 2 preanal segments, and the pygidial plate has Asyclii.s carolinae New Species no ventral pocket. Malda)u cncnligera Ehlers, from deep water off Florida has a similar head 11.-1" KiKUiv 1 but it too has 19 setigers and the pygidium is A-'^ncliis carolinae Day, Field, and Montgomery, truncate. Possibly the closest is Asi/chis elon- 1971: 123 {iiinnen )iHdin)i). (/(ttd (Verrill), originally named Maidane elonija- ta but transferred by Verrill (1900) to the genus Holotj/pe. —USNM 43139; nine paratypes, Maldanopsis, which is now regarded as a .sy- USNM 43140. nonym of Asj/cliis. Dr. Pettibone kindly .sent Description. — Holotype complete, 22 mm long me a specimen identified by Verrill for compari- by 0.5 mm. Body encased in a slender mud tube son with .4. carolinae. The two species are very and pale in alcohol apart from black flecks on alike in regard to the head and pygidium but head and first two segments. Prostomium ( Figure A. (loiH/ata has 19 setigers and from setiger 6 14b) broad, flattened, and smoothly curved in onwards the body has a scattering of small front. No eyespots. Cephalic plate oval ; raised blisters or pustules. In this respect A. i lon(/ata margin with one deep lateral incision but other- is closer to B)'a)tcliioas!jchis america)ia Hartman wise smooth; posterior part forming a deep but it lacks the simple branchial filaments pocket extending back to end of head. Cephalic which characterize the latter. ridge low, broad, and indistinct. Nuchal grooves R(Cords. —Common off Beaufort in 120-200 strongly curved. Body with 18 .setigerous seg- m (21. *). FAMILY OW ENIIDAE Only one genus and sjjecies known from Records. — Beaufort, intertidal to 200 m (5, 11, North Cai'olina. 13,21, *). Distribution. — Cosmopolitan in temperate and tropical seas from to 200 m. Oivenia fusiformis Delle Chiaje, 1844 Owenia fusiformis. - Fauvel, 1927: 203, Fig. 71 a-f. - Day, 1967: 649, Fig. 31.1. e-j. 104 FAMILY STERN ASPIDAE Only one genus and species known from RccDrds. — Off Beaufort in 600 m (*). North Carolina. Distribiitio)i. —Cosmopolitan on stiff mud or clay bottoms in 0-600 m. Steriiaspis scutata (Ranzani. 1817) Stcnintipi.'i scKtata. - Fauvel, 1927: 216, Fig. 76 a-g. - Day, 1967: 648, Fig. 31.1. a-d. FAMILY FLABELLIGERIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Neurosetae as annulated capillaries, very similar to notosetae. Cephalic cage poorly developed. [Eight branchial filaments {Diplocirnis). Branchial filaments equal in thickness; neuro- setae with a minute terminal hook] D. c«/;e».s/.s 1' Neurosetae as falcate hooks, very different from notosetae. Cephalic cage well developed 2 2 Neurosetae as articulated hooks. Body covered with very long clavate papillae embedded in a mucilaginous sheath (Fhi- bcUifiera) Flabelligera sp. 2' Neurosetae as simple hooks often with barred shafts. Surface with short papillae but no mucilaginous sheath 3 3 Neuropodial hooks with unidentate tips. Branchial filaments arranged in a horseshoe-shaped arc. Body with skin papillae numerous but not arranged in longitudinal rows (Pin msa) 4 3' Neuropodial hooks with bidentate tips. Branchial filaments arranged in multiple series on a tongue-shaped lobe. Body with skin papillae arranged in a few longitudinal rows on dorsum and ventrum and whole surface encrusted with sand iPironiis). [Two rows of papillae 4 Skin papillae encircling anterior margins of segments. Bran- chial filaments of two sizes Phcnisa iiiflatn 4' Skin papillae irregularly scattered. Branchial filaments all similar Pliernsa ehler.'^i 5 Neuropodial hooks start on .setiger 3 {Pironiis cnica) No N.C. record 5' Neuropodial hooks start on .setiger 4 Pii-omifi < nica trrbi Diplocirrus capensis T)ay , 19&1 „ • i » ir i n ^ * ^ ^ form, about 15 mm long. Buccal apparatus re- DiplocliTii>i capeiisis Day, 1961: 509, P'ig. 9 a-f; tractile, consisting of an indistinct prostomial 1967: 666, Fig. 32.4. e-j. ridge with ocular pigment, a pair of grooved palps and eight subequal branchial filaments. Dencriptidu. — Body muddy brown, arenicoli- Setiger 1 with two or three elongated notosetae 105 — ,Trr:Trr,*vv :$,^*^- vU>*-' y I ^ ' '^ FiRure 14. \'icoiiuirlic trinjyiiiata a, posterior eiul. Asiichitf rarolhinr n. sp. I), head; c. posterior end; d. hook from setiRer 2; e and f, profile and face view of posterior hook. Phcnisn i-lilirsi ii. sp. k. lateral view of entii'e worm; h, lateral view of 8th segment showing- papillae; i. neuropodial hook from middle segment; j. elong'ated neuropodial hook fi'om setijrer -1. \ directed forwards and forming a rudimentary forming a narrower "tail" with obvious seg- cephalic cage; subsecjuent si'gments with shor- mental constrictions. ter setae directed laterally; notosetae include R( in IOC) Hartman (1965a: 178) described Iljipluu/its 2 mm. Surface with small, cylindrical papillae octohnniclnis from slope depths off the coast and attached sand grains. Papillae (Figure 14h). of New England which thus becomes DipUicir- longer and less numerous dorsal ly, shorter and iiis iictnhrdiicliiis (Hartman). As Dr. Hartman more numerous ventrally. Cephalic cage well has ndted. it differs from D. atpi nsis in lacking developed but poorly defined. Setigers 1-3 with eyes antl in having neurosetae which taper barred capillaries in both rami, all directed for- to fine tips instead of ending in minute booklets. wards. Notopodia of subsequent segments /?, cmy/.s-.— Off Beaufort in 120-200 m (21, *). with three of four shorter barred capillaries This is a new record for the United States. directed laterally. Neurosetae of setiger 4 (Fig- Disl rihiitioti. — South Africa and North Caro- ure 14j) still slender, barred, and directed for- lina in 120-200 m. wai'ds but tips definitely curved; neurosetae of setiger 5 as five short simple unidentate hooks; Flabelligera sp. following neui'osetae (Figiire 14i) similar, but numbers decreasing to one on middle segments R( iiKirks. — Over 36 post-larval specimens and increasing again on "tail" segments. Buccal 3-4 mm long for 13-17 segments were obtained. apparatus including a bulbous lower lip, a pair They all contain orange yolk granules in the of stout grooved palps, a prostomial ridge with midgut. Most of the characters suggest Flalx l- four eyes, and a semicircular cephalic hood liflivii (iffiiiis Sars. Each neuropodium has a with a single marginal arc of about 20 branchial single-jointed falcate hook and the surface is filaments of uniform thickness. tiabby with scattered groups of long club-shaped RcDiarks. —The holotype is one of a few papillae. The mucilaginous sheath has not de- specimens collected by Dr. L. McCloskey from veloped and there is only a single arc of 8 -H 8 a coral head growing in 18 m off Beaufort. The branchial filaments on each side of the cephalic sandy crust on the dorsal surface of the body is ridge. thin and quite different from the hard head /?rco;T/.s.— Off Beaufort in 40 m (*). shield of Pli. parntata (Grube) or Ph. injiatu (Treadwell) as redescribed by Hartman (1951). Nonetheless there are several resemblances to Pherusa inflata (Treadwell. 1914) the latter species. The cephalic cage is similar and in both, the first neuropodial hooks occur Tri'phoHia iiifiutu Treadwell, 1914; 213, pi. 12: on setiger 4. However, there are also important Fig. 33. differences. The thinner sandy crust has been Stylarioidc.s inflata. - Hartman. 1951: 98. noted. The skin papillae are scattered and do Pherusa i)ijiata. - Wells and Gray, 1964: 74. - not form rings encircling the anterior margins Hartman. 1969: 297, Fig. 1-5. of the segments, as they do in Pit. inflata. The latter species is also reported to have two sizes RtC(i)-(l.-<. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- of branchial filaments, 6 larger ones and 13 tidal to 50 m (15, 16). smaller. D/strihiitidH. — Atlantic from North Carolina I believe Ph. ehlersi may well be the same as to Florida and Pacific from Oregon to Mexico; some, but not all of the .specimens from intertidal to 50 m. Key West described by Ehlers (1887) under the Pherusa ehlersi New Species name of Siphotuistdiii/i ni eariboidii Grube. All the characters are the same except what Ehlers Fig-ure 14K-J terms the "Kiemfaden tragenden Blatte" here SiplidiKistoiiiin)! cafiboiini. - Ehlers, 1887: 158, termed the cephalic hood. Ehlers' description pi. 42; Fig. 6-9, pi. 43; Fig. 1 {pa)iini. nan and his figure of the branchial apparatus (pi. Gndje 1859). 42, Fig. 7) was based on "einem anderem" PIicrKsu n. sp. McCloskey, 1970; 26. specimen. It shows a tongue-shaped lobe with numerous branchial filaments which is charac- //„/(, /,(/p,.—USNM 43133. teristic of the genus Piruniis to which S. cari- Description. — Holotype (Figure 14g), 12 mm bottm has since been referred. However, other long for about 40 segments; maximum breadth species of Pironiis (including the type species 107 p. areiioaiiH Kinberg and P. ovica irehstcri criica Claparede and Troplioiiia aroinsa Web- described below) have all the neuropodial hooks ster, both of which have been referred to the annulated and at least the anterior ones bi- genus PhcrKsa, while many other species of dentate. The skin papillae are in longitudinal Phcriisa have unidentate neuropodial hooks, rows, and the whole surface is encrusted with numerous scattered skin papillae, and no sandy sand. I believe that Ehlers' "other specimen" crust. As will be shown, both Tropluoiia cnica does not refer to the same species as the rest and T. areuosa. when dissected, proved to have of his description of S. caribou ni but only a the branchial filaments arranged in multiserial reexamination of Ehlers' specimens can settle rows on a tongue-shaped lobe. They are in fact this. In the meantime, it is safer to give the species of Piromis. Thus the genera Piromis and Beaufort specimen a new name. Phcriisa may be distinguished not only on the Records. —On corals off Beaufort in 18 m origin of the branchial filaments, but al.so on (20, *). the bidentate or unidentate neuropodial hooks Distril)i(tiu)i. — Florida (Key West). and the arrangements of the skin papillae. Further, Piromis is covered by a sandy crust, while of Phcriisa not; Phcria^a Notes on the genera Piromis Kinberg. 1867 most species are and Pherusa Oken, 1807 ehUrsi described above is intermediate. Since Plunim eruca has been recorded from Piromis eruca (Claparede. 18(i9) Cape Hatteras by Wells and Gray (1964) and New Combination this species has many characters which suggest Tropiioiiia criicu Claparede, 1869: 105, pi. 15: that it is allied to Trophonia aroiosa Webster, Fig. 2. from Virginia and PI)-oi)iis areiiosiis Kinberg, Sti/larioidcs eruca. - Fauvel, 1927: 119, Fig. 42 the type species of the genus from South Africa, h-1. it was necessary to examine the three more (Noil) Pliiriisd eruca. - Wells and Gray. 1964: carefully. Dr. David George of the British Mu- 74. seum kindly sent me specimens of Trophonki crucn Claparede from Naples, which is the type Material c.ramiiicd. —The following descrip- locality, and Dr. Marian Pettibone sent me the tion is based on two specimens of Trophonia specimen from Pamlico Sound identified by eruca kindly sent me by Dr. David George of Wells as Pheruaa eruca, as well as the two the British Museum. They were collected at syntypes of TropJwnia arenoxa Webster from Naples (the type locality of T. eruca) and identi- Virginia. Many specimens of Piromis arciiosa fied by Mcintosh and the registration number is Kinberg were available in my own collections 1921:5:1:2651/2. Both were brown in alcohol, in the University of Cape Town. the palps and branchial filaments are missing, It may be said at once that Wells' specimen and many of the setae are broken. from Pamlico Sound is not a flabelligerid at all. Description. — Body up to 60 mm long with It has had its head removed, but obviously 73 segments. Surface covered with a sandy belongs to the family Poecilochaetidae. crust, well marked dorsally but indistinct ven- The genus Pironiis (synonym: Seniiodcrit trally. Skin papillae long, knobbed, and pro- Chamberlin), is characterized by having the jecting through the .sand. Papillae arranged in branchial filaments arising from the surface of longitudinal rows, two rows dorsally and two a tongue-shaped lobe in two series each with ventrally and groups of about six papillae around many irregular rows, whereas Pherusa has one each bundle of setae, those around neurosetae series of branchial filaments arising from the extending ventrally. No scattered papillae. Buc- edge of a semicircular hood above the cephalic cal apparatus including a pleated lip around ridge. In addition, Piro))iis aroiosxs has biden- mouth, a pair of large grooved palps, and a tate neuropodial hooks, a sandy crust covering dorsal tongue-shaped branchial lobe with an the body, and relatively few skin papillae, those indistinct median cephalic ridge. Four close-set on the dorsum and ventrum (but not the para- eyes. Branchial filaments in irregular rows in podia) being arranged in a few longitudinal each group. Cephalic cage poorly defined but rows. These characters are shared by Truphoiiid including forwardly directed capillaries of seti- 108 gers 1 and 2. Setae of following segments Piromis eruca websteri New Subspecies shorter and more laterally directed. Notosetae as five to seven barred capillaries. Neurosetae Troplionia arcnosa Webster, 1879: 245, pi. 7: as five to seven bidentate hooks from setiger Fig. 92-97. -(No*') Pironiisaroiosa Kinberg, 3 onwards. 1867. Remarks. —The buccal apparatus was re- Stijlarididcn arciiosa. - Miner, 1950: 372, pi. 118. tracted into a membranous sheath and the structures recorded above were observed after Rv)t)(u-ks. —Two syntypes of Trophoiiia are- dissection. Many of the branchial filaments were inim Webster were kindly sent to me by Dr. missing but the scars showed that they had been Pettibone of the U.S. National Museum, Wash- arranged in two multiserial groups on a tongue- ington, D.C. The head of one syntype had been shaped lobe as is usual in the genus Pifoniis. removed but the other syntype, when dissected, The number of filaments was estimated at 30 on proved to have a similar buccal apparatus to each side of the cephalic ridge but Fauvel that described above for P. o-iicd. The other states that juveniles may have as few as 8-10 characters, including the arrangement of the filaments. The first hook on setiger 3 was much skin papillae and the sandy crust, were also longer than those on subsequent neuropodia, identical. In fact the only difference observed but is otherwise similar to that shown in Fauvel is that the first hook appears in the neuropodium (1927: Fig. 42 k). of setiger 4. not 3. This agrees with Webster's Claparede's Ti'dplidnia eruca is a typical original description. This is a small difference member of the genus Piromis, as shown by the from the stem form and possibly further collect- arrangement of the branchial filaments, the dis- ing may show that the first hooks may appear tribution of the skin papillae, the sandy dorsal on either setiger 3 or 4. However it seems best crust, and the bidentate neuropodial hooks. It to consider Webster's species distinct. Webster's differs from the type species. Pii-oiiiis (d'okisiik original name becomes a junior homonym of Kinberg, in having only two dorsal and two P. an')ioi (1964) is incorrect so that P. i )ii<:a is not known specific but since the distribution of the skin from the United States. However, as shown papillae and the neuropodial hooks were not below, Tropli())ii(i arDiosa Webster is very close. de.scribed, the question must be left open. Dist)-ihiitinii. —North Atlantic from the Eng- Di-' FAMILY SABELLARIIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Ojjercular lobes with stout dorsal hooks at base of operular peduncles; two rows of opercular paleae r Opercular lobes without hooks; three rows of paleae. [Middle row of paleae not forming a cone concealing inner row. Three parathoracic segments bearing stout oar-shaped setae iSahvllaria)] 2 Four parathoracic segments. Outer row of paleae with smooth margins (LiigdaDux) No N.C. record 2' Three parathoracic segments. Outer row of paleae with bi- pinnate lateral projections {Idaiith!/)-siis) No N.C. record 109 3 Middle row of paleae alternately long and short 4 3' Middle row of paleae all of equal length 5 Innermost row of paleae produced into short points. Ends of outer paleae with a median denticulate tooth between 2-3 short lateral teeth Sabellaria hella Innermost row of paleae produced into long spikes resem- bling long ones of middle row. Outer paleae ending in a long barbed median spike between two short lateral teeth Sd/xUdrid foridensis 5 Middle paleae all produced into long, erect spikes Sabellaria gracilis 5' Middle paleae all curved or hooked 6 6 Middle paleae long, curved and pointed Sah< llaria nil Sabellaria bella Grube, 1870 Sabellaria vulgaris vulgaris Verrill, 1873 Sabellaria hella Hartman, 1944b: 342, pi. 33: Sabellaria nilgai'is Hartman, 1944b: 341, pi. 32: Fig. 53-66. Fig. 42-44. - McCloskey, 1970: 26. Sabellaria ce mentariiim. -Wells and Gray. 1964: R( ronh. — Beaufort, intertidal (10). 74 {lion Moore). Distribufioii. — North Carolina to South America: intertidal. Remarks. — I am indebted to David W. Kirtley for informing me that Sabellaria eenieiitariiini recorded by Wells and Gray should be referred to Sabellaria nilc/aris. Sabellaria florideiisis Hartman. 1944 Record. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- tidal to 40 m; common on corals and scallops Sal)(lltu-ia fi(i)-ide)isis Hartman, 1944b: 345, pi. (2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 11, 13, 15, 18, 20. 21. *). 31: P^ig. 37-41; 1951: 107. Distribution. — Massachusetts to Georgia; in- tertidal to 40 m. K( roi-ds. —Cape Hatteras to South Carolina, intertidal to 30 m; common on corals (13, 14, 18, 19,20, *). Sabellaria vulgaris beaufortensis Dixt)ibiili(i)i. — Florida and North Carolina; Hartman, 1944 intertidal to 30 m. Sabellaria niUjaris beai/fortpiisis Hartman, 1944b: 342, pi. 32: Fig. 45-47; 1945: 43. Sabellaria gracilis Hartman. 194 1 Remarks. —Generally similar to S. ralgaris Sabellaria f/i'aeilis Hartman, 1944b: 343, pi. 34: riilfjaris except for the paleae of the middle row Fig. 66-72; 1969: 507, Fig. 1-5. which are shorter, curled inwards, and very blunt, almost truncate at the end. The two sub- Ri eordx. —Cape Hatteras area, intertidal (18). species are found together; tyjiical specimens R( marks. — David W. Kirtley in a jiersoiial are easily identified but somi' intermediates communication states that this is a very doubtful occur. record. R(co)-ds. — Beaufort, intertidal to 40 m (11, '). Distrihii/ioii. — Southern Califoi'nia; ? North 18, Carolina; intertidal. Distribatioii. — North Carolina, 0-40 m. 110 FAMILY PECTINARIIDAE Key to subgenera and species 1 Cephalic veil quite free from operculum 2 r Caphalic veil completely or partly fused to operculum. [Oper- cular rim smooth. Fifteen setigers of which 12 have uncini. (subgenus Lagis)] No N.C. record 2 Opercular rim dentate (subgenus Aniphictoic) No N.C. record 2' Opercular rim smooth (subgenus Pcct'nntrid) [Twelve seg- ments with uncini; uncini with about 7 majoi- teeth; about 15 pairs of scaphal hooks] P. (Pcct'niaria) f/nnldii Pectinaria (Pectinaria) gouldii Rcc<})-ds. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- Verrill, 1873 " tidal to 120 m (2, 3, 5. 7, 9. 11, 1?., 15, 18, *). Distribution. — Massachusetts to Florida and PfctiiKiria (Ci-'iteiiides) f/Diildii. - Hartman. the West Indies; intertidal to 120 m. 1941b: 328, pi. 50: Fig. 11, 17, pi. 52: Fig. 20. Cisti aides (/(iiildii. - Hartman, 1942a: 74, Fig. 130, 135, 138. FAMILY AMPHARETIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Small acicular neurosetae embedded laterally on segments 3-6. Short, stout notopodial hooks sometimes present behind gills (M(liinii)iae) 2 r No neurosetae laterally on segments 3-6. No hooks behind gills. [Large paleae sometimes present on segment 3 {Am- pliavctiiKu)] 4 2 Postbranchial hooks present 3 •?.' No postbranchial hooks. [Thirteen uncinigerous thoracic seg- ments. Ridge across segment 6 dentate] M( limiopsis athmtica 3 Fourteen uncinigerous thoracic .segments. Ridge across .seg- ment 6 dentate. All 4 jiairs of gills smo(jth Mdiiniu uiacnlata 3' Thirteen uncinigerous thoracic segments. Ridge across seg- ment 6 smooth-edged. Four pairs of gills; two pairs smooth and two pairs pinnate Isalda piilchella 4 Two pairs of gills; [12 uncinigerous thoracic segments. First two rows on uncini long and ventrally placed] Anchoiopla.r rriiiita 4' Three pairs of gills; [12 uncinigerous thoracic segments. Buccal tentacles smooth. No glandular ridges on pro- stomium] Sumtjt Julia cliasoiii 4" Four pairs of gills 5 111 5 Two diverging glandular ridges on prostomium 6 5' No glandular ridges on prostomium. [Twelve uncinigerous thoracic segments] 7 6 Eleven uncinigerous thoracic segments. Small capillaries on segment 3 Amagr auricidu 6' Fourteen uncinigerous thoracic segments. Large paleae on segments. [Notopodia with papilliform dorsal cirri] Ampliictcis (juiineri 7 Large paleae on segment 3 Ainparctc (iciitifnnis T Either small capillaries or no .setae on .segment 3 8 8 Innermost gill of each group much shorter than others; a wide median gap between the two groups of gills. Thoracic uncini with two rows of three teeth Ampliarctc parvidoitata 8' Gills not very different in length; median gap between groups of gills not obvious. Thoracic uncini with two rows of five teeth Aitiphantr anicriccDHt Melinnopsis atlantica Mcintosh. 1885 ous pennules. rectangular, without superior papillae. Rudimentary notopodial lobes present Meliiniopsisiitlaiiticu Mcintosh, 1885: 441, 27A: on some abdominal segments. Thoracic uncini Fig. 18. with a single vertical series of four or five teeth above small rostral point and basal prow. Syntypes. —Three fragmentary syntypes from Abdominal uncini with seven or eight teeth 3,110 m off Chesapeake Bay; British Museum arranged in two irregvilar rows above very small Catalogue No. 1885: 12: 1:330. rostral point and basal prow. Discriptioii. —Types broken and poorly pre- R('))ia)-ks. — Since the original description served thus several features uncertain. Pro- given by Mcintosh was incomplete. Dr. David stomium normal but detailed shape doubtful. George of the British Museum kindly sent me Buccal tentacles grooved. An oblique fleshy the type material to check certain points. The ridge slanting up from behind mouth and form- emended description given above records for ing a dorsal crest across segment 6. Presence the first time the presence of a fleshy ridge or absence of toothed margin to dorsal crest across segment 6 and acicular neurosetae on uncertain due to poor preservation. Segment 3 the side of the same segment. Again, there may with a branchial ridge bearing two groups of have been more than the 10 uncinigerous thora- four gills arranged three in front and one behind. cic segments mentioned in the original descrip- Gills long smooth and tapered. Fine acicular tion. neurosetae embedded in sides of segments 3. A fresh sjjecimen of M(li)niopsis was dredged 4, 5, and 6. No notosetae on segments 3 and 4 in 3,020 m at lat 36 02'30"N, long 73 5rW by but small tufts of capillaries on segments 5 and RV Eastward (Eastirard Station 2756, Septem- 6. Segment 7 and subsequent thoracic seg- ber 15, 1965). Unfortunately the specimen is now ments with winged capillaries on notopodia and missing but the following details show that it single row of uncini in neuropodia. Posterior was close to, if not conspecific with M. utla)itica end of thorax disintegrated and number of which was found further north but at the same uncinigerous thoracic segments uncertain al- abyssal dejjth. though 10 recorded in original description. The head, gills, and setation of segments Thoracic notopodia and neuropodia without 3-6 agree with M. atlantica but in the fresh cirriform projections. Abdomen broken and specimen it was possible to see that the dorsal number of segments now uncertain although ridge across segment 6 was incised to form 25-35 implied in original description. Unciniger- 16 triangular lobes. The thorax was complete 112 and had 13 segments with both notosetae and of mouth. Oblique lateral folds extending from uncini. The thoracic uncini had four or five ventrum of segment 3 around sides of branchial teeth above the rostral point. The abdomen was region and uniting with a transverse ridge broken at the 13th segment; the uncinigerous across segment 6. Margin of transverse ridge pinnules were rectangular as in M. atknitica and smooth (Figure 15b). Two groups of four gills there were rudimentary notopodial lobes above on segment 3; gills in each group fused basally; the first three uncinigerous pinnules. outer two gills smooth and cirriform, inner two In view of the fact that ail the characters gills pinnate. Notosetae of branchial segments which can be checked on the type material include a stout hook on segment 4 (Figure 15c) agree with those recorded on the fresh speci- and small tufts of winged capillaries on seg- men and that the only points of difference con- ments 5 and 6. Neurosetae of branchial seg- cern features which are probably due to the ments as fine acicular setae (Figure 15d) deeply poor condition of the syntypes, it is proposed embedded on sides of segments 3, 4, and 5 but that Meliiniopsis atlaiitiea be defined as having not 6. Thirteen uncinigerous thoracic .segments a ridge across segment 6 divided into 16 tri- starting from segment 7. About 32 abdominal angular lobes and possessing 13 uncinigerous segments with square uncinigerous pinnules; thoracic segments starting from segment 7. no vestigial notopodia. Thoracic uncini (Figure As shown by Day (1964), the related genera 15e, f) with a single vertical series of five or six of the subfamily Melinninae with two groups teeth above small rostrum and basal prow. of four gills are Mtliiniexis Annekova, with 14 R(C(ii-d.'<. —A single specimen from 20 m off uncinigerous thoracic segments and McIhDikhs Beaufort (*). This is a new record for the United Wesenberg-Lund, with 12. Both of these genera States. have an enlarged tentacular process. DIst i-ihii t idii . — Brazil and tropical West Records. —One specimen off Beaufort in Africa; intertidal to 20 m. 3,020 m (*). Distrib/itio)!. Off in — Chesapeake Bay 3,110 Aiichenoplax crinita Ehlers. 1887 m. Auchenapla.i- crinita Ehlers, 1887: 209. pi. 44: Melinna maculata Webster, 1879 Fig. 10-16. - Hartman, 1965a: 216, pi. 47: Fig. a-d. Mcl'nnia niaciilata Webster, 1879: 261, pi. 10: Fig. 145-147. - Hartman, 1951: 108. pi. 27: Records. — Off Beaufort in 600 m (*). Fig. 1,2. Distributio)/. — Massachusetts to South Amer- Mrlhnia oistitta. - Hartman, 1945: 43 {hoh Sars). ica and Morocco in 200-1,500 m. Recnrd.'<. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- Samythella eliasoni New Species tidal (3. 11, 13, 18). Distributiou. —Virginia to the Gulf of Mexico; FiKUl'f l.')K-ni intertidal to 10 m. Echjsippe roiH'Ui. - Eliason, 1955: 10, Fig. 3 a-1. - (Noit) Li/sippt ruiielli Fauvel. 1936: 96, Isolda piilchella Mullen IH.'iS Fig. 13 a-d. P'iKure 15a-f Holotype.^VSNM 43145. Isoldd pnlvhrUa. - Augener, 1918: 517, pi. 7: Description. — Holotype colorless in alcohol, Fig. 229, te.xt Fig. 88. - Day, 1967: 691, Fig. 10 mm long, and encased in a friable mud tube. 35.1. k-n. Prostomium (Figure 15g) as a flattened triangu- lar lobe overhanging mouth; no glandular pros- Dcsniptio)!. — Body up to 45 mm long, pale tomial ridges but one pair of small eyes. Short brown in color with barred tentacles. Prostom- grooved buccal tentacles protruding from mouth. ium (Figure 15a) a curved hood pinched in Branchial ridge above segment 3 well developed laterally. Numerous minute eyespots. Buccal with right and left groups of three gills nar- tentacles grooved and ari.se from a shelf in roof rowly separated in median line, (iills all very li;3 W X ''iKurc 15. hdhhi pHlchclhi a, latiTal view of antei'ioi- cnil; li, dorsal view of lnaiu-hial reyion with trills cut short; f, notopoilial hook of sejrnient 1; li, neuioseta of seKmeiit 'i; e ami f, ed(je-on and lateral views of thoracic uncinus. Siiiiij/thi'llti clitisoiii n. sj). K. aiileiior eiui; li. thoracic capillary; i and j. edRe-on and lateral view of thoracic uncinus; k, palea; 1, edRe-on view of alidominal uncinus; ni. [losterior thoracic parapodiuni. Atiipluircti' pairi- dciitdld n. sp. n and o, edKe-on and lateral views of thoracic uncinus; p, abdominal uncinigerous pinnule; q and r. edu'e-on and lateral views of abdominal uncinus; s. anterior end. AmplKuilc (niicriraiiii n. sp. t, anterior end; u iinil v, edue-on and lateral view of thoracic uncinus; w and .\. edge-on and lateral view of alidominal uncinus. 114 long, outermost obviously tapered aiul more Di' Amage auricula Malmgren, 1866 Ampharete parvidentata New Species FifTure 1.5n-s Amage ain-iciila. - Wollebaek, 1912: 65, pi. 13: Fig. 1-6. - He.ssle, 1917: 120. - Hartman, Ampharete n. sp. Day, Field, and Montgomery, 1945: 44. 1971: 123. Records. — Beaufort, in shallow dredgings Holotype. — \]?,l 115 DcKcriptioii. — Hololype 12 mm long and en- Ampharete americona New Species cased in a friable mud tube. Prostomium ( Figure 15s) as a rectangular lobe above the extruded Fitiuii' l.">t-.\ buccal tentacles; no glandular ridges but two pairs of eyespots. Buccal tentacles stout and Hdlotiipc. —USNM 43141; .seven paratypes, papillose. Branchial ridge on segment 3 well USNM 43142 developed with two groups of four gills .sepa- Dcsci-iptio)/. — Body 10 mm long and encased rated by a broad median gap. All gills long and in a fragile mud tube. Prostomium (Figure 15t) cylindrical, with outer ones markedly longer bluntly triangular and folded in laterally; one than inner ones. Small capillary notosetae on pair of small latei'al eyespots but no glandular branchial segments 3, 5 and 6. Segment 4 fused ridges. Buccal tentacles papillose (observed on to segment 3 and achaetous. No neurosetae on a paratype). Branchial ridge well marked with segments 3-6. Twelve segments with well- two groups of four long, .subequal, cirriform gills developed notosetae and uncini starting from narrowly separated in median line. Each group segment 7. Abdomen with 12 uncinigerous .seg- of gills with three in line and one slightly pos- ments without rudimentary notopodia but with terior in origin. A bundle of small notosetae on uncinigerous pinnules with well-marked super- segment 3 and bundles of slightly larger noto- ior papillae (Figure 15p). Pygidium with one setae on segments 5 and 6. Segment 4 achaetous pair of long anal cirri. Thoracic uncini (Figure and completely fused to segment 3. Twelve seg- 15n, o) with two vertical rows of three teeth ments with well-developed notosetae and uncini above a medial rostral point and blunt basal starting from segment 7. Abdomen with 12 un- prow. Abdominal uncini (Figure 15q, r) small, cinigerous segments without vestigial notopodia with six or seven teeth in a double row. and without superior papillae on the oval RcDiarks. —The shape of the prostomium in uncinigerous tori. Thoracic notosetae as broad- the Ampharetidae varies with the opening of bladed bilimbate capillaries. Thoracic uncini the mouth. In the holotype, the mouth is ex- 10 per row; individual uncini (Figure 15u, v) panded for the extrusion of the buccal cirri and with two vertical rows of five teeth above the the prostomium is roughly square; in many of small median rostral point and blunt basal the paratypes the mouth is closed and the pros- prow. Abdominal uncini (Figure 15w, x) shorter tomium is bluntly pointed in front and pinched and broader than thoracic ones and with two in at the sides. irregular rows of four teeth. Most species of Aniplmrctt have well- R< ))ni)-ks. —When first examined, these small developed notosetae forming large paleae on specimens were thought to be juveniles until segment 3; here they are very small and often it was noticed that one 10-mm specimen con- difficult to see at the base of the outermost gill. tained large eggs. The most characteristic fea- Apart from this character, the most distinctive ture is the small size of the notosetae on seg- features are the broad gap between right and ment 3. The lack of superior papilla on the left groups of gills and the small number of abdominal pinnules is unu.sual in ADipfinrete teeth on the thoracic uncini; hence the specific but these structures are often small and easily name Aiupharete parrideiitata. overlooked. R('co)-ds. — Fairly common off Beaufort in /?( riirf/.s-. — Fifteen specimens off Beaufort 35-120 m (21, *). in 10-20 m (*). FAMILY TEREBELLIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Gills present on segments 2-4 1' Gills absent from segments 2-4. [Tentacular lobe large and frilly. Median ventral glandular pads reduced and ventro- lateral areas of neuropodia swollen. No tube] 13 116 i 2 Thoracic neurosetae as long-shafted hooks starting on seg- ment 6. Tentacuhir lobe frilly 3 2' Thoracic neurosetae as avicular uncini starting on segment 5. Tentacular lobe collar-shaped 4 3 A single median gill with four partly fused lamellated lobes (Tcirhcllidcs). Eighteen bundles of notosetae T. .•<()•(>(_' mi 3' Two or three pairs of simple cirriform gills (Trich()h)-ain-lnis). Fifteen bundles of notosetae. [Three pairs of gillsj T. glacialis 4 Gills as numerous simple filaments {Tlichpiis). [Gill filaments on three segments. Base on uncini produced forwards with a terminal attachment button and a small notch below it] T. setosiis 4' Gills branched 5 5 Notosetae with denticulate tips. Lateral lobes either present or absent on segments 2-4. Over 20 segments with notosetae 6 5' Notosetae with smooth tips. Lateral lobes present on seg- ments 2-4. About 17-18 segments with notosetae 9 6 Gills with .short basal stumps and long terminal branches; notosetae with short denticulate tips (Anipliit)-it( ). Small lateral lobes on segments 1, 2, and 3. [Over 35 .segments with notosetae] A. m-iiatd 6' Gills with well-developed trunks and short terminal branches. Notosetae with long denticulate tips in posterior segments. No lateral lobes on segments 2-4 ( Ti irhclht) 7 7 Two pairs of gills. Only jjosterior third of body without noto- setae T. i)t(riicliai ta T Three pairs of gills. Notosetae continue to near end of abdomen 8 8 Posterior notosetae with a spur pi-eceding the denticulate blade T. Uipuhn-'ni 8' Posterior notosetae without a sjnir preceding the denticulate blade T. nihni 9 Two pairs of gills (one often missing). Uncini avicular. those of first row often with long basal shafts (Pista) 10 9' Three pairs of gills. Uncini pectinate, with a single vertical series of teeth and lack basal shafts (Loiniia) 12 10 Gill filaments s])irally branched, forming a compact tuft oi' "l)om-pon" at end of trunk. [LIncini of first row with long, narrow shafts] Pislu ci-istnta 10' Gill filaments dendritically branched 11 11 Second pair of lateral lobes divided to form two tai:)ered pro- jections. Uncini of first row without long necks Pistn pahnatd 11' Second pair of lateral lobes not divided. Uncini of first row with long necks and tapered shafts Pista tiiiadfildJmta 117 12 Uncini with 5-6 teeth. Tubes constructed of sand and/or shells Lnimia mednaa 12' Uncini with 6-8 teeth. Tubes constructed of mud and sand Loiniia viridis 13 Notopodia of middle segments vascular and divided to form a tuft of branchial filaments with minute spinulose capillaries at their tips (Enoplobra)ichus) E. sa)igMi)ieKs 13' Notopodia never vascular or divided 14 14 No uncini even on posterior neuropodia and ventrum of thorax diffusely glandular. Notosetae present on thoracic segments at least 15 14' Uncini present from 7th or more posterior segment. No achae- tous middle region and capillary notosetae present from segment 2 (Polijcirrun) 17 15 No achaetous middle region. Notosetae restricted to 6-12 anterior segments {Li/silUi). [Notosetae minute and their distribution uncertain] L. itllxi 15' An achaetous middle region. Notosetae as capillaries on 9-13 anterior segments and acicular after the achaetous middle region (Amacana) 16 16 Capillary notosetae all with smooth wings. Body purple A. trilobuta 16' Capillary notosetae including winged forms and others with plumose blades like an ear of wheat. Body pale A. accmoisis 17 Notosetae including plumose forms with blades formed of a series of overlapping cones as well as larger, smooth- winged forms P. carol iin-iisis 17' Notosetae not including plumose forms 18 18 Notosetae on 16-20 segments, all with minutely spinulose blades. Three large pairs of nephridia P. c.rimius 18' Notosetae on 25-32 segments, all with smooth to faintly hispid blades. Six large pairs of nephridia P. exiiniia^ di(hiuf! Terebellides stroemii Sars, 1835 Trichobraiuhus glocialis Maimgren, 1866 Tercbellides slnniiil. - Fauvel, 1927: 291, Fig. TricJiohniiivJiiis f/laciulis. - Fauvel, 1927: 288, 100 i-q. - Day, 1967: 713, Fig. 36.1. f-j. Fig. 100 a-h. - Miner, 1950: 350, pi. 113. - TcrebclUdis stnxiiiil. - Hartmun, 1969: 653. Dav. 1967: 711. Fig. 36.1. a-e. Fig. 1-7. ftfcord.s.—Off Beaufort in 160-200 m (*). Ri'cofds. —Off Beaufort in 40-200 m (18, 21, Distributio)i. —Cosmopolitan; rarely inter- *). tidal but common in deeper water down to 200 m. Distfibiitioii. — Cosmopolitan from the Arctic to the Subantarctic; occasionally intertida! Imt ^, , , ,^ ^ r ,0,.-^ usually at depths down to 4,000 m. ' * 1^ TlieUpiis s('1()siif<. - Fauvel, 1927: 273, Fig. 95 a-h. - Hartman, 1951: 113; 1969: 649. Fig. 1-6. - Day. 1967: 729, Fig. 36.6. a. 118 R( cofds. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufoil, inter- Terebella lapidario Linnaeus, 1767 tidal (15, 18,20). Terebella lapidaria. - Fauvel, 1927: 254, Fig. 87 Distii'bi(tio)i. —Cosmoijolitan in all warm tem- perate areas; intertidal to about 100 m. f-1. Rec())-ds. —Cape Hatteras area, intertidal (18). Distribution.—Warm North Atlantic from the Amphitrite oinafa (Leidy, 1855) Engli-sh Channel to Morocco; Mediterranean; Massachusetts to North Carolina: intertidal to Aniphitriic oniatu. - Verrill, 1873a: 320, pi. 16: 30 m. Fig. 82. - Hartman, 1945: 44. Terebella rubra (Verrill. 1873) (Homonym) Ri'cords. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort Sound, Lepraea rubra Verrill, 1873a: 321 (iioii Tere/)( lla intertidal to 18 m (3, 5, 7, 8, 11, 15, 18. 20). rubra Ri.sso, 1826). Disti-ihiitioii. — Ma.s.sachu.setts to North Caro- Terebella ?v/6r«. -Hartman, 1945: 44; 1951: 112.- lina; intertidal to a few meters in soft mud. McCloskey, 1970: 28. Remarks. — Hartman, (1959a) reported that Terebella pterochaeta Schmarda, 1861 Terebella rubra (Verrill) is a junior homonym. I have not seen a specimen but the published Tirihclla hnni((i-c(it)i(t!(i Ehlers. 1887: 237, pi. descrij^tions state that it has three pairs of gills, 51: Fig. 1-5. that the notosetae continue to near the end of Aniplntritid('!< briiiwn-coiiiata. - Pearse and Wil- the abdomen, and that individual notosetae do liams, 1951: 139. - Hartman, 1959: 499. not possess a spur at the base of the denticu- Tcrehelld ptcrocJuutd. - Day, 1967: 747, Fig. lated blade. These characters suggest that 36.10. a-f. Verrill's species must be close to T. elirciibergi Grube from the Indo-Pacific and T. scliDiai'daei R( niarkn. — TerebeUa liiinnd-vumutd has Day from South Africa. Dr. Pettibone has sug- been well described and illustrated by Ehlers gested that the type be examined before it is (1887) and his description agrees in detail with renamed. the description of TcnbcUa ptrrocliuitn Reco)-ds. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- Schmarda, given by Day (1967). Both have 2 tidal to 7 m (3, 5, 11, 13. 15, 18. 20). pairs gills, of branched noto.setae with narrow Dist)-ibiifi(>ii. — Massachusetts to North Caro- wings and denticulate tips, and 16 ventral pads. lina; intertidal to a few meters. T. hrinu'D-CDwata has 27 segments with noto- setae and uncini with three ai'cs of close-set Pista cristata (Muller, 1776) denticles while T. pterochaeta has 28-33 seg- ments with notosetae and uncini with a crest of Pista cristata. - Fauvel. 1927: 266, Fig. 93 a-g. - close-set denticles. Both characters are variable Hartman, 1945: 44; 1951: 113; 1969: 615, in the genus and the number of arcs of denticles, Fig. 1-3. - Day, 1967: 738, Fig. 36.7. h-j. which are always irregular and integrated, is never clear. The two appear conspecific and RectD-ds. — North Carolina, intertidal to 20 m Schmarda's name has priority. As He.ssle (1917) (3. 11, 13,21, *). has defined the genus Terebella with two or Distribiitioa. — Arctic and throughout the At- three pairs of branching gills, I see no point in lantic to South Africa; Mediterranean; North referring this species to Amphitritides Augener. Pacific; intertidal to 200 m. Records. —On shallow reefs off North Caro- lina (14). Pista palmata (Verrill. 1873) Distribution. — South Africa; tropical Indo- Pacific from the Red Sea to Indo-China; ? West ScioHopsis palmata Verrill, 1873a: 614, pi. 11: Africa; North Carolina to Florida; intertidal to Fig. 3. - Miner, 1950: 349, pi. 113. 50 m. Pista palmata. - Hartman, 1951: 112. 119 Records. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort Sound; Loimia riridis Moore, 1903 intertidal to 7 m (3, 11. 13, 15. 18, 20). Distribution.— Ma.ssachusetts to Floiida and Ldimia riridis Moore, 190.3: 723, Fig. 11-14. - the Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to a few meters. Hartman, 1945: 46, pi. 10: Fig. 4. 5; 1951; 111. Pista quadrilobato (Au^ener. 1918) R( ma)-ks. —This species is closely related to L. mednsa if not merely a variety of it. According to Hartman (1945) "/.. riridis differs from Nicolea qiiadrilolnita. - Augener, 1918: 532. pi. L. m( dnsa [see above] since it constructs mud- 6: Fig. 183, pi. 7: Fig. 226-227. te.xt Fig. 90. covered tubes instead of coarse shell-covered Pista quadrilobata. - Day 1967; 740, Fig. 36.8. ones; ventral thoracic gland shields are notably a-e. broader and thicker and uncini have teeth more closely spaced." The uncini have six or seven Description. —Tentacular lobe collar-shaped, (or eight) teeth whereas there are four to six with orange tentacles and numerous eyespots. in L. mednsa. Buccal .segment (Figure 16a) with large, wing- R( cords. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- like lateral lobes united basal ly to form a sheath tidal (11, 13, 18). at base of tentacles; second segment short Dist)-Hintion. — Massachusetts to the Gulf of with rudimentary ventrolateral lobes; third .seg- Mexico; intertidal. ment with large lateral lobes. Two pairs of dendritically branched gills (one gill often miss- ing). Smooth-tipped winged capillaries on 18 Eiwplobranchun .sanguineu.s (Verrill, 1873) segments starting from segment 4. Rows of avicular uncini from .segment 5. Uncini of first CJiaetobrancJins sangninens. - Verrill. 1873a: and second rows (Figure 16b, c) with a long 616. neck below rostrum and base extending back Enoplol)]vnclins saiu/n iiiens. - Hartman, 1942a: as a short, tapered shaft; uncini of subsequent 75, pi. 113; 1944c: pi. 54: Fig. 8; 1945: 47. segments with shorter necks and without shafts. Remarks.—This species is close to Pista Desei-ij)tio}i. — Body markedly tapered. 100- palmata but the latter is reported to have the 350 mm long, red when alive. Tentacular lobe lateral lobes of .segment 3 divided to form large and frilly, bearing numerous long con- tapered projections and the uncini of the first tractile tentacles. Normal gills absent but noto- row differ in shape. podia branched and vascular from about seg- Reco)-ds. — Beaufort Sound between tide ment 9. Va.scular branches with small spinulose marks and on coral in 18 m off Beaufort (20, *). capillaries at their ends. Posterior notopodia This is a new record for the United States. not vascular and without notosetae. Neurosetae Distribution. — South and South West Africa; absent. Ventrum glandular and midventral intertidal to 20 m. pads greatly reduced. No tube. Records. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort on intertidal mudbanks and on coral at 6.5 m (3, Loimia medusa (Savigny, 1818) 11, 13, 18,20, *). Distributio)i. —Gulf of St. Lawrence to North Loiniid tnrf/i(l(i. - Andrews, 1891a: 298. pi. 18: Carolina; intertidal to 6.5 m. Fig. 46-49. Loimia mednsa. - Hartman, 1945; 46, pi. 10; Fig. 2, 3; 1951: 111; 1969: (501. Fig. 1-3. - Lysilla alba Webster. 1879 Day, 1967; 743, Fig. 36.9. a-e. Ljisdla allm Webster, 1879; 63. pi. 10; Fig. 148. - Records. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- Hartman, 1945: 47. tidal to 20 m (5, 7, 11, 13, 15, 18, *). Distribution. — In warm to tropical waters of R( cords. — Beaufort, on sheltered shores (3, all oceans from to 100 m. 11). 120 — first row. Aiiiaciinu P^Kure 16. Pista qiiadrilnliiitd a. antt'nor t-nd; li and c. t-d^t'-on and lateral views ofum-inus ficmi Amiicaiia tiilohuta d. thoracic capillary seta; e, abdominal acicular seta; f, ventrolateral view of entire worm. i edu'e-on and lateral accyaensi!^ g. plumose capillary seta. Puliiri mix cri iiiiitu h, ventral view of anterior end; and j. sp. and n, edge-on and view of uncinus; k and 1, longer and shorter capillary setae. PolycirriiK car n. suVisi). q, ))rofile of uncinus. 121 Difitribi(tio)i. — Massachusetts to North Caro- Records. —Off Beaufort in 80-160 m (21, *). lina; intortidal. This is a new record for the United States. Distributiou.—Ghana; ? South Africa; inter- tidal. Amaeana (rilobata (Sars, 1863) Kin'uix' 16(i-f Polycirrus carolinen.sis New Species Aniaca trilobaUi. - Fauvel, 1927: 285, Fig. 99a-e. Fitoire 16ni-p Anidcana tnlohata. - Day, 1967: 718, Fig. 36.3. Poh/cirnis n. sp. - McCloskey, 1970: 26 (record e-h. only). Description. Body purple when fresh, up to — Holotype.—USNM 43122; four paratypes, 20 mm long, swollen anteriorly, slender pos- USNM 43123. teriorly. Tentacular lobe large, folded, often Deso-iptioii. —Body uniformly pale in alcohol. trefoil-shaped, bearing numerous short tentacles. 30 mm long for 80 segments, swollen anteriorly No eyespots. No branchiae. Notosetae from and constricted between setigers 10 and 15. 3, and setae sometimes retracted into segment Tentacular lobe large, irregularly folded, roughly notopodial lobes. First 10-11 setigers with trefoil-shaped, with numerous contractile ten- small smooth-winged capillaries (Figure 16d) tacles. Notosetae from segment 2 and present followed by 5 achaetous segments at junction on 33 segments in holotype (paratypes with of thorax and abdomen; finally about 30 ab- 25, 27, 38, and 48 segments with notosetae). dominal .'segments bearing a few blunt acicular Notopodia without terminal free lobes. Neuro- in notopodia. Neuropodia setae (F^igure 16e) setae from 7th setigerous segment. Mouth with and neurosetae entirely absent. Ventrum of lower lip as a large ventral cushion. Ventral thorax (Figure 16f) swollen, glandular and surface of thorax from segment 2 to 10 with tessellated, with a median groove concealing glandular swellings. Ventral pads small and of nine poorly defined ventral pads. a row sunken in a midventral groove. Large nephridial Records. Common off Beaufort in 80-200 m — papillae below notopodia of setigers 4, 5. and (21,*). 6 and a doubtful one on .setiger 3. Five or six Distributioji. Arctic; Eng- — Norway; New pairs of large nephridia revealed by dissection. land; Mediterranean: South Africa: .Japan; 50- Noto.setae of two types; four or five longer 500 m. capillaries with smooth blades (Figure 16o) and three or four shoiler capillaries with plumose blades (Figure formed by a series of over- Amaeana accraensis (Augener. 1918) 16p) lapping cones on a slender axis. Neuropodial uncini small and arranged in a single row. In- Aniaea ocoyu'm.s/.s-. - Augener, 1918: 561, pi. 7; dividual uncini (Figure 16m, n) with one large Fig. 246, text Fig. 98. - Kirkegaard. 1959: tooth and an arc of 8-10 small teeth above main 89, Fig. 22. fang; formula: MF: 1 : 8-10. Base of uncinus .striated. Description.— Generally similar to A. t rilo- Reniarl^s. —The type specimens were col- bata de.scribed above, with following exceptions: lected off Beaufort in 20 m on .sand; Dr. Mc- Body pale not purple; 11-13 thoracic segments Closkey's specimens were collected off Beaufort with notosetae, not 10-11; notosetae of two on coral in 18.3 m. The plumose .setae of P. types, longer ones with smooth narrow wings carol inoisis shows that it is related to P. phmio- resembling those of A. trilobata and shorter sus WoUebaok. P. uiedius Hessle, and P. coc- ones (Figure 16g) with ccmipletely spinuloso ciuea Grube but it differs from them in the num- blades. ber of segments bearing notosetae, the .seg- Remarks. —All 1 1 specimens collected were ment on which the first row of uncini occurs, broken between the 9th and 11th setigerous and in the shape of the uncini them.selves. segments, and no abdominal segments with Ricords. —On coral and sand in 18.3-20 m acicular notosetae were obtained. off Beaufort (20, *). 122 Polycirnis eximius (Leidy. 1855) fied by \'errill and are consistent with Leidy's original description as far as it goes. It is worth noting too, that the above description of P. cxiiuiKs agrees with that given by Fauvel (1927), Tin-qiKd (x'nnia Leidy, 1855: 146, pi. 11; Fig. for Pdlycin-Hn Iciiiiisctix Langerhans from Ma- 51,.52. deii-a, with the exception that P. eximius is red MiiUridl (Xd mi lied. —Three .specimens iden- in life while P. tciiiiisctis is colorless (? in life). tified by \errill in 1881 from Station 1003 in Later descriptions of P. eximius by Verrill Vineyard Sound, Ma.ss. (USNM 8165). Six speci- and Smith (1874) and by Miner (1950) state mens dredged off Beaufort in 5-80 m. that there are more segments with notosetae D( '«-yipliiiii. — Body up to 9 mm long for 52 and that the uncini start after setiger 7. Possibly segments. Tentacular lobe (Figure 16h) trefoil- these descriptions refer to the different form sliaped, with folded margins bearing numerous described below. tentacles. No gills. Notosetae on 16-18 .seg- Reeards.— Off Beaufort in 5-80 m (20, 21, ments starting from second and all notopodia *). The intertidal records by Webster (1879). with terminal fleshy tags. Notosetae of two Andrews (1891a), Hartman (1945), and Wells lengths (Figure 16k, 1); both types bilimbate and Gray (1964) do not give diagnostic charac- with minutely spinulo.se or hispid blades. Ven- ters and are thus doubtful. trum with a narrow medial groove separating Distrihiitidii. — Ma.ssachusetts to North Caro- 10 glandular ventrolateral swellings. Setigers lina; ? Madeira; intertidal to 80 m on sandy mud. 1-."] with obvious nephridial papillae; three pairs of large nephridia revealed by dissection. Uncini Polycirrus eximius dubius New Subspecies from setiger 7 ( = .segment 8). Individual uncini Fiu'UI'c Uiq (Figure 16i, j) with a cap of about seven long Ptili/ciiTiis ( xiiiiiiiK. - Verrill, 1878a: 616, pi. 16: teeth above main fang. Fig. 85. - McCloskey. 1970: 26. Rcnidrks. —The description given above is based on the fresh specimens dredged off H(il(iti/pe.~\JSNm 43130. Beaufort. The three specimens identified by Description. —Body pink in alcohol when Verrill are similar apart from the following de- fresh, about 20 mm long for 80 segments. Ten- tails. Noto.setae are present on .segments 18-20 tacular lobe large and frilly with numerous instead of segments 16-18. Nephridial papillae tentacles. No gills. Notosetae on 31 segments were seen on setigers 1-6 instead of setigers starting from segment 2; individual notopodia l-.'5 but dissection still revealed only three with terminal fleshy tags. Nephridial papillae large pairs of nephridia although small ones obvious below notopodia of setigers 1-6, the may be present on the other three segments. fir.st three larger than others. Six pairs of large The uncini were generally similar but the details nephridia revealed by dissection. Ventrum with were clearer; above the main fang there was a a median groove separating 10 pairs of ventro- median tooth surmounted by an arc of six to lateral glandular swellings. A short row of subse- : rows on eight teeth giving the formula MF : 1 6-8. uncini on setiger 9 and longer Leidy's type of Torqiiaea eximiu has been quent segments. Notosetae of two lengths; lost and his description is inadequate. He com- longer ones with broader blades and shorter ments on the red color of the body and the ones with nai'rower blades; both types with numerous extensible tentacles. The length of blades apparently striated under low magnifica- the worm was half an inch (? 12 mm) for 40-60 tion but finely spinulose when seen under oil- segments. The number of segments with noto- immersion. Uncini (Figure 16q) with an arc of setae was not stated but it was noted that uncini about five long teeth above main fang. commence on segment 8, i.e., setiger 7. The Remarks. —The holotype was found on coral figures of the notosetae and uncini are too small at 18 m off Beaufort by Dr. L. McCloskey. This to show specific characters. subspecies has setae very similar to those of To summarize, it may be stated that the P. eximius Leidy described above but there are characters of the North Carolina specimens more segments with notosetae, the uncini first agree with the characters of specimens identi- appear on setiger 9 and there are six large 123 pairs of nephridia not three large and the rest usual in the genus Pdh/cirriis and until more small. Verrill (187;^a) describes P. c.riDiiiis as specimens have been studied in detail it is having 25 segments with notosetae and uncini better to treat these larger specimens with from setiger 8 and this desci-iption is repeated 25-31 bundles of notosetae as a separate sub- by Miner (1950). It is possible that P. exi))iiiix species. is a very variable species with 16-31 segments Records. —On coral at 18 m off Beaufort bearing notosetae. uncini commencing on seti- (20, *). 7-9 ger and three to six pairs of large nephridia. Distribii fiaii . — Probably New England to However this range of variation is wider than is North Carolina but records confused. FAMILY SABELLIDAE Key to genera and species 1 Thoracic neurosetae as a row of avicular uncini and often a row of pickaxe setae as well. Radioles usually with eyespots 2 1' Thoracic neurosetae as a row of long-shafted hooks. Radioles without eyespots 10 2 A row of pickaxe setae as well as avicular uncini on thorax. No stylodes on radioles 3 2' No pickaxe setae. Radioles with paired stylodes externally {Bfinichioiiinia). [Uncini with two arcs of denticles. Stylodes slender. Dark flecks on body] B. in(j)'()t)iaculuta 3 Collar setae in compact bundles and consist of long-winged capillaries 5 3' Collar setae in long double rows and consist of stout capil- laries with short blades just projecting from body {Hi/psi- comiis) 4 4 ("ollar produced ventrally as a sheath to branchial lobes (H. ciyciiDispiciens) No N.C. record 4' Collar uniformly short, not produced ventrally H. })li(t((>tav)iia 5 Thoracic notosetae include both winged capillaries and paleae with very short broad blades. [Dorsal radioles with eye- spots halfway along {Pota nulla)] 6 5' Thoracic notosetae as winged capillaries with broader or narrower wings: no i)aleae 7 6 Collar prolonged ventrally forming a basal sheath for branchial lobes P. spathiferus 6' Collar not prolonged ventrally P. reniforuiis 7 Two or more radioles, each with one large subterminal eye {Mccjcilom ma) 8 7' Dorsal radioles with a series of small lateral eyespots (Sabella) 9 8 Subterminal eyes on most radioles. [Collar not notched dorso- laterally 1 M. lobifcrii ni 8' Subterminal eye restricted to two dorsal radioles M. b'utculatiim 124 it Eyespots paired and regularly arranged along radioles S. ni('l(u/(i! 10 Abdominal segments with rows of minute uncini almost en- circling body. Thoracic notosetae all winged capillaries. [Radioles united by a web (Mij.ricola)] No N.C. record 10' Abdominal segments with short compact rows of uncini. Thora- cic notosetae include both winged capillaries and paleae . . . 11 11 Radioles without lateral flanges and always separate. Abdomi- nal notosetae avicular, with broad tails J(t>ini'nicira hilo/xi Id 11' Radioles flanged, .sometimes partly united. Abdominal noto- setae quadrangular, without tails 12 12 Radioles ''> pairs, not united by web. (0)'i(ipf Branchiomma nigromaciilata (Baird, lS6.'i) H. cii-nnuspiriciis Ehlers is a synonym of Pi'o- tiilidcs I'hcjdHs Webster and thus a .synonym of Biv iirhldiNDKi iiiijniniaciihitd. - Hartman, 1951: H. phatotaeiiia. Ehlers' description and figures 114. - Day, 1967: 770, Fig. ;^7.4. m-p. are very clear and the ventrally elongated collar of his H. ci)rin}isperi<))s is quite different from Rtci,r(]s. — Off Beaufort, intertidal to 20 m ( 1:5). the short collar of H. phdintdi iiin. Dixtrihiitiitii. — North Carolina to the West In- Ricdvds. —Cape Hatteras to South Carolina; dies; Cape Verde Islands; South Africa; Red intertidal to 20 m (5, 11, 13, 15, 18, 20, *). Sea; tropical Indian Ocean; Japan; intertidal Dif^trihdtio)!. — North Carolina to the West to about 50 m. Indies and the Gulf of Mexico; circumtropical; intertidal to 30 m. Hypsicomus pliaeofoenia (Schmarda. 1S61) Potamillo (Potamethus) spathifenis PrutHlidcs elcyaiis Webster 1884: 325, i)l. 11: (Ehlers. 1887) New Combination Fig. 63-74. HijpxicoDiH^ titriiKdtiix. - Hartman, 1945: 47. Pi}tdiiiix spdthif( )'ii.<. - Ehlers, 1887: 278, pi. 54: Hypsicdiiiiis (U 125 with delicate symmetrical blades taperinp to Megalomma lobiferum (Ehlers, 1887) fine tips and a row of avicular uncini with striated crests, long arched necks and rather BiviirhiiiiuDid lobiferiun Ehlers. 1887: 254, pi. long shafts. Abdomen with about 70 segments; 53: Fig. 10-15. pygidium blunt. Abdominal notosetae as avicu- Meyalonima lobiferum. - Hartman, 1951; 115. lar uncini similar to those on thorax. Abdominal neurosetae as small winged capillaries with Remdrks.—This species is close to M. rc.- sally, not notched dorsolateral ly but slanting Potantilla renifonnis (Leuckart. 1849) forward and forming paired triangular ventral lappets. Thorax of eight setigers with broad- Piitdmilhi oriilifi-m Verrill, 1873a: 822, pi. 17: winged capillaries of varying length in noto- Fig. 86. podia. Notosetae including an anterior row of Potamillit toiiiiosd Webster, 1879: 265, pi. 10; pickaxe setae with plain delicate blades taper- Fig. 149-153. ing symmetrically to fine tips and a posterior PotaniilUi reiiifoi-niis. - Fauvel, 1927; 309, Fig. row of avicular uncini. Individual uncini with 107 a-1. -Johansson, 1927: 142. - Day, 1967: striated crests, short necks, and elongated 764, Fig. 37.3. a-f. bases. Abdomen with notosetae similar to avicu- P.sc'iKlopotaniillu reiiifonniii. - Hartman, 1945; lar uncini of thorax; neurosetae as broad-winged 47; 1959a; 557. capillaries. PdtdnnlUt (Psc/idopofa niilla ) oc/dlfcrd. - Miner, Records.—Off Beaufort in 18-40 m (20, 21, 1950: 119. *). Distribution. — Florida and the Gulf of Mexico; RcmarkK.— I agree with Johansson that Pseii- in 20-200 m. dopiitdniilld Bush is not separable from Pota- niilla Malmgren. RccoydK. —Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- Sabella melanostiqma Schmarda. 1861 tidal to a few meters (3, 11, 15, 18). DislrihiitioH. —Cosmopolitan; intei'tidal to Sdbclld iiK Idiiostic/ma. - Ehlers 1887; 263. - 100 m. .Johansson. 1927: 121, text fig. 15. 126 broken after segment 9. Abdominal Ri corcl^t. —Cape Hatteras to South Carolina, Abdomen intertidal to about 50 m (14, 15, 18, 19). neurosetae include three winged capillaries Disti-ihiitioii. — North Carolina, Bei-mutla, and (Figure 17q) and shorter forms with hastate the West Indies; intertidal to 50 m. blades embedded in the flesh. Abdominal notosetae as avicular uncini (Figure 17u, v) with four or five close-set arcs of denticles above rostrum and short, laterally compressed Verrill. IST.i Sabella microphthalma bases. R( nuii-kx. —The .shajie of the collar immedi- Siilxlht }iiivr(ip]itlnihiia. - Hartman, 1942a: 80; ately distinguishes J. bilobuta from the well- 1945: 1951: 117. 47; known European species J. cIcc/cDh^ Saint- Joseph, .7. cu II do la Langerhans, and J. eundcki R(C(i)-ds. Cape Hatteras to South Carolina, — (Grube). Possibly the most clo.^ely related spe- intertidal to 40 m (2, 3, 5. 7, 11. LS, 14, 15, 18, cies is J. filifhrnii^ Hartman (1965a) from deep *). 20, water off Brazil. It too, has a collar with elon- Massachusetts to Florida and Dist}'ibutioii. — gated ventral lobes and thoracic hooks with a Gulf of Mexico; intertidal to 40 m. the swelling at the origin of the shaft. Hartman's description is vei-y brief but her figure does not show dorsal lobes to the collar or notches in Jasmineira bilobata New Species the elongated ventral lobes. Moreover there are only four pairs of radioles and there is no men- P^ijrui'f ITiii-v tion of paleae among the thoracic notosetae. Ric(n-ds. —Two specimens off Beaufort in Hdidt !!])(. —USNM 4.3134; one paratyjie, 123 m (*). USNM 43135. Drscription. — Holotype incomplete, very slen- ? Oriop.sis sp. der, measuring 9 mm by 0.5 mm for 19 seg- ments. Branchial lobes (Figure 17t) long and D>sc)-iptii>ii. — Length 3.5 mm including bran- slanting, each with eight radioles united only chiae; 11 thoracic and 19 abdominal segments. at base. Each radiole with paired pinnules in- Three pairs of flanged radioles. Collar low dor- creasing in length distally, tip slender, hardly sally, widening laterally and forming two united distinguishable from terminal jiinnules. Ventral- triangular lobes ventrally; margin of collar most radiole much shorter than others with smooth. Thoracic notopodia with three winged only two or three stumpy pinnules basally. capillaries and two paleae bearing oval blades Palps short and grooved. Li])s with bagg\' ven- and fine tapering tips. Thoracic neurosetae as a tral pouches (Figure 17s) partly covered by row of four or five long-shafted hooks each with notched ventral projections of collar. Collar one large tooth and a close-set cap of small with two closely apposed dorsal lobes (Figure denticles above i-ostrum. Abdominal uncini 17v), low lateral parts and ventral lobes pro- almost square and arranged in rows of six or duced forwards as notched lappets; dorsolatei-al seven per notopodium. Individual uncini with a notches between dorsal lobes and low lateral recurved basal prow and main fang surmounted parts of collar. Thoi'ax with eight setigers; first by three or four rows of smallei- teeth with four short and united to collar, remainder slightly teeth per row. broader than long. Setiger 1 with winged cai)il- Remarks. —The presence of paleae among laries only; setigers 2-8 with one or two winged the thoracic notosetae and the numerous ab- capillaries (Figure 17p) and four paleae (Figure dominal segments are unusual in the genus 17o) having oval blades and short, finely pointed Or/();).s(.s-. Oridia crcnlcollix Annenkova, shares tips. Thoracic neurosetae as a row of five long- these characters and is doubtfully referred to shafted hooks (Figure 17m, n) with a swelling Oriopsi.'< by Ban.se (1957). It differs from the at origin of shaft and a rostrum capped with a Beaufort material in having a scalloped edge close-set series of denticles and a faint indica- to the collar. tion of a hood. Records.—Off Be-Aufovt in 40-160 m (*). 127 — Figure 17. ('hone Kiiicricaitit n. sp. a, dorsal view ot'i-Mtiiv worm; a', iJosturior end of juvenile; li, ventral view of collar and lips; c and d, lateral and edRe-on views of thoracic hooks; e and f, edR'e-on and lateral view of al)doniinal uncini; k. thoracic winjjed capillary; h. thoracic palea; j, thoracic tapered capillary; k. winged capillary from anterior abdomen; 1, slender capillary from posterior abdomen. Jasniincira Inlolnitn n. sp. m and n. lateral and edge-on views of thoracic hook; o, thoracic palea; p. thoracic winged capillary; q, abdominal capillary; r, dorsal view of collar; s, ventral view of colhir overlying ventral lips; t. lateral view of worm; u and v, edge-on and lateral views of abdominal uncinus. 128 Chone americana New Species deeply embedded setae with fine tips barely projecting through skin. Thoracic neurosetae p'igiiri' 17a-l as a row of about five long-shafted hooks (Figure Clioiic n. .s]i. Day. Field, and Montgomery, 17c, d) with a close-set cap of denticles and a 1971: 123. delicate hood over the main fang. Anterior ab- dominal segments with normal winged capil- Hnl USNM 43135. notopodia. Individual uncini (Figure 17e, f) with DcKcriptioii. — Holotype (Figure 17a), uni- short square bases and three rows of four or formly pale in alcohol, 26 mm long including five teeth above rostrum. Posterior abdominal branchiae; 8 thoracic and 43 abdominal setiger.s. neuropodia with long slender-winged capillaries Branchial lobes semicircular, each with 10 (Figure 171). radioles united by a web for half their length. Rriiiafks. —Juvenile paratypes may have as Tips of radioles very long and tapered. Ventral- few as 6 radioles and the number of abdominal or none. most radioles short with few pinnules segments may be as low as 30. In these young Palps short, triangular, abruptly tapered. Lips specimens the pygidium ends in a well-developed (Figure 17b) fused ventrally to form a notched caudal filament (FMgure 17a) but intermediates triangle. Collar narrowly divided dorsally. very between this and the adult type occur. slightly wider low and smt)oth-edged laterally, Chone aincrlcuiia is allied to C. fiUc(uiihitu ventrally but not notched or divided in mid- Southern; the juveniles with their long caudal ventral line. Thorax of eight biannulate setigers. filaments were at first thought to belong to this Abdomen tapered with 43 setigers; pygidium species although the paleae and abdominal pointed. uncini differ. The adult form is closer to C. (hi nevi Thoracic noto.setae of three types: five or six but the latter has a better developed collar. narrow-winged capillaries (Figure 17g), six to R( rorch. —Common off Beaufort in 19 to 160 eight paleae with rounded blades and shoi't m (*). pointed tips (Figure 17h), and a few slender. FAMILY SERPULIDAE Key to genera and species Thorax symmetrical with 5-12 .setigers 2 Thorax asymmetrical with 3-4 setigers. [Shell small and spirally coiled {Spi)'<>ii)i)iae)] 14 2 Operculum always present; no pinnules on opercular stalk. Thorax with 6-7 setigers iScrjnillnac) 2' Operculum absent or poorly developed; pinnules present on opercular stalk. Thorax with 5-12 setigers. [Collar .setae with a separate toothed lobe at base of blade (FilngnuKt)] . F. inipU'.vu 3 Opercular stalk with a pair of small wings below operculum . . . 4 3' Opercular stalk wingless, but .sometimes wrinkled or annulated . 5 Collar setae as a few winged capillaries. Operculum as a fiat or conical calcareous plate (PitDintoco-os). [Operculum without three-pronged i)rojections antl usually conical with a dorsal talon] P. uiiio'lcanus 4' Collar setae with a spinulo.se lobe at ba.se of blade. Operculum as a calcareous plate with branching projections (Spiro- branchus) S. (/ifjaiiteKs 129 5 Collar setae include stout bayonet-setae with conical bosses at base of smooth blade 6 5' Collar setae all winged capillaries with smooth or serrated blades. [Operculum chitinous. either conical or cylindrical] 13 6 Operculum a simple funnel formed of fused radii. (S'-rpnla) [Inner surface of funnel minutely granular] S. ro'Diiciihiris gjxniulosa 6' Operculum of two parts: a basal funnel of fused radii and an upper crown of 8-14 horny spines. (Hiidroides) [Tips of radii ending in simple points] 7 7 Opercular spines with one or more pairs of lateral spinules; [tips curved inwards] 8 7' Opercular spines without latei'al spinules 10 8 Opei'cular spines with 2-3 pairs of lateral spinules. Bayonet- setae with denticulate shaft -heads. Tube attached to floating objects {H. elegaiis) No N.C. record 8' Opercular spines with one pair of lateral sjiinules. Bayonet- setae with shaft-heads smooth apart from the two conical bosses 9 9 Opercular spines equal in size H. criicigcra 9' Opercular spines unequal; [often knobbed at point of in- flection ] H. pitrva 10 Tips of opercular spines all curved inwards toward center 11 10' Tips of opercular spines not all curved inwards toward center 12 11 Oi)ercular spines graded in length. Many spines with an exter- nal conical spinule near base H. saiictaernicis 11 Opercular spines equal in length. All s]:)ines with an inner hooked spinule near base H. Kiiciiiatns 12 Tips of spines curved in same direction, some pointing in- wards, some sideways, and some outwards H. dicnithiis 12' Tips of spines curved outwanls. [Tips of radii curved out- wards] H. pri)tiilirola V.\ Opercular stalk annulated, replacing second dorsal radiole on left side. Operculum without internal .septa. CJauge of uncinus simple (J\I( hircniiilid) M. nmltici-isldta i;V Opercular stalk wrinkled, replacing first dorsal radiole on right side. Operculum truncate with internal .septa and external rings. (lauge of uncinus hifui-cate {]'( i-niiliopsis) T'. uinmlala 14 Shell coiled anticlockwise when seen from above. Incuba- tion in tube. Collar setae without a (in at base of blade Spirorhis (Circcis) .^7>//////nH 14' Shell coiled anticlockwise when seen from above. Incuba- tion in operculum. Collar .setae with a fin at base of blade .... Spirorhis (JtuiuuJ cun-ugatus 130 . Filograna implexa Berkeley, 1828 R(ni(n-ks. — Pomatoceros americainiN differs from the European P. triqueter mainly in the Filonnuia iiHpU'.m. - Fauvel, 1927: 376, Fig. 129 shape of the operculum. Tricorn projections a. b. - Day. 1967: 817. Fig. .38.7. a-h. - which often occur on the opercular plate of Zibrowius. 1968: 179, pi. 10: Fig. 1-12. P. triqueter. are absent in P. (inierirai/ns, and Sdlmarind di/stcri. - Fauvel, 1927: 377, Fig. 129 conical cap with its rectangular talon, when c-k. -Hartman. 1951: 120. well developed, is very characteristic. Speci- mens of P. triqueter. kindly loaned to me by Rcciirds. —Cape Hatteras to South Carolina, Dr. George of the British Museum, do not show intertidal to 20 m (11, 13. 14. 18, *). this character. Dlstfihiition. —Cosmopolitan in temperate and P. aDicricaiiiis has been confused with P. tropical sea.s; intertidal to over 100 m. caei-iilciis (Schmarda), originally described as PlacoxtefjKs cae)-iileiis from the Cape of Good Hope and New Zealand. As shown by Pomatoceros americonits New Species Day (1955), the Cape form is a distinct species FiKUif ISa-f which lacks collar setae and is now known as Poniafdccros caeriilciis. - Well.s and Gray, 1964: Ponnttdleios k)viissii (Baird); the New Zealand 74 {iKHi Schmarda). form of P. ((teriileiis has an operculum with two Ponidtoro-os triquetcr. - McCloskey, 1970: 26 tiers of plates and has not been recorded with (//(*;/ Linnaeu.s). certainty from America. P. aniericaiiits has also Ponnitoce )•<>.'< n. sp. - Day, Field, and Mont- been confused with Pt})}iat()lei(>s caenilesceuN gomery, 1971: 123. Augener, from the Gulf of Mexico and Poniuto- ceros niiiiutHs Rioja recorded from both coasts H<'li>t!ipc.—\JSNM 43131: ca. 100 paratype.s, of Mexico and by Zibrowius (1969) from Brazil. USNM 43132. A discussion of these species will be found in Descriptio)! —Tube (Figure 18a) pinki.sh Zibrowius (1970b: 15). P. i)U)iut)is differs from white, triangulai' in section; median ridge P. oDieiicaiiHs in havinga tube with three ridges, smooth and projecting as a tooth over aperture. in its smaller size (maximum length 6 mm), only Body up to 18 mm long. Branchial crown formed five or six radioles to each branchial lobe, an of two arcs of 12-15 radioles united by a web for operculum with a bilobed calcareous plate, one-third their length. Radioles with two blue and thoracic uncini with a bifurcated gouge. bands when fresh. Opercular stalk blue, triangu- Riciirds. —Abundant on corals and Pecteii lar basally but flattened and broader distally, .shells in 18-40 m off Beaufort (19, 20, 21, *). with a pair of smooth narrow wings below oper- Dist)-ihiiti())i. — I am indebted to Dr. H. Zibrow- culum. Operculum (Figure 18c, d) swollen, apex ius for the following extension of range: off conical, and calcareous resembling a Phrygian Sapelo Island, Ga., in 34 m; south of Tortugas, cap; some paratypes with operculum covered Fla.. in 75 m; Gulf of Mexico, lat 29°25'N, long by a flattened calcareous plate (Figure 18b). 88 40'W in 40 m. Collar incised ventrolaterally forming paired lateral lobes and a median ventral lobe with Serpula vermiculoris granulosa small fillets in incisions. Lateral lobes extending Marenzeller, 1884 back as thoracic membranes to end of thorax and united ventrally as a small apron at origin of abdomen. Collar .setae as a few, small limbate Serpula f/iruiidosa. - Marenzeller, 1884: 19. pi. capillaries. Notosetae of setigers 2 to 7 as larger 4: Fig. 1. limbate capillaries. Thoracic neurosetae as long Serpula rernueiihiris. - McCloskey, 1970: 26. rows of uncini; individual uncini (Figure 18f) with one row of about 12 teeth preceding a broad Description.—Tube pinkish white, circular in emarginate gouge. Abdominal neurosetae elon- section, faintly ridged. Body 20 mm long. Oper- gated on posterior segments but all with a den- cular stalk smooth and wingless; operculum ticulate apex produced as a spike on one side (Figure 18g) as a shallow funnel formed of 20-40 (Figure 18e). radii with blunt tips; inner surface of funnel with 131 Collar incised, t II - numerous granules. forming a Hi/d roides ( Ell pn nia s ) pcu'rii s . Augener , 1933: median ventral lobe and paired lateral lobes. 366. - Lateral lobes continuous with thoracic mem- Hiidroidi's parvus. Zibrowius, 1970: 6, i)l. 1: branes reaching setiger 7 and uniting ventrally Fig. 5, 6. as a short ai)ron at origin of abdomen. Collar setae include limbate capillaries and stout Records. —Cape Hatteras area, intertidal (18). bayonet-setae with two bosses at base of blade. Distrihiitloii. — North Carolina to the West In- Thoracic uncini with one row of six teeth graded dies; Gulf of Mexico and Columbia; intertidal. in size. Abdominal uncini with four to eight teeth but otherwise similar to those of thorax. Hydroides sanctaecrticLs (Morch. 1863) Abdominal neurosetae changing from T-shaped forms, with a denticulate blade at right angles Hi/droides saiictae-crucis. - Fauvel. 1919a: 478, to shaft, to slender, wingless capillaries near Fig. 23. posterior end of abdomen. Eiiponiatiis doridiiniHs. -Wells and Gray. 1964: Remarks.—As shown by the above descrip- 74. tion, the subspecies f/cfn/^/o.s-o is similar to S. vermiciila ris apart from the granules on the Records. —North Carolina. Gulf of Mexico operculum. I do not feel that it merits specific and French Guiana; intertidal to a few meters. rank. Rccoi-ds. —On coral off Beaufort in 18 m (20, *). Hydroides dianthus (Verrill. 1873) Spirobranchus giganteus (Pallas, 1766) Eiiponiatiis diaiifliiis. - Hartman, 1945: 48, pi. 10: Fig. 1; 1951: 118. - Rioja. 1957: 260, Spirohranclnis ciicfoitciis. - Ehlers. 1887: 286, Fig. 15. pi. 57: Fig. 1-7. - Pixell. 1913: 80, pi. 8: Fig. Hifdroidts diaiitlnis. - Zibrowius, 1971a: 697, 6. - Day, 1967: 803, Fig. 38.3. h-k. - ten Figs. 1-5. Hove. 1970: 14, pi. 2: A, B, Fig. 35-63. - Zibrowius, 1970: 14. pi. 3: Fig. 1-10. Reco}-ds. —Cape Hatteras to South Carolina. intertidal to about 30 m (5, 8. 9. 11. 13, 14, 15, Rcconlfi. —Off Beaufort on corals in 18 m 18, 19,20, •). (20, *). Distribution. — Massachusetts to the West In- Distvibutiitn. —Circumtropical in 0-50 m. dies and the (lulf of Mexico; Mediterranean; intertidal to 30 m. Hydroides crucigera Morch, 1863 Hydroides uncinala (Philippi, 1844) HjidrokU s o-iicigov. - Monro, 1933c: 1083, Fig. PMKUi-e 18 h, i 26. Eiipon/atiis 11 iiciiiatiis. - Ehlers, 1887: 285. pi. Hi/driiichs l)isplii()sa. - Bush, 1910: 496. - Hart- 58: Fig. 6-11. - McClo.skey, 1970: 26. man, 1942a: 88. Hydroides inieiiiata. - Fauvel, 1927: 357, F^ig. 122 a-h. - Zibrowius, 1968: 109, pi. 13: R( cords. Cape Hatteras area, intertidal, and — Fig. 28. off Beaufort on coral in 18 m (18, 20, •). Distrihiitiini. — South America (Punta Are- Deso'iptioii. — Length up to 60 mm. Tube nas); Burmuda; North Carolina; Gulf of Pana- stout, rugose, adnate. often irregularly coiled. ma; Hawaii; intertidal to 30 m. Opercular stalk without wings. Opercular fun- nel (Figure 18h) radially symmetrical and formed Hydroides parva (Treadwell, 1901) of about 30 radii ending in tapered points. Opercular crown of 10-11 equal horny spines EuTpomatus parrus Treadwell, 1901: 210, Fig. curving inwards and ending in sharp points; 79, 80. a faint lateral flange proximally, but no lateral 132 — FiKUve 18. I'oiiiiftocfron ((Diciicinnut n. sp. a, tulio; I), flat form of operculum; c and il. lateral and dorsal views of conical form of operculum; e. abdominal neuroseta; f. thoracic uncinus. S(rpiilii r< iiiiitiihiris iiianiiluxa k. operculum. Hiithciidrx iiiiciiiata h, operculum; i, lateral view of a spine from the crown. Mi-tiin-niiiliii miilti- criKtutd j. dorsal view of anterior end; k. oi)erculum; 1. thoracic winded capillary; m. "seta of Apomtitiis"; n and o. edge-on and lateral views of thoracic uncinus; p. abdominal g'eniculate seta; q. edjfe-on view of abdominal uncinus. 133 spinules; each spine (Figure 181) with an in- and a smooth median keel ; no transverse ridges wardly directed hook at its base. Seven thoracic formed by earlier apertures. Body slender, 11 setigers. Thoracic membranes extending to end mm long, uniformly pale in alcohol. Branchial of thorax. Bayonet-setae with a pair of smooth, crown (Figure 18j) formed by two slanting bran- conical bosses at base of smooth blade. Thora- chial lobes each bearing seven radioles. Oper- cic uncinigerous rows black; individual uncini cular stalk formed from long and annulated with six or seven teeth. second dor.sal radiole; no wings. Operculum Rc))iarks.—H. i(iici)Hitu is distinguished from (Figure 18k), fig-shaped with base soft, swollen, H. pseudouncinata and H. gairacensis by the and white; heavily chitinized distal part brown, simple points to the radii. Zibrowius (1970a: with a faint rim around truncate end; no internal 693) reports that the worldwide records of septa. Collar frilly and incised, forming paired H. micinata are based on several closely allied lateral lobes and a single ventral lobe; lateral but distinct species. He regards Philippi's origi- lobes continuous with wide thoracic membranes nal description of H. loicinata as insufficient to setiger 3 then abruptly narrowed but reaching and feels the name should be dropped. These end of thorax. Collar setae as slender-winged specimens from North Carolina belong to a capillaries; noto.setae of setigers 2 to 7 with group or possibly one species including H. many winged capillaries (Figure 181) and a few spongicola Benedict, H. elegantuhif; Bush, H. "setae of Aponiatii.^" (Figure 18m) with most of decora Treadwell, and H. nlatnlateralia (Jones). blade finely dentate. Thoracic uncini (Figure I do not have the specimens to sort out this 18n,o) with a single or double row of 12 teeth tangle. I report the name H. inici)iata and the preceding the large truncate gouge. Abdominal above description and leave other workers uncini (Figure 18q) with two or three rows of with the necessary material to investigate 10 teeth; abdominal capillaries (Figure 18p) further. geniculate, with a tapering denticulate blade R( cords. —Off Beaufort in 6..5-18 m (20, *). almo.st at right angles to shaft. Ri )iiarks. — V. mnlticristatct is unusual in that the opercular stalk replaces the second and Hydroides protulicola Benedict, 1887 not the first radiole of the left branchial lobe, further the opercular stalk is annulated and Hi/droides protiiUcola Benedict, 1887: 5,50, pi. the operculum itself lacks internal septa. Fur- 20: Fig. pi. 21: Fig. 18-2.3. 71, ther remarks will be found in Zibrowius (1968). Eii])<>niatiis pri)tiilic(}la. - Rioja, 1946: 199, Fig. It will be noted that the tube described above 10-1.3. - Hartman, 1951: 119. differs from that described by Zibrowius which usually has five to seven dentate ridges. Records. Cape Hatteras to Beaufort, inter- — Records. —On corals in 18 m off Beaufort tidal to 40 m (13, 18, *). (20, *). This is a new record for the United Hatteras and North Car- Distribution. — Cape States. Culf of Mexico; intertidal to 40 m. olina to the Distrihiition. — Mediterranean and warm east- ern Atlantic from the Bay of Biscay to Madeira, Metavermilia mitllieristola (Philippi. 1844) Canary Islands, and Ghana; from shallow water to 943 m. KiKlu-c ISj-q Verniiliopsis anniilota (Schmarda, 1861) Verniiliopsis nnillicristata. - Zibrowius, 1968: 128, pi. 3: Fig. 25-34, pi. 14: Fig. g. V< rinilia (unnilata Schmarda, 1861: 28, pi. 21: Verniiliopsis orcidentalis. - McCloskey, 1970: Fig. 176. - Ehlers, 1887: 308, pi. 58: Fig. 28 (non Mcintosh). 12-16; pi. 59: Fig. 1-3. - Mctarerniilia nmlticrislo to . Zit)r(nvius, 19711): 1375. Fig. 1. Records.—On coral reefs in North Carolina in a few meters (14). Deso-iption. —-Tube adnate, with three ridges l)istril>nti()n. — North Carolina to Florida and including a low, regularly scalloped lateral pair. the West Indies; intertidal to 4 m. 134 ) Spirorbis (Circeis) spirillum Linnaeus. 17(i7 Lieut. Commander C. D. Sig:sbee, U. S. N.. and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U. S. N., command- Westindische Polychaeten. Bull. S{)if 6a-f. Vol. 2. p. 67-62."). Hamburg. Sliinn-I)!^ (CIrccisJsplrllhnii. - Bailey, 1969: 401 1922. fiber litorale Polychaeten von We.stindien. .Sber. Ges. Naturfoi-sch. Ereunde Berl. 1922: (list only). •ii-r>:i. 192.5. tiber westindische und einige andere Poly- is record. Remarks. —This a very doubtful chaeten-Typen von Grube, Oersted, Kroyer. Records. —On Pccto! shells off Beaufort; Morch und Schmarda. Publ. Univ. Zool. Mus. intertidal to 20 m (1.5). Kbh. :i9:l-47. I'XiS. Polychaeten aus den zoologischen Museen von Distrihiitixti. — Arctic; North Pacific; North Leiden und Amsterdam. -II L Zool. Meded. Lei- Atlantic; intertidal to 20 m. den 16:28.3-316. BAILEY,.!. H. 1969. Methods of bi'ood pi'otection as a basis for Spirorbis (Janua) corrugatiis (Montagu. 180.3) reclassification of the Spirorbinae (Serpulidae). Zool. .J. Linn. Soc. Lond. 48:387-407. Spirorhis (De.riospiixt } eorriKjut us. - p^auvel, BANSE.K. 1927: 393, Fig. 133 h-p. - Hartman. 1951: 19.57. Die Gattungen Oriopnia, Dfiidcmoiia und Aiific- in-iiilld (Sabellidae. Polychaeta). Vidensk. 121. - Zibrowius, 1968: 203. pi. 13: Fig. Medd. Naturhist. Foren. Klih. 119:67-105. 16-27. F.ANSE. K.. and K. D. HOBSON (JaiiiKt } cdrriiciatits. - 1969: 401 Spirarhis Bailey, 1968. Benthic polychaetes from Puget Sound, Wash- (list only). ington, with remarks on four other species. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mu.s. 125(3667): 1-53. ReiiKtrks. — Professor Knight-Jones, in a per- BARNES. R. I). 1964. Tube-liuilding and feeding in the chaetopterid sonal communication, suggests that the record ))olychaete, .Spiochaetopterus oculatus. Biol. Sii i-(/assi{ III refer to the allied species from may Bull. (Woods Hole) 127:397-412. S. (J.)f(inii(isiis Bush. BENEDICT, J. E. Rccards. —On Siirgassinii cast ashore near 1887. Descriptions of ten species and one new genus Cape Hatteras (18). of annelids from the dredgings of the U. S. Fish Commission .Steamer .\lbatross. Proc. Dist rihiititni. Mediterranean; warm and — Natl. Mus. 9:547-553. tropical Atlantic to the Gulf of Mexico; inter- BERGAN.P. tidal to a few meters. 1953. The Norwegian species of Spirorbis Daudin. Nytt Mag. Zool. 1:27-48. BERGSTROM.E. LITERATURE CITED 1914. Zur Systematik des Polychaetenfamilie der Phyllodociden. Zool. Bidr. Upps. 3:37-224. ANDREWS. E. A. BLAKE. J. A. 1891a. Rf|)ort upon the Annelida Polychaeta of Beau- 1969. Systemalics and ecology of shell-boring poly- fort, North Carolina. Proc. U..S. Natl. Mus. chaetes from New England. Am. Zool. 9:813- \-i:211-:i02. 820. IK'Jlb. A commensal annelid. Am. Nat. 2y>:2!i-'-i^t. 1971. Revision of the genus Pvli/dmii from the east ARWID.SSON, I. coast of North America (Polychaeta: Spioni- 189'.t. .Studien iiber die Familien Glyceridae und dae). Smithson. Contrib. Zool. 75, 32 p. Goniadidae. Arb. Bergens Mus. 11: 1-70. BUSH, K.J. I'.IOC. Studien iiber die skandinavischen und ark- 1910. Description of new serpulids from Bermuda tischen Maldaniden nebst ZusammenstellunK with notes on known forms from adjacent der iibrischen bisher bekannten Arten dieser regions. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 62:490-501. Familie. Zool. Jahrb. (Suppl.) 9:l-:?08. CHAMBERLIN.R.V. AUGENER.H. 1919. The Annelida Polychaeta. Mem. Mus. Comp. 1906. Reports on the results of dredKintj, under the Zool. Harvard Coll. 48, 514 p. supervision of Alexander Apassiz, in the Gulf CLAPAREDE, E. of Me.xico and the Caribbean Sea, and on the 1869. Les Annelides Chetopodes du Golfe de Naples. east coast of the United States, 1877 to 1880, Second Partie. Mem. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer "Blake." Geneve 20:1-225. 135 DAY.J.H. pharetiden (Polychaeta). Medd. Goteborgs Mus. 1953. The polyt-haclf fauna of South Africa. Part 2: . (Zool.) 126:1-17. Errant species from Cape shores and estuaries. FAUCHALD, K. Ann. Natal Mus. 12::ii)7-441. 1968. Nephtyidae (Polychaetal from the Hay of Nha 1955. The Polychaeta of South Africa. Part :5: Seden- Trang, South Viet Nam. Scientific Results of tary species from Cape shores and estuaries. Mai-ine Investigations of the South China Sea -J. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. 42:4()7-4.')2. and the Gulf of Thailand. I95;i-li|(;i. XACJA. 1957. The polychaet fauna of South Africa. Part 4. Rep. 4(3):5-33. New species and records from Natal and 196;). A revision of six species of the Havus-bidentatus Mocanihique..'\nn. Natal Mus. 14:5it-12!). group of Eunice (Eunicidae: Polychaeta). Smithson. Contrib. Zool. (!, 15 p. 19(50. The polychaet fauna of South Africa. Part .">. 1970, Polychaetous Errant species dredged off Cape coasts. .Ann. annelids of the families Eunici- dae, Lumbrineridae. S. Afr. Mus. 45:261-:i7:i. Iphitimidae, .-Xrabeilidae. Lysaretidae. and Dorvilleidae from Western 19(il. The polychaet fauna of South .Africa. Part (i. Mexico. .Allan Hancock Monogr. .Mar. Biol. Sedentary species dredK'ed off Cape coasts 5, 335 p. with a few new records from the shore. J. FAl'VEL, P. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. 44:463-560. 1919. Annelides polychetes des lies (iambier et Toua- 1962. Polychaeta from several localities in the motou. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 25:336-343. western Indian Ocean. Pi-oc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1923. Polychetes errantes. p^aune Fr. 5, 488 p. 139: 627-656. I!r27. Polychetes sedentaires. Addenda aux errantes, 1963a. The polychaete fauna of South Africa. Part 8: .Archiannelides, Myzostonuures. Faune Fr. 16, species and records from grab samples New 494 p. and dredgings. Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) 1936. Contribution a la faune des .Annelides poly- Zool. 10:381-445. chetes du Maroc. .Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Phys. 19()3b. Polychaete fauna of South .Africa: Part 7. Maroc 43:1-143. Species from dejiths lietween 1,000 1953. .Annelida Polychaeta. In K. B. .Seymour-Sewell meters west of Cape Town, .-\iiii. S. .\IV. Mus. (editor). The fauna of India including Pakistan, 46:353-371. Ceylon, Burma and Malaya. India Press. 1964. A review of the family Ampharetidae (Poly- Allahabad, 507 p, chaeta). Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 48:97-120. FOSTER, N. M. i9()7. .A monograph on the Polychaeta of Southern 1969. New species of sjiionids (Polychaeta) from the -Africa. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). Lond.. S7S p. (Julf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea with a DAY, J. H., .1. C. FIELD, and M. P. MONTGOMERY partial revision of the genus Pi imiospio. Proc. 1971. The use of numerical methods to determine the Biol. Soc. Wash. 82:331-400. distribution of benthic fauna across the conti- 1971. S|)ionidae (Polychaeta) of the tiulf of Mexico nental shelf of Nortli Carolina. .1. .\nini. Ecol. and the Caribbean Sea. Stud. Fauna Curacao 40:93-125. Other Caribb, Isl. 36, 183 p. EHLERS.E. GEE.J. M. 1887. Report on the annelids of the dreilging expedi- 1964. The Hiitish Spirorbinae (Polychaeta: Serpuli- tion of the U.S. coast survey steamer "Blake." dae) with a description of Si>iri)il)is ciinvatitt! Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. 15, s)). n. and a i-eview of the genus S^pirorhis. 335 p. Pi-oc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 143:405-44 1. 1901. Die Polychaeten des Magellanischen und Chil- GEORGE..]. D. enischen Strandes. In Festschr. K. Ges. Wiss. 1966. Repi'oduclion and eaily devi'lo|)ment of the Gottingen (Math.-Phys.). Berlin, 232 p. spionid polychaete Scolecolepides viridis (Ver- 1908. Die bodensassigen Anneliden aus der .Samm- rill). Biol. bull. (Woods Hole) 130:76-93. lungen der deutschen Tiefsee-E.xpedition. Wiss. GIDHOLM.L. Ergeb. Dtsch. Tiefsee-E.xped. "Valdivia" 1898- 1967. .A revision of .Autolytinae (Syllidae: Poly- 1899. 16:1-167. chaeta) with special reference to Scandinavian 1913. Die Polychaetensamndungen der deutschen species and with notes on external and internal Siidpolar-Expedition, 1901-1903. Dtsch. Sud- reproduction and ecolog.v. .Ark. Zool. 19:157- polar-Exped. 13:397-598. 213. EISIG, 11. GITAY, A. 1914. Zur Systematik, Anatomic und Morphologie 19()9. .A conti'ibution to the revision of Spioclidctop- der Ariciiden nebst Beitragen zur generalen lr}-iis (Chaetopteridae, Polychaeta). Sarsia Systematik. Mitt. Zool. Stn. Neapel. 21: 153-600. 37:9-20. ELIASON.A. GRUBE, A, E, 1920. Biologisch-faunistische Untersuchungen aus 1870. Beschreibung neuer oder wenig bekannten von dem Oresund. V. Polychaeta. Lunds Univ. Herrn Ehrenberg gesanimelter .Anneliden aus Arsskr. N.F. (2), 16(6): 1-103. den Rothen Meeres. Mber. K. .Akad. Wiss 1955. Neue oder wenig bekannte Swedische .\m- Berlin 1870:484-521. 136 HARTMAN.O. 1961. Polychaetou.s annelids from California. Allan 1938. The types of the polychaete worms of the Hancock Pac. Exped. 25: 1-226. families Polynoidae and Polyodontidae in the 1965a. Deep water benthic Polychaetous Annelids off United States National Museum and the de- New England to Bermuda and other North scription of a new Kenus. Proc. U.S. Natl. Atlantic areas. Occas. Pap. .41lan Hancock Mus.86:107-i:U. Found. Los Angeles 28: 1-378. 19.39. New species of polychaetous annelids from 19«)5b. CatalogTie of the polychaetous Southern California. Allan Hancock Pac. Ex- annelids of the world. Supplement 1960-1965 and index. Occas. ped. 7: 157-172. Pap. Allan Hancock Found. Los Angeles 1940. Polychaetous annelids. Part '-. Chrysojietali- 23:1-197. dae to Goniadidae. .-Vllan Hancock Pac. Exped. 1968. Atlas of the Errantiate 7:173-286. Polychaetous .Annelids from California. Allan Hancock Found., Univ. 1941a. Polychaetous annelids. Part 3. Some contribu- South. Calif., Los Angeles, 828 p. tions to the biology and life history of Spionidae from California. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped. 1969. Atlas of the Sedentariate Polychaetous Anne- 7:289-324. lids from California. Allan Hancock Found., 1941b. Polychaetous annelids. Pectinariidae with a I'niv. South. Calif., Los .Angeles, 812 p. review of all species from the western hemi- HARTMANN-SCHRODER, G. sphere. .Allan Hancock Pac. 7:325-34.5. Exped. 1960. Polychaeten aus deni Roten Meer. Kiel. Meeres- 1942a. .-V review of the types of polychaetous annelids forsch. 16:69-125. at the Peabody Museum of Natural History. li)62. Zweiter Beitrag zur der Polychaetenfauna von Yale University. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Peru. Kiel. Meeresforsch. 18:109-147. Collect. Yale Univ. 8 (l):l-98. 196:;. Revision der Gattung M!jsfl 1944c. New England Annelida. Part 2, including the HOBSON, K. D. unpublished plates by \'eirill witli recon- 1971. Some iiolychaetes of the superfamily Eunicea structed captions. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. from the North Pacific and North .Atlantic 82:327-343. oceans. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 83:527-544. 1945. The marine annelids of North Carolina. Bull. HOLMQUIST.C. Duke Univ. Mar. Stn. 2: 1-54. 1967. M 137 JONES, M.L. MINER, R,W. U)6:i. Four new species of M(iinvertebrate MCCLOSKEY,L, R. PEARSE. A. S.. H. J. Hl'MM. and <;. W. WHARTON 1970. The dynamics of the community associated 1942. Ecologj- of sand beaches at Beaufort. N. C. with a marine Scleractinian coral. Int. Rev. Ecol. Monogr. 12:135-190. Gesamten Hydrobiol. 55: 13-81. PEARSE. A. S.. and L. G. WILLI.AMS MCINTOSH, W. C. 1951. The biota of the reefs off the Carolinas. J. 1885. Report on the .Annelida I'olychaeta collected Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 67: 133-161. by H.M.S. 'Challenu'er' during' the yeai-s 1873- 76. Rep. Scient. Res. 'Challenger' (Zool.) 12 PETTIBONE.M.H. (3): 554. 1954. Marine polychaete worms from Point Barrow. MANGUM,C, P. Alaska with additional records from the North 1962, Studies on speciation in maldanid polychaete.s Atlantic and North Pacific. Proc. U.S. Natl. of the North American coast. I. .A ta.xonimic Mus. 103:203-35(5. revision of three species of the sulifamily 1956. Some polychaete worms of the families Hesio- Euclymeninae. Postilla 65, 12 p. nidae. Syllidae and Nereidae from the east MARENZEM-ER, E. VON coast of North .Anieiica. West Indies, and Gulf 1884. Siidjapanische Amieliden. II. ,\mpliaretea, of Mexico. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 46:281-294. Terebellacea. Sabellacea. Serpulacea. Denk- 1957. North .American genei-a of the family Orbiniidae schr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien. 49: 1-28. (Annelida: Polychaeta) with descriptions of MESNIL.F. new species. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 47:159-167. 1896. Etudes de morphologie e.xtcrne chcz les Anne- 1962. New species of Polychaete worms (Spionidae: lides. Les spionidiens des cotes de la Manche. Spidplunifs) from the east and west coasts of Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg. 29:110-287. .America. Proc. Biol. .Soc. Wash. 75:77-88. 138 Inst. Biol, I!t6.'?a. Marine polychaete worms of the New Ennlatid Golfo de Mexico. An. Univ. Nac. 17:193-204. region. I. Families Aphroditidae through Tro- Anton Mex. chochaetidae. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. li'JTd):!- SCHMARDA, L. K. 3.'i6. 1861. Neue wirbellose Thiere beobachtet und gesam- llKilil). Revision of some genera of polychaete worms melt auf einer Reise um die Erde 1853 bis of the family Spionidae, includinK the descrip- 1857. I. Turbellarien. Rotatorien und Anne- tion of a new species o{ Srohlcpis. Proc. Biol. liden. Part 2. Leipzig, 164 p. Soc. Wash. 76:89-103. SCHNEIDER, A. IIKJ.'). Two new species of Aricidca (Polychaeta. 1892. Sur rOphelie du Poliquen. Tabletts Zool. Paraonidae) from Virginia and F'lorida, and Poitiers 2:95-104. redescription of Aricidca t'iii!/ili>' Welister. SEIDLER, H.J. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 78: 127-1311. 1924. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Polynoi 139 1875. Brief contributions to zoology from the Museum WELLS, H. W., M. .1. WELLS, and I. E. GRAY of Yale ColIeKe. No. XXXIII. — Results of 1964. The calico scallop community in North Cai'o- dredging expeditions off the New England lina. Hull. Mar. Sci. Gulf Caribb. 14:561-593. coast in 1874. Am. J. Sci. Arts 1 10:;i6-4:!. WILLEY.A. 1878. Annelida. In E. Coues and H. ('. Yarrow. Notes 1905. Report on the F'olychaeta collected by Pro- on the natural history of Eort Macon, N.C. and fessoi' Herdman. at Ceylon in 1902. Supp. Rep. vicinity, p. 22!)-:500. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fish. 4:243-324. Phila. .-iO. 1900. Additions to the Tui-I)ellaria, Nemertina and WILSON, E. B. Annelida of the Bermudas, with revisions of 1882. Observations on the eai'ly develoi)mental stages some New England genera and species. Trans. of some i)olychaetous annelids. Stud. Biol. Lab. Conn. Acad. .Arts .Sci. 10:.T!)."i-(i71. Johns Hopkins Univ. 2:27 1-299. WEBSTER, H. E. WILSON, H.V. 187!). Annelida Chaetopoda of the X'irginian coast. 1900. Marine biology at Beaufort. Am. Nat. 34:339- Trans. Albany Inst. '.):202-2(5!). 360. 1880. The Annelida Chaetopoda of New .lersey. Rep. N.Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 32: 101-128. WOLLEBAEK.A. 1884. Annelida from Bermuda, collected by G. Brown 1912. Nordeuropaeiske .Annulater Polychaeta. I. Goode. Bull. U.S. Natl. Mus. 2.5:305-.327. Animocharidae. .-Xniphiclenidae, .Ampharetidae, 188G. The Annelida Chaetopoda of New Jersey. Rep. Terebellidae og Serpulidae. Skr. Yidenskselsk. N.Y. Mus. Nat. Hist. 39: 128-159. Christiana (Matli.-natun. Kl.) 1911 (18):1-144. WEBSTER, H. E., and .1. E. BENEDICT ZIBROWIUS, H. 1884. The Annelida Chaetopoda from Pi-oviiicetown 1968. Etude morphologique, systematiiiue et ecolo- Fish and Welflleet, Mass. Rep. U.S. Comm. gique, des Serpulidae (Annelida Polychaeta) 1881 9:699-747. de la region de Mai-seille. Rec. Trav. Stn. WELLS, G. P. Mar. Endoume 43:81-252. 1961. .-^ lugworm from Woods Hole, hitherto new 1970. Contribution a I'etude des Sei'iiulidae (Poly- included in Aivitifohi cristdtii (Polychaeta). chaeta Sedentaria) du Bresil. Bol. Inst. Proc.Zool.Soc. Lond. 137:1-11. Oceanogr. 19: 1-32. 1962. The warm-water lugworms of the world (.Areni- 1971a. Les esjieces mediterraneennes du genre Hjl- colidae, Polychaeta). Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (Iriiidcs (Pol.vchaeta Serpulidael. Remarques 138:331-353. sur le pretendu polymoi-pohisme de //i/rfro/rfcs- WELLS, H. W. intr'niatii. Tethys 2:691-745. 1961. The fauna of oyster beds, with special reference 197 111. Revision of Mctavcniiil'ni Bush (Polychaeta. to the salinity factor. Ecol. Monogr. 31:239-266. Serpulidae), with descriptions of three new WELLS, H. W., and I. E. GRAY species iVom off Portugal. Gulf of (Juinea. and 1964. Polychaetous annelids of the Cape Hatteras western Indian Ocean. .1. Fish. Res. Boai-d area. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 80:70-78. Can. 28: 1373-1383. ftGPO-796-612 140 MBL WHOI Library Serial III MllLI IJiil llllllllll 5 WHSE 00499 349. Use of abstracts and summaries as communica- navigation locks and use of the stream for spawn- tion devices in technical articles. By F. Bruce ing and nursery habitat. Cape Fear River N C Sanford. February 1971, iii + 11 pp., 1 fig. 1962-66. By Paul R. Nichols and Darrell'E! Louder. October 1970, iv + 12 pp., 9 figs., 4 350. Research in fiscal year 1969 at the Bureau of tables. Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory, Beaufort, N.C. By the Laboratory staff. No- 356. Floating laboratory for study of aquatic organ- vember 1970, ii + 49 pp., 21 figs., 17 tables. isms and their environment. By George R. Snyder, Theodore H. Blahni, and Robert J. Mc- 351. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries E.xploratory Connell. May 1971, iii -f 16 pp., 11 figs. Fishing and Gear Research Base, Pascagoula, Mississippi, July 1, 1967 to June 30, 1969. By 361. Regional and other related aspects of shellfish Harvey R. Bullis, Jr., and John R. Thompson. consumption — some preliminary findings from November 1970, iv + 29 pp., 29 figs., 1 table. the 1969 Consumer Panel Survey. By Morton M. Miller and Barrel A. Na.sh. June 1971, iv + 352. Upstream passage of anadromous fish through 18 pp., 19 figs., 3 tables, 10 apps. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COAAMERCE NATIONAL OCEANIC & ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION POSTAGE AND FEES PAID NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS STAFF 210 BLDG. 67, NAVAL SUPPORT ACTIVITY SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98115 OFFICIAL BUSINESS Marine Biological Laboratory Library - Pgriod.icals Woals Hole, Ma OZ^i-i-J